UbiquitousOS
/
OpenCloudOS-Kernel
mirror of https://gitee.com/OpenCloudOS/OpenCloudOS-Kernel.git
11
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Projects Releases Wiki Activity
OpenCloudOS-Kernel/drivers/mmc/core/mmc.c

2185 lines
57 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
/*
mmc: update header file paths Make sure all headers in the files reflect their true position in the tree. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-07-12 02:04:50 +08:00
* linux/drivers/mmc/core/mmc.c
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
*
* Copyright (C) 2003-2004 Russell King, All Rights Reserved.
* Copyright (C) 2005-2007 Pierre Ossman, All Rights Reserved.
* MMCv4 support Copyright (C) 2006 Philip Langdale, All Rights Reserved.
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
* published by the Free Software Foundation.
*/
#include <linux/err.h>
mmc: Add support for marking hpi as broken through devicetree The eMMC on a tablet I've will stop working / communicating as soon as the kernel executes: mmc_switch(card, EXT_CSD_CMD_SET_NORMAL, EXT_CSD_HPI_MGMT, 1, card->ext_csd.generic_cmd6_time); There seems to be no way to reliable identify eMMC-s which have a broken hpi implementation, but at least for eMMC's which are soldered onto a board we can work around this by specifying that hpi is broken in devicetree. Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-04-01 23:26:23 +08:00
#include <linux/of.h>
include cleanup: Update gfp.h and slab.h includes to prepare for breaking implicit slab.h inclusion from percpu.h percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being included when building most .c files. percpu.h includes slab.h which in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies. percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed. Prepare for this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those headers directly instead of assuming availability. As this conversion needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is used as the basis of conversion. http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py The script does the followings. * Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that only the necessary includes are there. ie. if only gfp is used, gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h. * When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms to its surrounding. It's put in the include block which contains core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered - alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there doesn't seem to be any matching order. * If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the file. The conversion was done in the following steps. 1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h and ~3000 slab.h inclusions. The script emitted errors for ~400 files. 2. Each error was manually checked. Some didn't need the inclusion, some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or embedding .c file was more appropriate for others. This step added inclusions to around 150 files. 3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits from #2 to make sure no file was left behind. 4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed. e.g. lib/decompress_*.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually. 5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell. Most gfp.h inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros. Each slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as necessary. 6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h. 7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures were fixed. CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq). * x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config. * powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig * sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig * ia64 SMP allmodconfig * s390 SMP allmodconfig * alpha SMP allmodconfig * um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig 8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as a separate patch and serve as bisection point. Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step 6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch. If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of the specific arch. Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com> Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com>
2010-03-24 16:04:11 +08:00
#include <linux/slab.h>
mmc: Fix implicit use of stat.h header in associated files Once the implicit use of module.h is prevented, these files will fail to find the stat.h header content. Fix up the implicit usage expectations in advance of the cleanup. Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2011-07-16 00:01:27 +08:00
#include <linux/stat.h>
mmc: core: Improve runtime PM support during suspend/resume for sd/mmc The card device is considered as in-active after it has been suspended. To prevent any further runtime PM requests in suspend state, we then disable runtime PM. After the card device has been resumed, we shall consider it as active, like we also do after a probe sequence. When resumed, we can safely enable runtime PM again. This will make sure the PM core can request the card device to go to in-active state after a resume has been completed. Previously we had to wait for new pm_runtime_get->pm_runtime_put cycle to be executed. Additionally, once a resume has been carried out, update the last busy mark. At the moment this will have no effect but if the PM core will respect autosuspend enabled devices, when it directly triggers a runtime_suspend from a runtime_idle, it will mean the card device will be scheduled for a delayed runtime_suspend instead of done immediately. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-10-10 20:20:05 +08:00
#include <linux/pm_runtime.h>
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
#include <linux/mmc/host.h>
#include <linux/mmc/card.h>
#include <linux/mmc/mmc.h>
#include "core.h"
mmc: core: Move public functions from card.h to private headers A significant amount of functions and other definitions are available through the public mmc card.h header file. Let's slim down this public mmc interface, as to prevent users from abusing it, by moving some of the functions/definitions to private mmc header files. This change concentrates on moving the functions into private mmc headers, following changes may continue with additional clean-ups. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> Reviewed-by: Shawn Lin <shawn.lin@rock-chips.com>
2017-01-13 21:14:14 +08:00
#include "card.h"
mmc: mmc: Hold re-tuning in mmc_sleep() The sleep command is issued after deselecting the card, but re-tuning won't work on a deselected card so re-tuning must be held. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-05-07 18:10:18 +08:00
#include "host.h"
mmc: refactor bus operations Move bus operations to its own file for the sake of clarity. Also delegate sysfs attributes to bus handlers in preparation for other more exotic types. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-19 19:39:01 +08:00
#include "bus.h"
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
#include "mmc_ops.h"
mmc: core: change quirks.c to be a header file Rename quirks.c to quirks.h, and include it for individual C files which need it. Signed-off-by: Shawn Lin <shawn.lin@rock-chips.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2017-02-15 16:35:28 +08:00
#include "quirks.h"
mmc: core: add support for eMMC Dual Data Rate eMMC voltage change not required for 1.8V. 3.3V and 1.8V vcc are capable of doing DDR. vccq of 1.8v is not required. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Reviewed-by: Arindam Nath <arindam.nath@amd.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-05-13 13:47:18 +08:00
#include "sd_ops.h"
mmc: core: Don't do eMMC HW reset when resuming the eMMC card In case if a pwrseq-emmc has been bound to the host, a call to mmc_power_up() triggers an eMMC HW reset via the pwrseq_emmc's ->post_power_on() callback. This isn't really what we want, as mmc_power_up() is called each time when resuming the card. As a matter of fact, the current approach may also violate the eMMC spec, as the involved delays managed in pwrseq_emmc assumes both VCC and VCCQ has been turned on, which isn't the case for VCCQ, unless the regulator is always on. Fix this behaviour by aligning to the same procedure used when the mmc host implements the ->hw_reset() callback and has the MMC_CAP_HW_RESET flag set. In this way the eMMC HW reset is issued at card detection scan, to cope with bogus bootloaders and in the error recovery path via the mmc specific bus_ops->reset() callback. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Tested-by: Marek Szyprowski <m.szyprowski@samsung.com>
2017-05-09 05:52:04 +08:00
#include "pwrseq.h"
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
mmc: mmc: Use 500ms as the default generic CMD6 timeout In the eMMC 4.51 version of the spec, an EXT_CSD field called GENERIC_CMD6_TIME[248] was added. This allows cards to specify the maximum time it may need to move out from its busy state, when a CMD6 command has been sent. In cases when the card is compliant to versions < 4.51 of the eMMC spec, obviously the core needs to use a fall-back value for this timeout, which currently is set to 10 minutes. This value is completely in the wrong range and importantly in some cases it causes a card initialization to take more than 10 minute to complete. Earlier this scenario was avoided as the mmc core used CMD13 to poll the card, to find out when it stopped signaling busy. Commit 08573eaf1a70 ("mmc: mmc: do not use CMD13 to get status after speed mode switch") changed this behavior. Instead of reverting that commit, which would cause other issues, let's instead start by picking a simple solution for the problem, by using a 500ms default generic CMD6 timeout. The reason for using exactly 500ms, comes from observations that shows it's quite common for cards to specify 250ms. 500ms is two times that value so likely it should be enough for most cards. Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # v4.8+ Fixes: 08573eaf1a70 ("mmc: mmc: do not use CMD13 to get status after speed mode switch") Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Tested-by: Stephen Boyd <sboyd@codeaurora.org> Tested-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
2016-11-05 01:32:33 +08:00
#define DEFAULT_CMD6_TIMEOUT_MS 500
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
static const unsigned int tran_exp[] = {
10000, 100000, 1000000, 10000000,
0, 0, 0, 0
};
static const unsigned char tran_mant[] = {
0, 10, 12, 13, 15, 20, 25, 30,
35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 70, 80,
};
mmc: core: correct taac parameter according to the specification Per the spec of JESD84-B51, section 7.3, replace tacc with taac to fix the obvious typo. Signed-off-by: Shawn Lin <shawn.lin@rock-chips.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2017-08-02 11:12:42 +08:00
static const unsigned int taac_exp[] = {
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
1, 10, 100, 1000, 10000, 100000, 1000000, 10000000,
};
mmc: core: correct taac parameter according to the specification Per the spec of JESD84-B51, section 7.3, replace tacc with taac to fix the obvious typo. Signed-off-by: Shawn Lin <shawn.lin@rock-chips.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2017-08-02 11:12:42 +08:00
static const unsigned int taac_mant[] = {
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
0, 10, 12, 13, 15, 20, 25, 30,
35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 70, 80,
};
#define UNSTUFF_BITS(resp,start,size) \
({ \
const int __size = size; \
const u32 __mask = (__size < 32 ? 1 << __size : 0) - 1; \
const int __off = 3 - ((start) / 32); \
const int __shft = (start) & 31; \
u32 __res; \
\
__res = resp[__off] >> __shft; \
if (__size + __shft > 32) \
__res |= resp[__off-1] << ((32 - __shft) % 32); \
__res & __mask; \
})
/*
* Given the decoded CSD structure, decode the raw CID to our CID structure.
*/
mmc: remove old card states Remove card states that no longer make any sense. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:11:57 +08:00
static int mmc_decode_cid(struct mmc_card *card)
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
{
u32 *resp = card->raw_cid;
/*
* The selection of the format here is based upon published
* specs from sandisk and from what people have reported.
*/
switch (card->csd.mmca_vsn) {
case 0: /* MMC v1.0 - v1.2 */
case 1: /* MMC v1.4 */
card->cid.manfid = UNSTUFF_BITS(resp, 104, 24);
card->cid.prod_name[0] = UNSTUFF_BITS(resp, 96, 8);
card->cid.prod_name[1] = UNSTUFF_BITS(resp, 88, 8);
card->cid.prod_name[2] = UNSTUFF_BITS(resp, 80, 8);
card->cid.prod_name[3] = UNSTUFF_BITS(resp, 72, 8);
card->cid.prod_name[4] = UNSTUFF_BITS(resp, 64, 8);
card->cid.prod_name[5] = UNSTUFF_BITS(resp, 56, 8);
card->cid.prod_name[6] = UNSTUFF_BITS(resp, 48, 8);
card->cid.hwrev = UNSTUFF_BITS(resp, 44, 4);
card->cid.fwrev = UNSTUFF_BITS(resp, 40, 4);
card->cid.serial = UNSTUFF_BITS(resp, 16, 24);
card->cid.month = UNSTUFF_BITS(resp, 12, 4);
card->cid.year = UNSTUFF_BITS(resp, 8, 4) + 1997;
break;
case 2: /* MMC v2.0 - v2.2 */
case 3: /* MMC v3.1 - v3.3 */
case 4: /* MMC v4 */
card->cid.manfid = UNSTUFF_BITS(resp, 120, 8);
card->cid.oemid = UNSTUFF_BITS(resp, 104, 16);
card->cid.prod_name[0] = UNSTUFF_BITS(resp, 96, 8);
card->cid.prod_name[1] = UNSTUFF_BITS(resp, 88, 8);
card->cid.prod_name[2] = UNSTUFF_BITS(resp, 80, 8);
card->cid.prod_name[3] = UNSTUFF_BITS(resp, 72, 8);
card->cid.prod_name[4] = UNSTUFF_BITS(resp, 64, 8);
card->cid.prod_name[5] = UNSTUFF_BITS(resp, 56, 8);
mmc: core: Add in support to expose PRV for v4 MMCs The JEDEC MMC v4 spec defines a new PRV value in place of the original fwrev and hwrev specified in v1. We can expose this in the kernel to enable user space to more easily determine the product revision of a given MMC. Signed-off-by: Bernie Thompson <bhthompson@chromium.org> Reviewed-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-02-28 04:19:17 +08:00
card->cid.prv = UNSTUFF_BITS(resp, 48, 8);
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
card->cid.serial = UNSTUFF_BITS(resp, 16, 32);
card->cid.month = UNSTUFF_BITS(resp, 12, 4);
card->cid.year = UNSTUFF_BITS(resp, 8, 4) + 1997;
break;
default:
mmc: replace printk with appropriate display macro All the files using printk function for displaying kernel messages in the mmc driver have been replaced with corresponding macro. Signed-off-by: Girish K S <girish.shivananjappa@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-10-11 14:14:09 +08:00
pr_err("%s: card has unknown MMCA version %d\n",
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
mmc_hostname(card->host), card->csd.mmca_vsn);
mmc: remove old card states Remove card states that no longer make any sense. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:11:57 +08:00
return -EINVAL;
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
}
mmc: remove old card states Remove card states that no longer make any sense. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:11:57 +08:00
return 0;
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
}
mmc: add erase, secure erase, trim and secure trim operations SD/MMC cards tend to support an erase operation. In addition, eMMC v4.4 cards can support secure erase, trim and secure trim operations that are all variants of the basic erase command. SD/MMC device attributes "erase_size" and "preferred_erase_size" have been added. "erase_size" is the minimum size, in bytes, of an erase operation. For MMC, "erase_size" is the erase group size reported by the card. Note that "erase_size" does not apply to trim or secure trim operations where the minimum size is always one 512 byte sector. For SD, "erase_size" is 512 if the card is block-addressed, 0 otherwise. SD/MMC cards can erase an arbitrarily large area up to and including the whole card. When erasing a large area it may be desirable to do it in smaller chunks for three reasons: 1. A single erase command will make all other I/O on the card wait. This is not a problem if the whole card is being erased, but erasing one partition will make I/O for another partition on the same card wait for the duration of the erase - which could be a several minutes. 2. To be able to inform the user of erase progress. 3. The erase timeout becomes too large to be very useful. Because the erase timeout contains a margin which is multiplied by the size of the erase area, the value can end up being several minutes for large areas. "erase_size" is not the most efficient unit to erase (especially for SD where it is just one sector), hence "preferred_erase_size" provides a good chunk size for erasing large areas. For MMC, "preferred_erase_size" is the high-capacity erase size if a card specifies one, otherwise it is based on the capacity of the card. For SD, "preferred_erase_size" is the allocation unit size specified by the card. "preferred_erase_size" is in bytes. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@nokia.com> Acked-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Cc: Kyungmin Park <kmpark@infradead.org> Cc: Madhusudhan Chikkature <madhu.cr@ti.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Ben Gardiner <bengardiner@nanometrics.ca> Cc: <linux-mmc@vger.kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2010-08-12 05:17:46 +08:00
static void mmc_set_erase_size(struct mmc_card *card)
{
if (card->ext_csd.erase_group_def & 1)
card->erase_size = card->ext_csd.hc_erase_size;
else
card->erase_size = card->csd.erase_size;
mmc_init_erase(card);
}
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
/*
* Given a 128-bit response, decode to our card CSD structure.
*/
mmc: remove old card states Remove card states that no longer make any sense. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:11:57 +08:00
static int mmc_decode_csd(struct mmc_card *card)
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
{
struct mmc_csd *csd = &card->csd;
mmc: add erase, secure erase, trim and secure trim operations SD/MMC cards tend to support an erase operation. In addition, eMMC v4.4 cards can support secure erase, trim and secure trim operations that are all variants of the basic erase command. SD/MMC device attributes "erase_size" and "preferred_erase_size" have been added. "erase_size" is the minimum size, in bytes, of an erase operation. For MMC, "erase_size" is the erase group size reported by the card. Note that "erase_size" does not apply to trim or secure trim operations where the minimum size is always one 512 byte sector. For SD, "erase_size" is 512 if the card is block-addressed, 0 otherwise. SD/MMC cards can erase an arbitrarily large area up to and including the whole card. When erasing a large area it may be desirable to do it in smaller chunks for three reasons: 1. A single erase command will make all other I/O on the card wait. This is not a problem if the whole card is being erased, but erasing one partition will make I/O for another partition on the same card wait for the duration of the erase - which could be a several minutes. 2. To be able to inform the user of erase progress. 3. The erase timeout becomes too large to be very useful. Because the erase timeout contains a margin which is multiplied by the size of the erase area, the value can end up being several minutes for large areas. "erase_size" is not the most efficient unit to erase (especially for SD where it is just one sector), hence "preferred_erase_size" provides a good chunk size for erasing large areas. For MMC, "preferred_erase_size" is the high-capacity erase size if a card specifies one, otherwise it is based on the capacity of the card. For SD, "preferred_erase_size" is the allocation unit size specified by the card. "preferred_erase_size" is in bytes. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@nokia.com> Acked-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Cc: Kyungmin Park <kmpark@infradead.org> Cc: Madhusudhan Chikkature <madhu.cr@ti.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Ben Gardiner <bengardiner@nanometrics.ca> Cc: <linux-mmc@vger.kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2010-08-12 05:17:46 +08:00
unsigned int e, m, a, b;
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
u32 *resp = card->raw_csd;
/*
* We only understand CSD structure v1.1 and v1.2.
* v1.2 has extra information in bits 15, 11 and 10.
mmc: recognize CSD structure The eMMC spec 4.4 and 4.3 + additional feature chips has CSD structure version 3 and version 3 have to check the CSD_STRUCTURE byte in the EXT_CSD register. Also fix EXT_CSD revision message. [akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix comment, per Chris Ball] Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Cc: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@nokia.com> Cc: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org> Cc: <linux-mmc@vger.kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2010-08-11 09:01:36 +08:00
* We also support eMMC v4.4 & v4.41.
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
*/
mmc: recognize CSD structure The eMMC spec 4.4 and 4.3 + additional feature chips has CSD structure version 3 and version 3 have to check the CSD_STRUCTURE byte in the EXT_CSD register. Also fix EXT_CSD revision message. [akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix comment, per Chris Ball] Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Cc: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@nokia.com> Cc: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org> Cc: <linux-mmc@vger.kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2010-08-11 09:01:36 +08:00
csd->structure = UNSTUFF_BITS(resp, 126, 2);
if (csd->structure == 0) {
mmc: replace printk with appropriate display macro All the files using printk function for displaying kernel messages in the mmc driver have been replaced with corresponding macro. Signed-off-by: Girish K S <girish.shivananjappa@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-10-11 14:14:09 +08:00
pr_err("%s: unrecognised CSD structure version %d\n",
mmc: recognize CSD structure The eMMC spec 4.4 and 4.3 + additional feature chips has CSD structure version 3 and version 3 have to check the CSD_STRUCTURE byte in the EXT_CSD register. Also fix EXT_CSD revision message. [akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix comment, per Chris Ball] Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Cc: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@nokia.com> Cc: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org> Cc: <linux-mmc@vger.kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2010-08-11 09:01:36 +08:00
mmc_hostname(card->host), csd->structure);
mmc: remove old card states Remove card states that no longer make any sense. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:11:57 +08:00
return -EINVAL;
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
}
csd->mmca_vsn = UNSTUFF_BITS(resp, 122, 4);
m = UNSTUFF_BITS(resp, 115, 4);
e = UNSTUFF_BITS(resp, 112, 3);
mmc: core: correct taac parameter according to the specification Per the spec of JESD84-B51, section 7.3, replace tacc with taac to fix the obvious typo. Signed-off-by: Shawn Lin <shawn.lin@rock-chips.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2017-08-02 11:12:42 +08:00
csd->taac_ns = (taac_exp[e] * taac_mant[m] + 9) / 10;
csd->taac_clks = UNSTUFF_BITS(resp, 104, 8) * 100;
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
m = UNSTUFF_BITS(resp, 99, 4);
e = UNSTUFF_BITS(resp, 96, 3);
csd->max_dtr = tran_exp[e] * tran_mant[m];
csd->cmdclass = UNSTUFF_BITS(resp, 84, 12);
e = UNSTUFF_BITS(resp, 47, 3);
m = UNSTUFF_BITS(resp, 62, 12);
csd->capacity = (1 + m) << (e + 2);
csd->read_blkbits = UNSTUFF_BITS(resp, 80, 4);
csd->read_partial = UNSTUFF_BITS(resp, 79, 1);
csd->write_misalign = UNSTUFF_BITS(resp, 78, 1);
csd->read_misalign = UNSTUFF_BITS(resp, 77, 1);
mmc: implement Driver Stage Register handling Some eMMC and SD cards implement a DSR register that allows to tune raise/fall times and drive strength of the CMD and DATA outputs. The values to use depend on the card in use and the host. It might be needed to reduce the drive strength to prevent voltage peaks above the host's specification. Implement a 'dsr' devicetree property that allows to specify the value to set the DSR to. For non-dt setups the new members of mmc_host can be set by board code. This patch was initially authored by Sascha Hauer. It contains improvements authored by Markus Niebel and Uwe Kleine-König. Signed-off-by: Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Markus Niebel <Markus.Niebel@tq-group.com> Signed-off-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-08-19 16:45:51 +08:00
csd->dsr_imp = UNSTUFF_BITS(resp, 76, 1);
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
csd->r2w_factor = UNSTUFF_BITS(resp, 26, 3);
csd->write_blkbits = UNSTUFF_BITS(resp, 22, 4);
csd->write_partial = UNSTUFF_BITS(resp, 21, 1);
mmc: remove old card states Remove card states that no longer make any sense. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:11:57 +08:00
mmc: add erase, secure erase, trim and secure trim operations SD/MMC cards tend to support an erase operation. In addition, eMMC v4.4 cards can support secure erase, trim and secure trim operations that are all variants of the basic erase command. SD/MMC device attributes "erase_size" and "preferred_erase_size" have been added. "erase_size" is the minimum size, in bytes, of an erase operation. For MMC, "erase_size" is the erase group size reported by the card. Note that "erase_size" does not apply to trim or secure trim operations where the minimum size is always one 512 byte sector. For SD, "erase_size" is 512 if the card is block-addressed, 0 otherwise. SD/MMC cards can erase an arbitrarily large area up to and including the whole card. When erasing a large area it may be desirable to do it in smaller chunks for three reasons: 1. A single erase command will make all other I/O on the card wait. This is not a problem if the whole card is being erased, but erasing one partition will make I/O for another partition on the same card wait for the duration of the erase - which could be a several minutes. 2. To be able to inform the user of erase progress. 3. The erase timeout becomes too large to be very useful. Because the erase timeout contains a margin which is multiplied by the size of the erase area, the value can end up being several minutes for large areas. "erase_size" is not the most efficient unit to erase (especially for SD where it is just one sector), hence "preferred_erase_size" provides a good chunk size for erasing large areas. For MMC, "preferred_erase_size" is the high-capacity erase size if a card specifies one, otherwise it is based on the capacity of the card. For SD, "preferred_erase_size" is the allocation unit size specified by the card. "preferred_erase_size" is in bytes. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@nokia.com> Acked-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Cc: Kyungmin Park <kmpark@infradead.org> Cc: Madhusudhan Chikkature <madhu.cr@ti.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Ben Gardiner <bengardiner@nanometrics.ca> Cc: <linux-mmc@vger.kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2010-08-12 05:17:46 +08:00
if (csd->write_blkbits >= 9) {
a = UNSTUFF_BITS(resp, 42, 5);
b = UNSTUFF_BITS(resp, 37, 5);
csd->erase_size = (a + 1) * (b + 1);
csd->erase_size <<= csd->write_blkbits - 9;
}
mmc: remove old card states Remove card states that no longer make any sense. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:11:57 +08:00
return 0;
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
}
mmc: core: fix the decision of HS200/DDR card-type Current implementation decides the card type exclusively. Even though eMMC device can support both HS200 and DDR mode, card type will be set only for HS200. If the host doesn't support HS200 but has DDR capability, then DDR mode can't be selected. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-04-25 15:17:37 +08:00
static void mmc_select_card_type(struct mmc_card *card)
{
struct mmc_host *host = card->host;
mmc: add support for HS400 mode of eMMC5.0 This patch adds HS400 mode support for eMMC5.0 device. HS400 mode is high speed DDR interface timing from HS200. Clock frequency is up to 200MHz and only 8-bit bus width is supported. In addition, tuning process of HS200 is required to synchronize the command response on the CMD line because CMD input timing for HS400 mode is the same as HS200 mode. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Jackey Shen <jackey.shen@amd.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:14:58 +08:00
u8 card_type = card->ext_csd.raw_card_type;
mmc: Standardise capability type There are discrepancies with regards to how MMC capabilities are carried throughout the subsystem. Let's standardise them to eliminate any confusion. Signed-off-by: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-11-14 20:35:51 +08:00
u32 caps = host->caps, caps2 = host->caps2;
mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode Current implementation for bus speed mode selection is too complicated. This patch is to simplify the codes and remove some duplicate parts. The following changes are including: * Adds functions for each mode selection(HS, HS-DDR, HS200 and etc) * Rearranged the mode selection sequence with supported device type * Adds maximum speed for HS200 mode(hs200_max_dtr) * Adds field definition for HS_TIMING of EXT_CSD Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:44 +08:00
unsigned int hs_max_dtr = 0, hs200_max_dtr = 0;
mmc: identify available device type to select Device types which are supported by both host and device can be identified when EXT_CSD is read. There is no need to check host's capability anymore. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:07:58 +08:00
unsigned int avail_type = 0;
mmc: core: fix the decision of HS200/DDR card-type Current implementation decides the card type exclusively. Even though eMMC device can support both HS200 and DDR mode, card type will be set only for HS200. If the host doesn't support HS200 but has DDR capability, then DDR mode can't be selected. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-04-25 15:17:37 +08:00
mmc: identify available device type to select Device types which are supported by both host and device can be identified when EXT_CSD is read. There is no need to check host's capability anymore. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:07:58 +08:00
if (caps & MMC_CAP_MMC_HIGHSPEED &&
card_type & EXT_CSD_CARD_TYPE_HS_26) {
mmc: core: fix the decision of HS200/DDR card-type Current implementation decides the card type exclusively. Even though eMMC device can support both HS200 and DDR mode, card type will be set only for HS200. If the host doesn't support HS200 but has DDR capability, then DDR mode can't be selected. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-04-25 15:17:37 +08:00
hs_max_dtr = MMC_HIGH_26_MAX_DTR;
mmc: identify available device type to select Device types which are supported by both host and device can be identified when EXT_CSD is read. There is no need to check host's capability anymore. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:07:58 +08:00
avail_type |= EXT_CSD_CARD_TYPE_HS_26;
}
mmc: core: fix the decision of HS200/DDR card-type Current implementation decides the card type exclusively. Even though eMMC device can support both HS200 and DDR mode, card type will be set only for HS200. If the host doesn't support HS200 but has DDR capability, then DDR mode can't be selected. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-04-25 15:17:37 +08:00
if (caps & MMC_CAP_MMC_HIGHSPEED &&
mmc: identify available device type to select Device types which are supported by both host and device can be identified when EXT_CSD is read. There is no need to check host's capability anymore. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:07:58 +08:00
card_type & EXT_CSD_CARD_TYPE_HS_52) {
mmc: core: fix the decision of HS200/DDR card-type Current implementation decides the card type exclusively. Even though eMMC device can support both HS200 and DDR mode, card type will be set only for HS200. If the host doesn't support HS200 but has DDR capability, then DDR mode can't be selected. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-04-25 15:17:37 +08:00
hs_max_dtr = MMC_HIGH_52_MAX_DTR;
mmc: identify available device type to select Device types which are supported by both host and device can be identified when EXT_CSD is read. There is no need to check host's capability anymore. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:07:58 +08:00
avail_type |= EXT_CSD_CARD_TYPE_HS_52;
}
mmc: core: fix the decision of HS200/DDR card-type Current implementation decides the card type exclusively. Even though eMMC device can support both HS200 and DDR mode, card type will be set only for HS200. If the host doesn't support HS200 but has DDR capability, then DDR mode can't be selected. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-04-25 15:17:37 +08:00
mmc: core: Invent MMC_CAP_3_3V_DDR According the JEDEC specification an eMMC card supporting 1.8V vccq in DDR mode should also be capable of 3.3V. However, it's been reported that some mmc hosts supports 3.3V, but not 1.8V. Currently the mmc core implements an error handling when the host fails to set 1.8V for vccq, by falling back to 3.3V. Unfortunate, this seems to be insufficient for some mmc hosts. To enable these to use eMMC DDR mode let's invent a new mmc cap, MMC_CAP_3_3V_DDR, which tells whether they support the eMMC 3.3V DDR mode. In case MMC_CAP_3_3V_DDR is set, but not MMC_CAP_1_8V_DDR, let's change to remain on the 3.3V, as it's the default voltage level for vccq, set by the earlier power up sequence. As this change introduces MMC_CAP_3_3V_DDR, let's take the opportunity to do some re-formatting of the related defines in the header file. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Reviewed-by: Shawn Lin <shawn.lin@rock-chips.com> Tested-by: Jan Glauber <jglauber@cavium.com> Tested-by: Stefan Wahren <stefan.wahren@i2se.com>
2017-01-25 19:04:17 +08:00
if (caps & (MMC_CAP_1_8V_DDR | MMC_CAP_3_3V_DDR) &&
mmc: identify available device type to select Device types which are supported by both host and device can be identified when EXT_CSD is read. There is no need to check host's capability anymore. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:07:58 +08:00
card_type & EXT_CSD_CARD_TYPE_DDR_1_8V) {
mmc: core: fix the decision of HS200/DDR card-type Current implementation decides the card type exclusively. Even though eMMC device can support both HS200 and DDR mode, card type will be set only for HS200. If the host doesn't support HS200 but has DDR capability, then DDR mode can't be selected. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-04-25 15:17:37 +08:00
hs_max_dtr = MMC_HIGH_DDR_MAX_DTR;
mmc: identify available device type to select Device types which are supported by both host and device can be identified when EXT_CSD is read. There is no need to check host's capability anymore. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:07:58 +08:00
avail_type |= EXT_CSD_CARD_TYPE_DDR_1_8V;
}
if (caps & MMC_CAP_1_2V_DDR &&
card_type & EXT_CSD_CARD_TYPE_DDR_1_2V) {
hs_max_dtr = MMC_HIGH_DDR_MAX_DTR;
avail_type |= EXT_CSD_CARD_TYPE_DDR_1_2V;
}
mmc: core: fix the decision of HS200/DDR card-type Current implementation decides the card type exclusively. Even though eMMC device can support both HS200 and DDR mode, card type will be set only for HS200. If the host doesn't support HS200 but has DDR capability, then DDR mode can't be selected. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-04-25 15:17:37 +08:00
mmc: identify available device type to select Device types which are supported by both host and device can be identified when EXT_CSD is read. There is no need to check host's capability anymore. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:07:58 +08:00
if (caps2 & MMC_CAP2_HS200_1_8V_SDR &&
card_type & EXT_CSD_CARD_TYPE_HS200_1_8V) {
mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode Current implementation for bus speed mode selection is too complicated. This patch is to simplify the codes and remove some duplicate parts. The following changes are including: * Adds functions for each mode selection(HS, HS-DDR, HS200 and etc) * Rearranged the mode selection sequence with supported device type * Adds maximum speed for HS200 mode(hs200_max_dtr) * Adds field definition for HS_TIMING of EXT_CSD Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:44 +08:00
hs200_max_dtr = MMC_HS200_MAX_DTR;
mmc: identify available device type to select Device types which are supported by both host and device can be identified when EXT_CSD is read. There is no need to check host's capability anymore. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:07:58 +08:00
avail_type |= EXT_CSD_CARD_TYPE_HS200_1_8V;
}
if (caps2 & MMC_CAP2_HS200_1_2V_SDR &&
card_type & EXT_CSD_CARD_TYPE_HS200_1_2V) {
mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode Current implementation for bus speed mode selection is too complicated. This patch is to simplify the codes and remove some duplicate parts. The following changes are including: * Adds functions for each mode selection(HS, HS-DDR, HS200 and etc) * Rearranged the mode selection sequence with supported device type * Adds maximum speed for HS200 mode(hs200_max_dtr) * Adds field definition for HS_TIMING of EXT_CSD Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:44 +08:00
hs200_max_dtr = MMC_HS200_MAX_DTR;
mmc: identify available device type to select Device types which are supported by both host and device can be identified when EXT_CSD is read. There is no need to check host's capability anymore. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:07:58 +08:00
avail_type |= EXT_CSD_CARD_TYPE_HS200_1_2V;
}
mmc: core: fix the decision of HS200/DDR card-type Current implementation decides the card type exclusively. Even though eMMC device can support both HS200 and DDR mode, card type will be set only for HS200. If the host doesn't support HS200 but has DDR capability, then DDR mode can't be selected. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-04-25 15:17:37 +08:00
mmc: add support for HS400 mode of eMMC5.0 This patch adds HS400 mode support for eMMC5.0 device. HS400 mode is high speed DDR interface timing from HS200. Clock frequency is up to 200MHz and only 8-bit bus width is supported. In addition, tuning process of HS200 is required to synchronize the command response on the CMD line because CMD input timing for HS400 mode is the same as HS200 mode. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Jackey Shen <jackey.shen@amd.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:14:58 +08:00
if (caps2 & MMC_CAP2_HS400_1_8V &&
card_type & EXT_CSD_CARD_TYPE_HS400_1_8V) {
hs200_max_dtr = MMC_HS200_MAX_DTR;
avail_type |= EXT_CSD_CARD_TYPE_HS400_1_8V;
}
if (caps2 & MMC_CAP2_HS400_1_2V &&
card_type & EXT_CSD_CARD_TYPE_HS400_1_2V) {
hs200_max_dtr = MMC_HS200_MAX_DTR;
avail_type |= EXT_CSD_CARD_TYPE_HS400_1_2V;
}
mmc: core: implement enhanced strobe support Controllers use data strobe line to latch data from devices under hs400 mode, but not for cmd line. So since emmc 5.1, JEDEC introduces enhanced strobe mode for latching cmd response from emmc devices to host controllers. This new feature is optional, so it depends both on device's cap and host's cap to decide whether to use it or not. Signed-off-by: Shawn Lin <shawn.lin@rock-chips.com> Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Tested-by: Douglas Anderson <dianders@chromium.org> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-05-26 09:56:22 +08:00
if ((caps2 & MMC_CAP2_HS400_ES) &&
card->ext_csd.strobe_support &&
(avail_type & EXT_CSD_CARD_TYPE_HS400))
avail_type |= EXT_CSD_CARD_TYPE_HS400ES;
mmc: core: fix the decision of HS200/DDR card-type Current implementation decides the card type exclusively. Even though eMMC device can support both HS200 and DDR mode, card type will be set only for HS200. If the host doesn't support HS200 but has DDR capability, then DDR mode can't be selected. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-04-25 15:17:37 +08:00
card->ext_csd.hs_max_dtr = hs_max_dtr;
mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode Current implementation for bus speed mode selection is too complicated. This patch is to simplify the codes and remove some duplicate parts. The following changes are including: * Adds functions for each mode selection(HS, HS-DDR, HS200 and etc) * Rearranged the mode selection sequence with supported device type * Adds maximum speed for HS200 mode(hs200_max_dtr) * Adds field definition for HS_TIMING of EXT_CSD Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:44 +08:00
card->ext_csd.hs200_max_dtr = hs200_max_dtr;
mmc: identify available device type to select Device types which are supported by both host and device can be identified when EXT_CSD is read. There is no need to check host's capability anymore. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:07:58 +08:00
card->mmc_avail_type = avail_type;
mmc: core: fix the decision of HS200/DDR card-type Current implementation decides the card type exclusively. Even though eMMC device can support both HS200 and DDR mode, card type will be set only for HS200. If the host doesn't support HS200 but has DDR capability, then DDR mode can't be selected. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-04-25 15:17:37 +08:00
}
mmc: Move code that manages user area and gp partitions into functions Move code that manages user area and general purpose partitions into functions. Signed-off-by: Grégory Soutadé <gsoutade@neotion.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-09-15 23:47:06 +08:00
static void mmc_manage_enhanced_area(struct mmc_card *card, u8 *ext_csd)
{
mmc: Checks EXT_CSD_PARTITION_SETTING_COMPLETED before partitions computation Checks EXT_CSD_PARTITION_SETTING_COMPLETED bit before computing enhanced user area offset and size, and adding mmc general purpose partitions. The two needs EXT_CSD_PARTITION_SETTING_COMPLETED bit be set to be valid (as described in JEDEC standard). Warn user in case of misconfiguration. Signed-off-by: Grégory Soutadé <gsoutade@neotion.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-09-15 23:47:11 +08:00
u8 hc_erase_grp_sz, hc_wp_grp_sz;
/*
* Disable these attributes by default
*/
card->ext_csd.enhanced_area_offset = -EINVAL;
card->ext_csd.enhanced_area_size = -EINVAL;
mmc: Move code that manages user area and gp partitions into functions Move code that manages user area and general purpose partitions into functions. Signed-off-by: Grégory Soutadé <gsoutade@neotion.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-09-15 23:47:06 +08:00
/*
* Enhanced area feature support -- check whether the eMMC
* card has the Enhanced area enabled. If so, export enhanced
* area offset and size to user by adding sysfs interface.
*/
if ((ext_csd[EXT_CSD_PARTITION_SUPPORT] & 0x2) &&
(ext_csd[EXT_CSD_PARTITION_ATTRIBUTE] & 0x1)) {
mmc: Checks EXT_CSD_PARTITION_SETTING_COMPLETED before partitions computation Checks EXT_CSD_PARTITION_SETTING_COMPLETED bit before computing enhanced user area offset and size, and adding mmc general purpose partitions. The two needs EXT_CSD_PARTITION_SETTING_COMPLETED bit be set to be valid (as described in JEDEC standard). Warn user in case of misconfiguration. Signed-off-by: Grégory Soutadé <gsoutade@neotion.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-09-15 23:47:11 +08:00
if (card->ext_csd.partition_setting_completed) {
hc_erase_grp_sz =
ext_csd[EXT_CSD_HC_ERASE_GRP_SIZE];
hc_wp_grp_sz =
ext_csd[EXT_CSD_HC_WP_GRP_SIZE];
mmc: Move code that manages user area and gp partitions into functions Move code that manages user area and general purpose partitions into functions. Signed-off-by: Grégory Soutadé <gsoutade@neotion.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-09-15 23:47:06 +08:00
mmc: Checks EXT_CSD_PARTITION_SETTING_COMPLETED before partitions computation Checks EXT_CSD_PARTITION_SETTING_COMPLETED bit before computing enhanced user area offset and size, and adding mmc general purpose partitions. The two needs EXT_CSD_PARTITION_SETTING_COMPLETED bit be set to be valid (as described in JEDEC standard). Warn user in case of misconfiguration. Signed-off-by: Grégory Soutadé <gsoutade@neotion.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-09-15 23:47:11 +08:00
/*
* calculate the enhanced data area offset, in bytes
*/
card->ext_csd.enhanced_area_offset =
mmc: cast u8 to unsigned long long to avoid unexpected error card->ext_csd.enhanced_area_offset is defined as "unsigned long long", and, ext_csd[] is defined as u8. unsigned long long data might have strange data if first bit of ext_csd[] was 1. this patch cast it to (unsigned long long) Special thanks to coverity <http://www.coverity.com> ex) u8 data8; u64 data64; data8 = 0x80; data64 = (data8 << 24); // 0xffffffff80000000 data64 = (((unsigned long long)data8) << 24); // 0x80000000; Signed-off-by: Kuninori Morimoto <kuninori.morimoto.gx@renesas.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-05-11 15:34:53 +08:00
(((unsigned long long)ext_csd[139]) << 24) +
(((unsigned long long)ext_csd[138]) << 16) +
(((unsigned long long)ext_csd[137]) << 8) +
(((unsigned long long)ext_csd[136]));
mmc: Checks EXT_CSD_PARTITION_SETTING_COMPLETED before partitions computation Checks EXT_CSD_PARTITION_SETTING_COMPLETED bit before computing enhanced user area offset and size, and adding mmc general purpose partitions. The two needs EXT_CSD_PARTITION_SETTING_COMPLETED bit be set to be valid (as described in JEDEC standard). Warn user in case of misconfiguration. Signed-off-by: Grégory Soutadé <gsoutade@neotion.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-09-15 23:47:11 +08:00
if (mmc_card_blockaddr(card))
card->ext_csd.enhanced_area_offset <<= 9;
/*
* calculate the enhanced data area size, in kilobytes
*/
card->ext_csd.enhanced_area_size =
(ext_csd[142] << 16) + (ext_csd[141] << 8) +
ext_csd[140];
card->ext_csd.enhanced_area_size *=
(size_t)(hc_erase_grp_sz * hc_wp_grp_sz);
card->ext_csd.enhanced_area_size <<= 9;
} else {
pr_warn("%s: defines enhanced area without partition setting complete\n",
mmc_hostname(card->host));
}
mmc: Move code that manages user area and gp partitions into functions Move code that manages user area and general purpose partitions into functions. Signed-off-by: Grégory Soutadé <gsoutade@neotion.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-09-15 23:47:06 +08:00
}
}
mmc: core: Move public functions from card.h to private headers A significant amount of functions and other definitions are available through the public mmc card.h header file. Let's slim down this public mmc interface, as to prevent users from abusing it, by moving some of the functions/definitions to private mmc header files. This change concentrates on moving the functions into private mmc headers, following changes may continue with additional clean-ups. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> Reviewed-by: Shawn Lin <shawn.lin@rock-chips.com>
2017-01-13 21:14:14 +08:00
static void mmc_part_add(struct mmc_card *card, unsigned int size,
unsigned int part_cfg, char *name, int idx, bool ro,
int area_type)
{
card->part[card->nr_parts].size = size;
card->part[card->nr_parts].part_cfg = part_cfg;
sprintf(card->part[card->nr_parts].name, name, idx);
card->part[card->nr_parts].force_ro = ro;
card->part[card->nr_parts].area_type = area_type;
card->nr_parts++;
}
mmc: Move code that manages user area and gp partitions into functions Move code that manages user area and general purpose partitions into functions. Signed-off-by: Grégory Soutadé <gsoutade@neotion.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-09-15 23:47:06 +08:00
static void mmc_manage_gp_partitions(struct mmc_card *card, u8 *ext_csd)
{
int idx;
mmc: Checks EXT_CSD_PARTITION_SETTING_COMPLETED before partitions computation Checks EXT_CSD_PARTITION_SETTING_COMPLETED bit before computing enhanced user area offset and size, and adding mmc general purpose partitions. The two needs EXT_CSD_PARTITION_SETTING_COMPLETED bit be set to be valid (as described in JEDEC standard). Warn user in case of misconfiguration. Signed-off-by: Grégory Soutadé <gsoutade@neotion.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-09-15 23:47:11 +08:00
u8 hc_erase_grp_sz, hc_wp_grp_sz;
unsigned int part_size;
mmc: Move code that manages user area and gp partitions into functions Move code that manages user area and general purpose partitions into functions. Signed-off-by: Grégory Soutadé <gsoutade@neotion.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-09-15 23:47:06 +08:00
/*
* General purpose partition feature support --
* If ext_csd has the size of general purpose partitions,
* set size, part_cfg, partition name in mmc_part.
*/
if (ext_csd[EXT_CSD_PARTITION_SUPPORT] &
EXT_CSD_PART_SUPPORT_PART_EN) {
mmc: Checks EXT_CSD_PARTITION_SETTING_COMPLETED before partitions computation Checks EXT_CSD_PARTITION_SETTING_COMPLETED bit before computing enhanced user area offset and size, and adding mmc general purpose partitions. The two needs EXT_CSD_PARTITION_SETTING_COMPLETED bit be set to be valid (as described in JEDEC standard). Warn user in case of misconfiguration. Signed-off-by: Grégory Soutadé <gsoutade@neotion.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-09-15 23:47:11 +08:00
hc_erase_grp_sz =
ext_csd[EXT_CSD_HC_ERASE_GRP_SIZE];
hc_wp_grp_sz =
ext_csd[EXT_CSD_HC_WP_GRP_SIZE];
mmc: Move code that manages user area and gp partitions into functions Move code that manages user area and general purpose partitions into functions. Signed-off-by: Grégory Soutadé <gsoutade@neotion.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-09-15 23:47:06 +08:00
for (idx = 0; idx < MMC_NUM_GP_PARTITION; idx++) {
if (!ext_csd[EXT_CSD_GP_SIZE_MULT + idx * 3] &&
!ext_csd[EXT_CSD_GP_SIZE_MULT + idx * 3 + 1] &&
!ext_csd[EXT_CSD_GP_SIZE_MULT + idx * 3 + 2])
continue;
mmc: Checks EXT_CSD_PARTITION_SETTING_COMPLETED before partitions computation Checks EXT_CSD_PARTITION_SETTING_COMPLETED bit before computing enhanced user area offset and size, and adding mmc general purpose partitions. The two needs EXT_CSD_PARTITION_SETTING_COMPLETED bit be set to be valid (as described in JEDEC standard). Warn user in case of misconfiguration. Signed-off-by: Grégory Soutadé <gsoutade@neotion.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-09-15 23:47:11 +08:00
if (card->ext_csd.partition_setting_completed == 0) {
pr_warn("%s: has partition size defined without partition complete\n",
mmc_hostname(card->host));
break;
}
mmc: Move code that manages user area and gp partitions into functions Move code that manages user area and general purpose partitions into functions. Signed-off-by: Grégory Soutadé <gsoutade@neotion.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-09-15 23:47:06 +08:00
part_size =
(ext_csd[EXT_CSD_GP_SIZE_MULT + idx * 3 + 2]
<< 16) +
(ext_csd[EXT_CSD_GP_SIZE_MULT + idx * 3 + 1]
<< 8) +
ext_csd[EXT_CSD_GP_SIZE_MULT + idx * 3];
part_size *= (size_t)(hc_erase_grp_sz *
hc_wp_grp_sz);
mmc_part_add(card, part_size << 19,
EXT_CSD_PART_CONFIG_ACC_GP0 + idx,
"gp%d", idx, false,
MMC_BLK_DATA_AREA_GP);
}
}
}
mmc: mmc: Fix partition switch timeout for some eMMCs Some eMMCs set the partition switch timeout too low. Now typically eMMCs are considered a critical component (e.g. because they store the root file system) and consequently are expected to be reliable. Thus we can neglect the use case where eMMCs can't switch reliably and we might want a lower timeout to facilitate speedy recovery. Although we could employ a quirk for the cards that are affected (if we could identify them all), as described above, there is little benefit to having a low timeout, so instead simply set a minimum timeout. The minimum is set to 300ms somewhat arbitrarily - the examples that have been seen had a timeout of 10ms but were sometimes taking 60-70ms. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-05-05 13:12:28 +08:00
/* Minimum partition switch timeout in milliseconds */
#define MMC_MIN_PART_SWITCH_TIME 300
mmc: core: eMMC bus width may not work on all platforms CMD19 -- The offical way to validate bus widths from the JEDEC spec does not work on all platforms. Some platforms that use PCI/PCIe to connect their SD controllers are known to fail. If the quirk MMC_BUS_WIDTH_TEST is not defined we try to figure out the bus width by reading the ext_csd at different bus widths and compare this against the ext_csd read in 1 bit mode. If no ext_csd is available we default to 1 bit operations. Code has been tested on mmp2 against 8 bit eMMC and Transcend 2GB card that is known to not work in 4 bit mode. The physical pins on the card are not present to support 4 bit operation. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-05-25 09:14:58 +08:00
/*
* Decode extended CSD.
*/
mmc: core: Fetch and decode EXT_CSD from mmc_read_ext_csd() As a step in cleaning up code around reading/decoding EXT_CSD, convert the current mmc_read_ext_csd(), to handle both fetching the EXT_CSD and decoding its data. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-10-20 19:37:24 +08:00
static int mmc_decode_ext_csd(struct mmc_card *card, u8 *ext_csd)
mmc: core: eMMC bus width may not work on all platforms CMD19 -- The offical way to validate bus widths from the JEDEC spec does not work on all platforms. Some platforms that use PCI/PCIe to connect their SD controllers are known to fail. If the quirk MMC_BUS_WIDTH_TEST is not defined we try to figure out the bus width by reading the ext_csd at different bus widths and compare this against the ext_csd read in 1 bit mode. If no ext_csd is available we default to 1 bit operations. Code has been tested on mmp2 against 8 bit eMMC and Transcend 2GB card that is known to not work in 4 bit mode. The physical pins on the card are not present to support 4 bit operation. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-05-25 09:14:58 +08:00
{
mmc: core: general purpose MMC partition support. It allows gerneral purpose partitions in MMC Device. And I try to simply make mmc_blk_alloc_parts using mmc_part structure suggested by Andrei Warkentin. After patching, we see general purpose partitions like this: > cat /proc/partitions 179 0 847872 mmcblk0 179 192 4096 mmcblk0gp3 179 160 4096 mmcblk0gp2 179 128 4096 mmcblk0gp1 179 96 1052672 mmcblk0gp0 179 64 1024 mmcblk0boot1 179 32 1024 mmcblk0boot0 Signed-off-by: Namjae Jeon <linkinjeon@gmail.com> Acked-by: Andrei Warkentin <awarkentin@vmware.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-10-06 22:41:38 +08:00
int err = 0, idx;
unsigned int part_size;
mmc: Add support for marking hpi as broken through devicetree The eMMC on a tablet I've will stop working / communicating as soon as the kernel executes: mmc_switch(card, EXT_CSD_CMD_SET_NORMAL, EXT_CSD_HPI_MGMT, 1, card->ext_csd.generic_cmd6_time); There seems to be no way to reliable identify eMMC-s which have a broken hpi implementation, but at least for eMMC's which are soldered onto a board we can work around this by specifying that hpi is broken in devicetree. Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-04-01 23:26:23 +08:00
struct device_node *np;
bool broken_hpi = false;
mmc: core: eMMC bus width may not work on all platforms CMD19 -- The offical way to validate bus widths from the JEDEC spec does not work on all platforms. Some platforms that use PCI/PCIe to connect their SD controllers are known to fail. If the quirk MMC_BUS_WIDTH_TEST is not defined we try to figure out the bus width by reading the ext_csd at different bus widths and compare this against the ext_csd read in 1 bit mode. If no ext_csd is available we default to 1 bit operations. Code has been tested on mmp2 against 8 bit eMMC and Transcend 2GB card that is known to not work in 4 bit mode. The physical pins on the card are not present to support 4 bit operation. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-05-25 09:14:58 +08:00
mmc: recognize CSD structure The eMMC spec 4.4 and 4.3 + additional feature chips has CSD structure version 3 and version 3 have to check the CSD_STRUCTURE byte in the EXT_CSD register. Also fix EXT_CSD revision message. [akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix comment, per Chris Ball] Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Cc: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@nokia.com> Cc: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org> Cc: <linux-mmc@vger.kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2010-08-11 09:01:36 +08:00
/* Version is coded in the CSD_STRUCTURE byte in the EXT_CSD register */
mmc: core: Bus width testing needs to handle suspend/resume On reading the ext_csd for the first time (in 1 bit mode), save the ext_csd information needed for bus width compare. On every pass we make re-reading the ext_csd, compare the data against the saved ext_csd data. This fixes a regression introduced in 3.0-rc1 by 08ee80cc397ac1a3 ("mmc: core: eMMC bus width may not work on all platforms"), which incorrectly assumed we would be re-reading the ext_csd at resume- time. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-07-08 00:04:55 +08:00
card->ext_csd.raw_ext_csd_structure = ext_csd[EXT_CSD_STRUCTURE];
mmc: recognize CSD structure The eMMC spec 4.4 and 4.3 + additional feature chips has CSD structure version 3 and version 3 have to check the CSD_STRUCTURE byte in the EXT_CSD register. Also fix EXT_CSD revision message. [akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix comment, per Chris Ball] Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Cc: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@nokia.com> Cc: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org> Cc: <linux-mmc@vger.kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2010-08-11 09:01:36 +08:00
if (card->csd.structure == 3) {
mmc: core: Bus width testing needs to handle suspend/resume On reading the ext_csd for the first time (in 1 bit mode), save the ext_csd information needed for bus width compare. On every pass we make re-reading the ext_csd, compare the data against the saved ext_csd data. This fixes a regression introduced in 3.0-rc1 by 08ee80cc397ac1a3 ("mmc: core: eMMC bus width may not work on all platforms"), which incorrectly assumed we would be re-reading the ext_csd at resume- time. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-07-08 00:04:55 +08:00
if (card->ext_csd.raw_ext_csd_structure > 2) {
mmc: replace printk with appropriate display macro All the files using printk function for displaying kernel messages in the mmc driver have been replaced with corresponding macro. Signed-off-by: Girish K S <girish.shivananjappa@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-10-11 14:14:09 +08:00
pr_err("%s: unrecognised EXT_CSD structure "
mmc: recognize CSD structure The eMMC spec 4.4 and 4.3 + additional feature chips has CSD structure version 3 and version 3 have to check the CSD_STRUCTURE byte in the EXT_CSD register. Also fix EXT_CSD revision message. [akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix comment, per Chris Ball] Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Cc: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@nokia.com> Cc: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org> Cc: <linux-mmc@vger.kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2010-08-11 09:01:36 +08:00
"version %d\n", mmc_hostname(card->host),
mmc: core: Bus width testing needs to handle suspend/resume On reading the ext_csd for the first time (in 1 bit mode), save the ext_csd information needed for bus width compare. On every pass we make re-reading the ext_csd, compare the data against the saved ext_csd data. This fixes a regression introduced in 3.0-rc1 by 08ee80cc397ac1a3 ("mmc: core: eMMC bus width may not work on all platforms"), which incorrectly assumed we would be re-reading the ext_csd at resume- time. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-07-08 00:04:55 +08:00
card->ext_csd.raw_ext_csd_structure);
mmc: recognize CSD structure The eMMC spec 4.4 and 4.3 + additional feature chips has CSD structure version 3 and version 3 have to check the CSD_STRUCTURE byte in the EXT_CSD register. Also fix EXT_CSD revision message. [akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix comment, per Chris Ball] Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Cc: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@nokia.com> Cc: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org> Cc: <linux-mmc@vger.kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2010-08-11 09:01:36 +08:00
err = -EINVAL;
goto out;
}
}
mmc: Add support for marking hpi as broken through devicetree The eMMC on a tablet I've will stop working / communicating as soon as the kernel executes: mmc_switch(card, EXT_CSD_CMD_SET_NORMAL, EXT_CSD_HPI_MGMT, 1, card->ext_csd.generic_cmd6_time); There seems to be no way to reliable identify eMMC-s which have a broken hpi implementation, but at least for eMMC's which are soldered onto a board we can work around this by specifying that hpi is broken in devicetree. Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-04-01 23:26:23 +08:00
np = mmc_of_find_child_device(card->host, 0);
if (np && of_device_is_compatible(np, "mmc-card"))
broken_hpi = of_property_read_bool(np, "broken-hpi");
of_node_put(np);
mmc: Allow forward compatibility for eMMC As stated by the eMMC 5.0 specification, a chip should not be rejected only because of the revision stated in the EXT_CSD_REV field of the EXT_CSD register. Remove the control on this value, the control of the CSD_STRUCTURE field should be sufficient to reject future incompatible changes. Signed-off-by: Romain Izard <romain.izard.pro@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-06-27 16:51:07 +08:00
/*
* The EXT_CSD format is meant to be forward compatible. As long
* as CSD_STRUCTURE does not change, all values for EXT_CSD_REV
* are authorized, see JEDEC JESD84-B50 section B.8.
*/
mmc: add mmc card sleep and awake support Add support for the new MMC command SLEEP_AWAKE. Signed-off-by: Jarkko Lavinen <jarkko.lavinen@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@nokia.com> Acked-by: Matt Fleming <matt@console-pimps.org> Cc: Ian Molton <ian@mnementh.co.uk> Cc: "Roberto A. Foglietta" <roberto.foglietta@gmail.com> Cc: Jarkko Lavinen <jarkko.lavinen@nokia.com> Cc: Denis Karpov <ext-denis.2.karpov@nokia.com> Cc: Pierre Ossman <pierre@ossman.eu> Cc: Philip Langdale <philipl@overt.org> Cc: "Madhusudhan" <madhu.cr@ti.com> Cc: <linux-mmc@vger.kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2009-09-23 07:44:34 +08:00
card->ext_csd.rev = ext_csd[EXT_CSD_REV];
mmc: read ext_csd version number Make sure we do not try to parse a structure we do not understand. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-07-23 06:34:07 +08:00
mmc: core: Disable HPI for certain Hynix eMMC cards Certain Hynix eMMC 4.41 cards might get broken when HPI feature is used and hence this patch disables the HPI feature for such buggy cards. As some of the other features like BKOPs/Cache/Sanitize are dependent on HPI feature, those features would also get disabled if HPI is disabled. Signed-off-by: Pratibhasagar V <pratibha@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org> [gdavis: Forward port and cleanup] Signed-off-by: George G. Davis <george_davis@mentor.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-06-10 06:09:31 +08:00
/* fixup device after ext_csd revision field is updated */
mmc_fixup_device(card, mmc_ext_csd_fixups);
mmc: core: Bus width testing needs to handle suspend/resume On reading the ext_csd for the first time (in 1 bit mode), save the ext_csd information needed for bus width compare. On every pass we make re-reading the ext_csd, compare the data against the saved ext_csd data. This fixes a regression introduced in 3.0-rc1 by 08ee80cc397ac1a3 ("mmc: core: eMMC bus width may not work on all platforms"), which incorrectly assumed we would be re-reading the ext_csd at resume- time. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-07-08 00:04:55 +08:00
card->ext_csd.raw_sectors[0] = ext_csd[EXT_CSD_SEC_CNT + 0];
card->ext_csd.raw_sectors[1] = ext_csd[EXT_CSD_SEC_CNT + 1];
card->ext_csd.raw_sectors[2] = ext_csd[EXT_CSD_SEC_CNT + 2];
card->ext_csd.raw_sectors[3] = ext_csd[EXT_CSD_SEC_CNT + 3];
mmc: add mmc card sleep and awake support Add support for the new MMC command SLEEP_AWAKE. Signed-off-by: Jarkko Lavinen <jarkko.lavinen@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@nokia.com> Acked-by: Matt Fleming <matt@console-pimps.org> Cc: Ian Molton <ian@mnementh.co.uk> Cc: "Roberto A. Foglietta" <roberto.foglietta@gmail.com> Cc: Jarkko Lavinen <jarkko.lavinen@nokia.com> Cc: Denis Karpov <ext-denis.2.karpov@nokia.com> Cc: Pierre Ossman <pierre@ossman.eu> Cc: Philip Langdale <philipl@overt.org> Cc: "Madhusudhan" <madhu.cr@ti.com> Cc: <linux-mmc@vger.kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2009-09-23 07:44:34 +08:00
if (card->ext_csd.rev >= 2) {
mmc: read ext_csd version number Make sure we do not try to parse a structure we do not understand. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-07-23 06:34:07 +08:00
card->ext_csd.sectors =
ext_csd[EXT_CSD_SEC_CNT + 0] << 0 |
ext_csd[EXT_CSD_SEC_CNT + 1] << 8 |
ext_csd[EXT_CSD_SEC_CNT + 2] << 16 |
ext_csd[EXT_CSD_SEC_CNT + 3] << 24;
mmc: only set blockaddressed for > 2GiB cards A non-zero value of SEC_COUNT does not indicate that the card is sector addressed. According to the MMC specification, cards with a density greater than 2GiB are sector addressed. Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@stericsson.com> Signed-off-by: Hanumath Prasad <hanumath.prasad@stericsson.com> Signed-off-by: Rabin Vincent <rabin.vincent@stericsson.com> Cc: <linux-mmc@vger.kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2010-08-11 09:01:45 +08:00
/* Cards with density > 2GiB are sector addressed */
if (card->ext_csd.sectors > (2u * 1024 * 1024 * 1024) / 512)
mmc: read ext_csd version number Make sure we do not try to parse a structure we do not understand. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-07-23 06:34:07 +08:00
mmc_card_set_blockaddr(card);
}
mmc: core: fix the decision of HS200/DDR card-type Current implementation decides the card type exclusively. Even though eMMC device can support both HS200 and DDR mode, card type will be set only for HS200. If the host doesn't support HS200 but has DDR capability, then DDR mode can't be selected. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-04-25 15:17:37 +08:00
mmc: core: implement enhanced strobe support Controllers use data strobe line to latch data from devices under hs400 mode, but not for cmd line. So since emmc 5.1, JEDEC introduces enhanced strobe mode for latching cmd response from emmc devices to host controllers. This new feature is optional, so it depends both on device's cap and host's cap to decide whether to use it or not. Signed-off-by: Shawn Lin <shawn.lin@rock-chips.com> Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Tested-by: Douglas Anderson <dianders@chromium.org> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-05-26 09:56:22 +08:00
card->ext_csd.strobe_support = ext_csd[EXT_CSD_STROBE_SUPPORT];
mmc: core: Bus width testing needs to handle suspend/resume On reading the ext_csd for the first time (in 1 bit mode), save the ext_csd information needed for bus width compare. On every pass we make re-reading the ext_csd, compare the data against the saved ext_csd data. This fixes a regression introduced in 3.0-rc1 by 08ee80cc397ac1a3 ("mmc: core: eMMC bus width may not work on all platforms"), which incorrectly assumed we would be re-reading the ext_csd at resume- time. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-07-08 00:04:55 +08:00
card->ext_csd.raw_card_type = ext_csd[EXT_CSD_CARD_TYPE];
mmc: core: fix the decision of HS200/DDR card-type Current implementation decides the card type exclusively. Even though eMMC device can support both HS200 and DDR mode, card type will be set only for HS200. If the host doesn't support HS200 but has DDR capability, then DDR mode can't be selected. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-04-25 15:17:37 +08:00
mmc_select_card_type(card);
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
mmc: core: Bus width testing needs to handle suspend/resume On reading the ext_csd for the first time (in 1 bit mode), save the ext_csd information needed for bus width compare. On every pass we make re-reading the ext_csd, compare the data against the saved ext_csd data. This fixes a regression introduced in 3.0-rc1 by 08ee80cc397ac1a3 ("mmc: core: eMMC bus width may not work on all platforms"), which incorrectly assumed we would be re-reading the ext_csd at resume- time. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-07-08 00:04:55 +08:00
card->ext_csd.raw_s_a_timeout = ext_csd[EXT_CSD_S_A_TIMEOUT];
card->ext_csd.raw_erase_timeout_mult =
ext_csd[EXT_CSD_ERASE_TIMEOUT_MULT];
card->ext_csd.raw_hc_erase_grp_size =
ext_csd[EXT_CSD_HC_ERASE_GRP_SIZE];
mmc: add mmc card sleep and awake support Add support for the new MMC command SLEEP_AWAKE. Signed-off-by: Jarkko Lavinen <jarkko.lavinen@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@nokia.com> Acked-by: Matt Fleming <matt@console-pimps.org> Cc: Ian Molton <ian@mnementh.co.uk> Cc: "Roberto A. Foglietta" <roberto.foglietta@gmail.com> Cc: Jarkko Lavinen <jarkko.lavinen@nokia.com> Cc: Denis Karpov <ext-denis.2.karpov@nokia.com> Cc: Pierre Ossman <pierre@ossman.eu> Cc: Philip Langdale <philipl@overt.org> Cc: "Madhusudhan" <madhu.cr@ti.com> Cc: <linux-mmc@vger.kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2009-09-23 07:44:34 +08:00
if (card->ext_csd.rev >= 3) {
u8 sa_shift = ext_csd[EXT_CSD_S_A_TIMEOUT];
mmc: MMC boot partitions support. Allows device MMC boot partitions to be accessed. MMC partitions are treated effectively as separate block devices on the same MMC card. Signed-off-by: Andrei Warkentin <andreiw@motorola.com> Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-04-12 07:10:25 +08:00
card->ext_csd.part_config = ext_csd[EXT_CSD_PART_CONFIG];
/* EXT_CSD value is in units of 10ms, but we store in ms */
card->ext_csd.part_time = 10 * ext_csd[EXT_CSD_PART_SWITCH_TIME];
mmc: mmc: Fix partition switch timeout for some eMMCs Some eMMCs set the partition switch timeout too low. Now typically eMMCs are considered a critical component (e.g. because they store the root file system) and consequently are expected to be reliable. Thus we can neglect the use case where eMMCs can't switch reliably and we might want a lower timeout to facilitate speedy recovery. Although we could employ a quirk for the cards that are affected (if we could identify them all), as described above, there is little benefit to having a low timeout, so instead simply set a minimum timeout. The minimum is set to 300ms somewhat arbitrarily - the examples that have been seen had a timeout of 10ms but were sometimes taking 60-70ms. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-05-05 13:12:28 +08:00
/* Some eMMC set the value too low so set a minimum */
if (card->ext_csd.part_time &&
card->ext_csd.part_time < MMC_MIN_PART_SWITCH_TIME)
card->ext_csd.part_time = MMC_MIN_PART_SWITCH_TIME;
mmc: add mmc card sleep and awake support Add support for the new MMC command SLEEP_AWAKE. Signed-off-by: Jarkko Lavinen <jarkko.lavinen@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@nokia.com> Acked-by: Matt Fleming <matt@console-pimps.org> Cc: Ian Molton <ian@mnementh.co.uk> Cc: "Roberto A. Foglietta" <roberto.foglietta@gmail.com> Cc: Jarkko Lavinen <jarkko.lavinen@nokia.com> Cc: Denis Karpov <ext-denis.2.karpov@nokia.com> Cc: Pierre Ossman <pierre@ossman.eu> Cc: Philip Langdale <philipl@overt.org> Cc: "Madhusudhan" <madhu.cr@ti.com> Cc: <linux-mmc@vger.kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2009-09-23 07:44:34 +08:00
/* Sleep / awake timeout in 100ns units */
if (sa_shift > 0 && sa_shift <= 0x17)
card->ext_csd.sa_timeout =
1 << ext_csd[EXT_CSD_S_A_TIMEOUT];
mmc: add erase, secure erase, trim and secure trim operations SD/MMC cards tend to support an erase operation. In addition, eMMC v4.4 cards can support secure erase, trim and secure trim operations that are all variants of the basic erase command. SD/MMC device attributes "erase_size" and "preferred_erase_size" have been added. "erase_size" is the minimum size, in bytes, of an erase operation. For MMC, "erase_size" is the erase group size reported by the card. Note that "erase_size" does not apply to trim or secure trim operations where the minimum size is always one 512 byte sector. For SD, "erase_size" is 512 if the card is block-addressed, 0 otherwise. SD/MMC cards can erase an arbitrarily large area up to and including the whole card. When erasing a large area it may be desirable to do it in smaller chunks for three reasons: 1. A single erase command will make all other I/O on the card wait. This is not a problem if the whole card is being erased, but erasing one partition will make I/O for another partition on the same card wait for the duration of the erase - which could be a several minutes. 2. To be able to inform the user of erase progress. 3. The erase timeout becomes too large to be very useful. Because the erase timeout contains a margin which is multiplied by the size of the erase area, the value can end up being several minutes for large areas. "erase_size" is not the most efficient unit to erase (especially for SD where it is just one sector), hence "preferred_erase_size" provides a good chunk size for erasing large areas. For MMC, "preferred_erase_size" is the high-capacity erase size if a card specifies one, otherwise it is based on the capacity of the card. For SD, "preferred_erase_size" is the allocation unit size specified by the card. "preferred_erase_size" is in bytes. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@nokia.com> Acked-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Cc: Kyungmin Park <kmpark@infradead.org> Cc: Madhusudhan Chikkature <madhu.cr@ti.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Ben Gardiner <bengardiner@nanometrics.ca> Cc: <linux-mmc@vger.kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2010-08-12 05:17:46 +08:00
card->ext_csd.erase_group_def =
ext_csd[EXT_CSD_ERASE_GROUP_DEF];
card->ext_csd.hc_erase_timeout = 300 *
ext_csd[EXT_CSD_ERASE_TIMEOUT_MULT];
card->ext_csd.hc_erase_size =
ext_csd[EXT_CSD_HC_ERASE_GRP_SIZE] << 10;
mmc: Reliable write support. Allows reliable writes to be used for MMC writes. Reliable writes are used to service write REQ_FUA/REQ_META requests. Handles both the legacy and the enhanced reliable write support in MMC cards. Signed-off-by: Andrei Warkentin <andreiw@motorola.com> Reviewed-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-04-01 07:40:00 +08:00
card->ext_csd.rel_sectors = ext_csd[EXT_CSD_REL_WR_SEC_C];
mmc: MMC boot partitions support. Allows device MMC boot partitions to be accessed. MMC partitions are treated effectively as separate block devices on the same MMC card. Signed-off-by: Andrei Warkentin <andreiw@motorola.com> Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-04-12 07:10:25 +08:00
/*
* There are two boot regions of equal size, defined in
* multiples of 128K.
*/
mmc: core: general purpose MMC partition support. It allows gerneral purpose partitions in MMC Device. And I try to simply make mmc_blk_alloc_parts using mmc_part structure suggested by Andrei Warkentin. After patching, we see general purpose partitions like this: > cat /proc/partitions 179 0 847872 mmcblk0 179 192 4096 mmcblk0gp3 179 160 4096 mmcblk0gp2 179 128 4096 mmcblk0gp1 179 96 1052672 mmcblk0gp0 179 64 1024 mmcblk0boot1 179 32 1024 mmcblk0boot0 Signed-off-by: Namjae Jeon <linkinjeon@gmail.com> Acked-by: Andrei Warkentin <awarkentin@vmware.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-10-06 22:41:38 +08:00
if (ext_csd[EXT_CSD_BOOT_MULT] && mmc_boot_partition_access(card->host)) {
for (idx = 0; idx < MMC_NUM_BOOT_PARTITION; idx++) {
part_size = ext_csd[EXT_CSD_BOOT_MULT] << 17;
mmc_part_add(card, part_size,
EXT_CSD_PART_CONFIG_ACC_BOOT0 + idx,
mmc: boot partition ro lock support Enable boot partitions to be read-only locked until next power on via a sysfs entry. There will be one sysfs entry for each boot partition: /sys/block/mmcblkXbootY/ro_lock_until_next_power_on Each boot partition is locked by writing 1 to its file. Signed-off-by: Johan Rudholm <johan.rudholm@stericsson.com> Signed-off-by: John Beckett <john.beckett@stericsson.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-12-02 15:51:06 +08:00
"boot%d", idx, true,
MMC_BLK_DATA_AREA_BOOT);
mmc: core: general purpose MMC partition support. It allows gerneral purpose partitions in MMC Device. And I try to simply make mmc_blk_alloc_parts using mmc_part structure suggested by Andrei Warkentin. After patching, we see general purpose partitions like this: > cat /proc/partitions 179 0 847872 mmcblk0 179 192 4096 mmcblk0gp3 179 160 4096 mmcblk0gp2 179 128 4096 mmcblk0gp1 179 96 1052672 mmcblk0gp0 179 64 1024 mmcblk0boot1 179 32 1024 mmcblk0boot0 Signed-off-by: Namjae Jeon <linkinjeon@gmail.com> Acked-by: Andrei Warkentin <awarkentin@vmware.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-10-06 22:41:38 +08:00
}
}
mmc: add erase, secure erase, trim and secure trim operations SD/MMC cards tend to support an erase operation. In addition, eMMC v4.4 cards can support secure erase, trim and secure trim operations that are all variants of the basic erase command. SD/MMC device attributes "erase_size" and "preferred_erase_size" have been added. "erase_size" is the minimum size, in bytes, of an erase operation. For MMC, "erase_size" is the erase group size reported by the card. Note that "erase_size" does not apply to trim or secure trim operations where the minimum size is always one 512 byte sector. For SD, "erase_size" is 512 if the card is block-addressed, 0 otherwise. SD/MMC cards can erase an arbitrarily large area up to and including the whole card. When erasing a large area it may be desirable to do it in smaller chunks for three reasons: 1. A single erase command will make all other I/O on the card wait. This is not a problem if the whole card is being erased, but erasing one partition will make I/O for another partition on the same card wait for the duration of the erase - which could be a several minutes. 2. To be able to inform the user of erase progress. 3. The erase timeout becomes too large to be very useful. Because the erase timeout contains a margin which is multiplied by the size of the erase area, the value can end up being several minutes for large areas. "erase_size" is not the most efficient unit to erase (especially for SD where it is just one sector), hence "preferred_erase_size" provides a good chunk size for erasing large areas. For MMC, "preferred_erase_size" is the high-capacity erase size if a card specifies one, otherwise it is based on the capacity of the card. For SD, "preferred_erase_size" is the allocation unit size specified by the card. "preferred_erase_size" is in bytes. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@nokia.com> Acked-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Cc: Kyungmin Park <kmpark@infradead.org> Cc: Madhusudhan Chikkature <madhu.cr@ti.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Ben Gardiner <bengardiner@nanometrics.ca> Cc: <linux-mmc@vger.kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2010-08-12 05:17:46 +08:00
}
mmc: core: Bus width testing needs to handle suspend/resume On reading the ext_csd for the first time (in 1 bit mode), save the ext_csd information needed for bus width compare. On every pass we make re-reading the ext_csd, compare the data against the saved ext_csd data. This fixes a regression introduced in 3.0-rc1 by 08ee80cc397ac1a3 ("mmc: core: eMMC bus width may not work on all platforms"), which incorrectly assumed we would be re-reading the ext_csd at resume- time. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-07-08 00:04:55 +08:00
card->ext_csd.raw_hc_erase_gap_size =
mmc: core: Fix comparison issue in mmc_compare_ext_csds Found this issue during code review. Actually, there are two issues which both compensate together in lucky case. In unlucky case the bus width probing might not work as expected. Signed-off-by: Jurgen Heeks <jurgen.heeks@nokia.com> Reviewed-by: Namjae Jeon <linkinjeon@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-02-01 20:30:55 +08:00
ext_csd[EXT_CSD_HC_WP_GRP_SIZE];
mmc: core: Bus width testing needs to handle suspend/resume On reading the ext_csd for the first time (in 1 bit mode), save the ext_csd information needed for bus width compare. On every pass we make re-reading the ext_csd, compare the data against the saved ext_csd data. This fixes a regression introduced in 3.0-rc1 by 08ee80cc397ac1a3 ("mmc: core: eMMC bus width may not work on all platforms"), which incorrectly assumed we would be re-reading the ext_csd at resume- time. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-07-08 00:04:55 +08:00
card->ext_csd.raw_sec_trim_mult =
ext_csd[EXT_CSD_SEC_TRIM_MULT];
card->ext_csd.raw_sec_erase_mult =
ext_csd[EXT_CSD_SEC_ERASE_MULT];
card->ext_csd.raw_sec_feature_support =
ext_csd[EXT_CSD_SEC_FEATURE_SUPPORT];
card->ext_csd.raw_trim_mult =
ext_csd[EXT_CSD_TRIM_MULT];
mmc: core: Fix bit width test failing on old eMMC cards PARTITION_SUPPORT needs to be set before doing the compare on version number so the bit width test does not get invalid data. Before this patch, a Sandisk iNAND eMMC card would detect 1-bit width although the hardware supports 4-bit. Only affects old emmc devices - pre 4.4 devices. Reported-by: Elad Yi <elad.yi@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@yahoo.com> Cc: stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-04-05 03:18:11 +08:00
card->ext_csd.raw_partition_support = ext_csd[EXT_CSD_PARTITION_SUPPORT];
mmc: mmc: Read card's valid driver strength mask In preparation for supporing drive strength selection for eMMC, read the card's valid driver strengths. Note that though the SD spec uses the term "drive strength", the JEDEC eMMC spec uses the term "driver strength". Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-02-06 20:12:57 +08:00
card->ext_csd.raw_driver_strength = ext_csd[EXT_CSD_DRIVER_STRENGTH];
mmc: add erase, secure erase, trim and secure trim operations SD/MMC cards tend to support an erase operation. In addition, eMMC v4.4 cards can support secure erase, trim and secure trim operations that are all variants of the basic erase command. SD/MMC device attributes "erase_size" and "preferred_erase_size" have been added. "erase_size" is the minimum size, in bytes, of an erase operation. For MMC, "erase_size" is the erase group size reported by the card. Note that "erase_size" does not apply to trim or secure trim operations where the minimum size is always one 512 byte sector. For SD, "erase_size" is 512 if the card is block-addressed, 0 otherwise. SD/MMC cards can erase an arbitrarily large area up to and including the whole card. When erasing a large area it may be desirable to do it in smaller chunks for three reasons: 1. A single erase command will make all other I/O on the card wait. This is not a problem if the whole card is being erased, but erasing one partition will make I/O for another partition on the same card wait for the duration of the erase - which could be a several minutes. 2. To be able to inform the user of erase progress. 3. The erase timeout becomes too large to be very useful. Because the erase timeout contains a margin which is multiplied by the size of the erase area, the value can end up being several minutes for large areas. "erase_size" is not the most efficient unit to erase (especially for SD where it is just one sector), hence "preferred_erase_size" provides a good chunk size for erasing large areas. For MMC, "preferred_erase_size" is the high-capacity erase size if a card specifies one, otherwise it is based on the capacity of the card. For SD, "preferred_erase_size" is the allocation unit size specified by the card. "preferred_erase_size" is in bytes. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@nokia.com> Acked-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Cc: Kyungmin Park <kmpark@infradead.org> Cc: Madhusudhan Chikkature <madhu.cr@ti.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Ben Gardiner <bengardiner@nanometrics.ca> Cc: <linux-mmc@vger.kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2010-08-12 05:17:46 +08:00
if (card->ext_csd.rev >= 4) {
mmc: Replace "enhanced_area_en" attribute by "partition_setting_completed" Replace ext_csd "enhanced_area_en" attribute by "partition_setting_completed". It was used whether or not enhanced user area is defined and without checks of EXT_CSD_PARTITION_SETTING_COMPLETED bit. Signed-off-by: Grégory Soutadé <gsoutade@neotion.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-09-15 23:47:09 +08:00
if (ext_csd[EXT_CSD_PARTITION_SETTING_COMPLETED] &
EXT_CSD_PART_SETTING_COMPLETED)
card->ext_csd.partition_setting_completed = 1;
else
card->ext_csd.partition_setting_completed = 0;
mmc: Move code that manages user area and gp partitions into functions Move code that manages user area and general purpose partitions into functions. Signed-off-by: Grégory Soutadé <gsoutade@neotion.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-09-15 23:47:06 +08:00
mmc_manage_enhanced_area(card, ext_csd);
mmc: export eMMC4.4 enhanced area details to sysfs Enhanced area feature is a new feature defined in eMMC4.4 standard. This user data area provides higher performance/reliability, at the expense of using twice the effective media space due to the area using SLC. The MMC driver now reads out the enhanced area offset and size and adds them to the device attributes in sysfs. Enabling the enhanced area can only be done once, and should be done in manufacturing. To use this feature, bit ERASE_GRP_DEF should also be set. Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mmc describes the two new attributes. Signed-off-by: Chuanxiao Dong <chuanxiao.dong@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-01-22 04:09:41 +08:00
mmc: Move code that manages user area and gp partitions into functions Move code that manages user area and general purpose partitions into functions. Signed-off-by: Grégory Soutadé <gsoutade@neotion.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-09-15 23:47:06 +08:00
mmc_manage_gp_partitions(card, ext_csd);
mmc: core: general purpose MMC partition support. It allows gerneral purpose partitions in MMC Device. And I try to simply make mmc_blk_alloc_parts using mmc_part structure suggested by Andrei Warkentin. After patching, we see general purpose partitions like this: > cat /proc/partitions 179 0 847872 mmcblk0 179 192 4096 mmcblk0gp3 179 160 4096 mmcblk0gp2 179 128 4096 mmcblk0gp1 179 96 1052672 mmcblk0gp0 179 64 1024 mmcblk0boot1 179 32 1024 mmcblk0boot0 Signed-off-by: Namjae Jeon <linkinjeon@gmail.com> Acked-by: Andrei Warkentin <awarkentin@vmware.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-10-06 22:41:38 +08:00
mmc: add erase, secure erase, trim and secure trim operations SD/MMC cards tend to support an erase operation. In addition, eMMC v4.4 cards can support secure erase, trim and secure trim operations that are all variants of the basic erase command. SD/MMC device attributes "erase_size" and "preferred_erase_size" have been added. "erase_size" is the minimum size, in bytes, of an erase operation. For MMC, "erase_size" is the erase group size reported by the card. Note that "erase_size" does not apply to trim or secure trim operations where the minimum size is always one 512 byte sector. For SD, "erase_size" is 512 if the card is block-addressed, 0 otherwise. SD/MMC cards can erase an arbitrarily large area up to and including the whole card. When erasing a large area it may be desirable to do it in smaller chunks for three reasons: 1. A single erase command will make all other I/O on the card wait. This is not a problem if the whole card is being erased, but erasing one partition will make I/O for another partition on the same card wait for the duration of the erase - which could be a several minutes. 2. To be able to inform the user of erase progress. 3. The erase timeout becomes too large to be very useful. Because the erase timeout contains a margin which is multiplied by the size of the erase area, the value can end up being several minutes for large areas. "erase_size" is not the most efficient unit to erase (especially for SD where it is just one sector), hence "preferred_erase_size" provides a good chunk size for erasing large areas. For MMC, "preferred_erase_size" is the high-capacity erase size if a card specifies one, otherwise it is based on the capacity of the card. For SD, "preferred_erase_size" is the allocation unit size specified by the card. "preferred_erase_size" is in bytes. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@nokia.com> Acked-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Cc: Kyungmin Park <kmpark@infradead.org> Cc: Madhusudhan Chikkature <madhu.cr@ti.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Ben Gardiner <bengardiner@nanometrics.ca> Cc: <linux-mmc@vger.kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2010-08-12 05:17:46 +08:00
card->ext_csd.sec_trim_mult =
ext_csd[EXT_CSD_SEC_TRIM_MULT];
card->ext_csd.sec_erase_mult =
ext_csd[EXT_CSD_SEC_ERASE_MULT];
card->ext_csd.sec_feature_support =
ext_csd[EXT_CSD_SEC_FEATURE_SUPPORT];
card->ext_csd.trim_timeout = 300 *
ext_csd[EXT_CSD_TRIM_MULT];
mmc: boot partition ro lock support Enable boot partitions to be read-only locked until next power on via a sysfs entry. There will be one sysfs entry for each boot partition: /sys/block/mmcblkXbootY/ro_lock_until_next_power_on Each boot partition is locked by writing 1 to its file. Signed-off-by: Johan Rudholm <johan.rudholm@stericsson.com> Signed-off-by: John Beckett <john.beckett@stericsson.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-12-02 15:51:06 +08:00
/*
* Note that the call to mmc_part_add above defaults to read
* only. If this default assumption is changed, the call must
* take into account the value of boot_locked below.
*/
card->ext_csd.boot_ro_lock = ext_csd[EXT_CSD_BOOT_WP];
card->ext_csd.boot_ro_lockable = true;
mmc: core: Fix select power class after resume Use the saved values in card->ext_csd when selecting power class. By doing this the power class will be selected even if mmc_init_card is called with oldcard != NULL, which is the case after a suspend/resume. Today ext_csd is NULL if mmc_init_card is called with oldcard != NULL and power class will not be selected. According to the eMMC specification the POWER_CLASS value is reset after power failure, H/W reset assertion and any CMD0 reset. Signed-off-by: Fredrik Soderstedt <fredrik.soderstedt@stericsson.com> Reviewed-by: Johan Rudholm <jrudholm@gmail.com> Acked By: Girish K S <girish.shivananjappa@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-04-23 22:27:07 +08:00
/* Save power class values */
card->ext_csd.raw_pwr_cl_52_195 =
ext_csd[EXT_CSD_PWR_CL_52_195];
card->ext_csd.raw_pwr_cl_26_195 =
ext_csd[EXT_CSD_PWR_CL_26_195];
card->ext_csd.raw_pwr_cl_52_360 =
ext_csd[EXT_CSD_PWR_CL_52_360];
card->ext_csd.raw_pwr_cl_26_360 =
ext_csd[EXT_CSD_PWR_CL_26_360];
card->ext_csd.raw_pwr_cl_200_195 =
ext_csd[EXT_CSD_PWR_CL_200_195];
card->ext_csd.raw_pwr_cl_200_360 =
ext_csd[EXT_CSD_PWR_CL_200_360];
card->ext_csd.raw_pwr_cl_ddr_52_195 =
ext_csd[EXT_CSD_PWR_CL_DDR_52_195];
card->ext_csd.raw_pwr_cl_ddr_52_360 =
ext_csd[EXT_CSD_PWR_CL_DDR_52_360];
mmc: add support for HS400 mode of eMMC5.0 This patch adds HS400 mode support for eMMC5.0 device. HS400 mode is high speed DDR interface timing from HS200. Clock frequency is up to 200MHz and only 8-bit bus width is supported. In addition, tuning process of HS200 is required to synchronize the command response on the CMD line because CMD input timing for HS400 mode is the same as HS200 mode. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Jackey Shen <jackey.shen@amd.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:14:58 +08:00
card->ext_csd.raw_pwr_cl_ddr_200_360 =
ext_csd[EXT_CSD_PWR_CL_DDR_200_360];
mmc: add mmc card sleep and awake support Add support for the new MMC command SLEEP_AWAKE. Signed-off-by: Jarkko Lavinen <jarkko.lavinen@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@nokia.com> Acked-by: Matt Fleming <matt@console-pimps.org> Cc: Ian Molton <ian@mnementh.co.uk> Cc: "Roberto A. Foglietta" <roberto.foglietta@gmail.com> Cc: Jarkko Lavinen <jarkko.lavinen@nokia.com> Cc: Denis Karpov <ext-denis.2.karpov@nokia.com> Cc: Pierre Ossman <pierre@ossman.eu> Cc: Philip Langdale <philipl@overt.org> Cc: "Madhusudhan" <madhu.cr@ti.com> Cc: <linux-mmc@vger.kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2009-09-23 07:44:34 +08:00
}
mmc: core: add eMMC hardware reset support eMMC's may have a hardware reset line. This patch provides a host controller operation to implement hardware reset and a function to reset and reinitialize the card. Also, for MMC, the reset is always performed before initialization. The host must set the new host capability MMC_CAP_HW_RESET to enable hardware reset. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-08-29 21:42:11 +08:00
if (card->ext_csd.rev >= 5) {
mmc: core: production year for eMMC 4.41 and later The field containing the production date in the CID register only uses 4 bits to encode the year, starting from 1997 in the original standard. In 2013, the production year field contains 0, and the kernel reports a 1997 production date. The eMMC 4.51 specification adds a new interpretation rule. For all devices implementing the 4.41 specification or later, the production year field will be interpreted as a value between 2010 and 2025, with 0 corresponding to 2013. Signed-off-by: Romain Izard <romain.izard.pro@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-06-14 20:25:44 +08:00
/* Adjust production date as per JEDEC JESD84-B451 */
if (card->cid.year < 2010)
card->cid.year += 16;
mmc: support BKOPS feature for eMMC Enable eMMC background operations (BKOPS) feature. If URGENT_BKOPS is set after a response, note that BKOPS are required. Immediately run BKOPS if required. Read/write operations should be requested during BKOPS(LEVEL-1), then issue HPI to interrupt the ongoing BKOPS and service the foreground operation. (This patch only controls the LEVEL2/3.) When repeating the writing 1GB data, at a certain time, performance is decreased. At that time, card triggers the Level-3 or Level-2. After running bkops, performance is recovered. Future considerations: * Check BKOPS_LEVEL=1 and start BKOPS in a preventive manner. * Interrupt ongoing BKOPS before powering off the card. * How do we get BKOPS_STATUS value (periodically send ext_csd command)? * If using periodic bkops, also consider runtime_pm control. Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Konstantin Dorfman <kdorfman@codeaurora.org> Reviewed-by: Maya Erez <merez@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-09-17 16:42:02 +08:00
/* check whether the eMMC card supports BKOPS */
mmc: core: Disable HPI for certain Hynix eMMC cards Certain Hynix eMMC 4.41 cards might get broken when HPI feature is used and hence this patch disables the HPI feature for such buggy cards. As some of the other features like BKOPs/Cache/Sanitize are dependent on HPI feature, those features would also get disabled if HPI is disabled. Signed-off-by: Pratibhasagar V <pratibha@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org> [gdavis: Forward port and cleanup] Signed-off-by: George G. Davis <george_davis@mentor.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-06-10 06:09:31 +08:00
if (!mmc_card_broken_hpi(card) &&
ext_csd[EXT_CSD_BKOPS_SUPPORT] & 0x1) {
mmc: support BKOPS feature for eMMC Enable eMMC background operations (BKOPS) feature. If URGENT_BKOPS is set after a response, note that BKOPS are required. Immediately run BKOPS if required. Read/write operations should be requested during BKOPS(LEVEL-1), then issue HPI to interrupt the ongoing BKOPS and service the foreground operation. (This patch only controls the LEVEL2/3.) When repeating the writing 1GB data, at a certain time, performance is decreased. At that time, card triggers the Level-3 or Level-2. After running bkops, performance is recovered. Future considerations: * Check BKOPS_LEVEL=1 and start BKOPS in a preventive manner. * Interrupt ongoing BKOPS before powering off the card. * How do we get BKOPS_STATUS value (periodically send ext_csd command)? * If using periodic bkops, also consider runtime_pm control. Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Konstantin Dorfman <kdorfman@codeaurora.org> Reviewed-by: Maya Erez <merez@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-09-17 16:42:02 +08:00
card->ext_csd.bkops = 1;
mmc: Resolve BKOPS compatability issue This patch is coming to fix compatibility issue of BKOPS_EN field of EXT_CSD. In eMMC-5.1, BKOPS_EN was changed, and now it has two operational bits: Bit 0 - MANUAL_EN Bit 1 - AUTO_EN In previous eMMC revisions, only Bit 0 was supported. Signed-off-by: Alexey Skidanov <alexey.skidanov@sandisk.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-01-29 16:49:43 +08:00
card->ext_csd.man_bkops_en =
(ext_csd[EXT_CSD_BKOPS_EN] &
EXT_CSD_MANUAL_BKOPS_MASK);
mmc: support BKOPS feature for eMMC Enable eMMC background operations (BKOPS) feature. If URGENT_BKOPS is set after a response, note that BKOPS are required. Immediately run BKOPS if required. Read/write operations should be requested during BKOPS(LEVEL-1), then issue HPI to interrupt the ongoing BKOPS and service the foreground operation. (This patch only controls the LEVEL2/3.) When repeating the writing 1GB data, at a certain time, performance is decreased. At that time, card triggers the Level-3 or Level-2. After running bkops, performance is recovered. Future considerations: * Check BKOPS_LEVEL=1 and start BKOPS in a preventive manner. * Interrupt ongoing BKOPS before powering off the card. * How do we get BKOPS_STATUS value (periodically send ext_csd command)? * If using periodic bkops, also consider runtime_pm control. Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Konstantin Dorfman <kdorfman@codeaurora.org> Reviewed-by: Maya Erez <merez@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-09-17 16:42:02 +08:00
card->ext_csd.raw_bkops_status =
ext_csd[EXT_CSD_BKOPS_STATUS];
mmc: MAN_BKOPS_EN inverse debug message logic Inverse the logic for printing the debug message. In mmc_decode_ext_csd() print message when MAN_BKOPS_EN is set Signed-off-by: Uri Yanai <uri.yanai@sandisk.com> Signed-off-by: Alex Lemberg <alex.lemberg@sandisk.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2017-02-08 00:00:00 +08:00
if (card->ext_csd.man_bkops_en)
pr_debug("%s: MAN_BKOPS_EN bit is set\n",
mmc: support BKOPS feature for eMMC Enable eMMC background operations (BKOPS) feature. If URGENT_BKOPS is set after a response, note that BKOPS are required. Immediately run BKOPS if required. Read/write operations should be requested during BKOPS(LEVEL-1), then issue HPI to interrupt the ongoing BKOPS and service the foreground operation. (This patch only controls the LEVEL2/3.) When repeating the writing 1GB data, at a certain time, performance is decreased. At that time, card triggers the Level-3 or Level-2. After running bkops, performance is recovered. Future considerations: * Check BKOPS_LEVEL=1 and start BKOPS in a preventive manner. * Interrupt ongoing BKOPS before powering off the card. * How do we get BKOPS_STATUS value (periodically send ext_csd command)? * If using periodic bkops, also consider runtime_pm control. Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Konstantin Dorfman <kdorfman@codeaurora.org> Reviewed-by: Maya Erez <merez@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-09-17 16:42:02 +08:00
mmc_hostname(card->host));
mmc: Adding AUTO_BKOPS_EN bit set for Auto BKOPS support Adding dedicated flag for AUTO_BKOPS in card->ext_csd structure. Read AUTO_BKOPS bit value from the device EXT_CSD and set to the card->ext_csd structure. In mmc_decode_ext_csd() add a print message in case the AUTO_BKOPS is enabled Signed-off-by: Uri Yanai <uri.yanai@sandisk.com> Signed-off-by: Alex Lemberg <alex.lemberg@sandisk.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2017-02-08 00:00:01 +08:00
card->ext_csd.auto_bkops_en =
(ext_csd[EXT_CSD_BKOPS_EN] &
EXT_CSD_AUTO_BKOPS_MASK);
if (card->ext_csd.auto_bkops_en)
pr_debug("%s: AUTO_BKOPS_EN bit is set\n",
mmc_hostname(card->host));
mmc: support BKOPS feature for eMMC Enable eMMC background operations (BKOPS) feature. If URGENT_BKOPS is set after a response, note that BKOPS are required. Immediately run BKOPS if required. Read/write operations should be requested during BKOPS(LEVEL-1), then issue HPI to interrupt the ongoing BKOPS and service the foreground operation. (This patch only controls the LEVEL2/3.) When repeating the writing 1GB data, at a certain time, performance is decreased. At that time, card triggers the Level-3 or Level-2. After running bkops, performance is recovered. Future considerations: * Check BKOPS_LEVEL=1 and start BKOPS in a preventive manner. * Interrupt ongoing BKOPS before powering off the card. * How do we get BKOPS_STATUS value (periodically send ext_csd command)? * If using periodic bkops, also consider runtime_pm control. Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Konstantin Dorfman <kdorfman@codeaurora.org> Reviewed-by: Maya Erez <merez@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-09-17 16:42:02 +08:00
}
mmc: core: support HPI send command HPI command is defined in eMMC4.41. This feature is important for eMMC4.5 devices. Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-10-18 13:26:42 +08:00
/* check whether the eMMC card supports HPI */
mmc: core: Disable HPI for certain Hynix eMMC cards Certain Hynix eMMC 4.41 cards might get broken when HPI feature is used and hence this patch disables the HPI feature for such buggy cards. As some of the other features like BKOPs/Cache/Sanitize are dependent on HPI feature, those features would also get disabled if HPI is disabled. Signed-off-by: Pratibhasagar V <pratibha@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org> [gdavis: Forward port and cleanup] Signed-off-by: George G. Davis <george_davis@mentor.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-06-10 06:09:31 +08:00
if (!mmc_card_broken_hpi(card) &&
!broken_hpi && (ext_csd[EXT_CSD_HPI_FEATURES] & 0x1)) {
mmc: core: support HPI send command HPI command is defined in eMMC4.41. This feature is important for eMMC4.5 devices. Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-10-18 13:26:42 +08:00
card->ext_csd.hpi = 1;
if (ext_csd[EXT_CSD_HPI_FEATURES] & 0x2)
card->ext_csd.hpi_cmd = MMC_STOP_TRANSMISSION;
else
card->ext_csd.hpi_cmd = MMC_SEND_STATUS;
/*
* Indicate the maximum timeout to close
* a command interrupted by HPI
*/
card->ext_csd.out_of_int_time =
ext_csd[EXT_CSD_OUT_OF_INTERRUPT_TIME] * 10;
}
mmc: Reliable write support. Allows reliable writes to be used for MMC writes. Reliable writes are used to service write REQ_FUA/REQ_META requests. Handles both the legacy and the enhanced reliable write support in MMC cards. Signed-off-by: Andrei Warkentin <andreiw@motorola.com> Reviewed-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-04-01 07:40:00 +08:00
card->ext_csd.rel_param = ext_csd[EXT_CSD_WR_REL_PARAM];
mmc: core: add eMMC hardware reset support eMMC's may have a hardware reset line. This patch provides a host controller operation to implement hardware reset and a function to reset and reinitialize the card. Also, for MMC, the reset is always performed before initialization. The host must set the new host capability MMC_CAP_HW_RESET to enable hardware reset. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-08-29 21:42:11 +08:00
card->ext_csd.rst_n_function = ext_csd[EXT_CSD_RST_N_FUNCTION];
mmc: core: Expose access to RPMB partition Following JEDEC standard, if the mmc supports RPMB partition, a new interface is created and exposed via /dev/block. Users will be able to access RPMB partition using standard mmc IOCTL commands. Signed-off-by: Alex Macro <alex.macro@stericsson.com> Signed-off-by: Loic Pallardy <loic.pallardy@stericsson.com> Reviewed-by: Namjae Jeon <linkinjeon@gmail.com> Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> Acked-by: Johan Rudholm <johan.rudholm@stericsson.com> Acked-by: Krishna Konda <kkonda@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-11-18 07:08:24 +08:00
/*
* RPMB regions are defined in multiples of 128K.
*/
card->ext_csd.raw_rpmb_size_mult = ext_csd[EXT_CSD_RPMB_MULT];
mmc: core: expose RPMB partition only for CMD23 capable hosts SET_BLOCK_COUNT CMD23 is needed for all access to RPMB partition. If block count is not set by CMD23, all subsequent read/write commands fail as per eMMC specification. So, If the host does not support CMD23, do not expose RPMB partition. Accessing RPMB partition can cause hang / huge delay for hosts which do not support CMD23. Signed-off-by: Balaji T K <balajitk@ti.com> Reported-and-Tested-by: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com> Cc: stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-01-25 19:30:30 +08:00
if (ext_csd[EXT_CSD_RPMB_MULT] && mmc_host_cmd23(card->host)) {
mmc: core: Expose access to RPMB partition Following JEDEC standard, if the mmc supports RPMB partition, a new interface is created and exposed via /dev/block. Users will be able to access RPMB partition using standard mmc IOCTL commands. Signed-off-by: Alex Macro <alex.macro@stericsson.com> Signed-off-by: Loic Pallardy <loic.pallardy@stericsson.com> Reviewed-by: Namjae Jeon <linkinjeon@gmail.com> Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> Acked-by: Johan Rudholm <johan.rudholm@stericsson.com> Acked-by: Krishna Konda <kkonda@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-11-18 07:08:24 +08:00
mmc_part_add(card, ext_csd[EXT_CSD_RPMB_MULT] << 17,
EXT_CSD_PART_CONFIG_ACC_RPMB,
"rpmb", 0, false,
MMC_BLK_DATA_AREA_RPMB);
}
mmc: core: add eMMC hardware reset support eMMC's may have a hardware reset line. This patch provides a host controller operation to implement hardware reset and a function to reset and reinitialize the card. Also, for MMC, the reset is always performed before initialization. The host must set the new host capability MMC_CAP_HW_RESET to enable hardware reset. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-08-29 21:42:11 +08:00
}
mmc: Reliable write support. Allows reliable writes to be used for MMC writes. Reliable writes are used to service write REQ_FUA/REQ_META requests. Handles both the legacy and the enhanced reliable write support in MMC cards. Signed-off-by: Andrei Warkentin <andreiw@motorola.com> Reviewed-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-04-01 07:40:00 +08:00
mmc: core: ext_csd.raw_* used in comparison but never set f39b2dd9d ("mmc: core: Bus width testing needs to handle suspend/resume") added code to only compare read-only ext_csd fields in bus width testing code, yet it's comparing some fields that are never set. The affected fields are ext_csd.raw_erased_mem_count and ext_csd.raw_partition_support. Signed-off-by: Andrei Warkentin <andrey.warkentin@gmail.com> Acked-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Cc: <stable@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-09-25 00:12:30 +08:00
card->ext_csd.raw_erased_mem_count = ext_csd[EXT_CSD_ERASED_MEM_CONT];
mmc: add erase, secure erase, trim and secure trim operations SD/MMC cards tend to support an erase operation. In addition, eMMC v4.4 cards can support secure erase, trim and secure trim operations that are all variants of the basic erase command. SD/MMC device attributes "erase_size" and "preferred_erase_size" have been added. "erase_size" is the minimum size, in bytes, of an erase operation. For MMC, "erase_size" is the erase group size reported by the card. Note that "erase_size" does not apply to trim or secure trim operations where the minimum size is always one 512 byte sector. For SD, "erase_size" is 512 if the card is block-addressed, 0 otherwise. SD/MMC cards can erase an arbitrarily large area up to and including the whole card. When erasing a large area it may be desirable to do it in smaller chunks for three reasons: 1. A single erase command will make all other I/O on the card wait. This is not a problem if the whole card is being erased, but erasing one partition will make I/O for another partition on the same card wait for the duration of the erase - which could be a several minutes. 2. To be able to inform the user of erase progress. 3. The erase timeout becomes too large to be very useful. Because the erase timeout contains a margin which is multiplied by the size of the erase area, the value can end up being several minutes for large areas. "erase_size" is not the most efficient unit to erase (especially for SD where it is just one sector), hence "preferred_erase_size" provides a good chunk size for erasing large areas. For MMC, "preferred_erase_size" is the high-capacity erase size if a card specifies one, otherwise it is based on the capacity of the card. For SD, "preferred_erase_size" is the allocation unit size specified by the card. "preferred_erase_size" is in bytes. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@nokia.com> Acked-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Cc: Kyungmin Park <kmpark@infradead.org> Cc: Madhusudhan Chikkature <madhu.cr@ti.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Ben Gardiner <bengardiner@nanometrics.ca> Cc: <linux-mmc@vger.kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2010-08-12 05:17:46 +08:00
if (ext_csd[EXT_CSD_ERASED_MEM_CONT])
card->erased_byte = 0xFF;
else
card->erased_byte = 0x0;
mmc: core: Cleanup eMMC4.5 conditionals Code cleanup, putting all eMMC 4.5 detection cases together. This patch removes one if-statement and assembles all. And it also removes variable initialization below else-statement -- all members of card structure are already set to zero at card-init. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-10-25 08:43:12 +08:00
/* eMMC v4.5 or later */
mmc: mmc: Use 500ms as the default generic CMD6 timeout In the eMMC 4.51 version of the spec, an EXT_CSD field called GENERIC_CMD6_TIME[248] was added. This allows cards to specify the maximum time it may need to move out from its busy state, when a CMD6 command has been sent. In cases when the card is compliant to versions < 4.51 of the eMMC spec, obviously the core needs to use a fall-back value for this timeout, which currently is set to 10 minutes. This value is completely in the wrong range and importantly in some cases it causes a card initialization to take more than 10 minute to complete. Earlier this scenario was avoided as the mmc core used CMD13 to poll the card, to find out when it stopped signaling busy. Commit 08573eaf1a70 ("mmc: mmc: do not use CMD13 to get status after speed mode switch") changed this behavior. Instead of reverting that commit, which would cause other issues, let's instead start by picking a simple solution for the problem, by using a 500ms default generic CMD6 timeout. The reason for using exactly 500ms, comes from observations that shows it's quite common for cards to specify 250ms. 500ms is two times that value so likely it should be enough for most cards. Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # v4.8+ Fixes: 08573eaf1a70 ("mmc: mmc: do not use CMD13 to get status after speed mode switch") Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Tested-by: Stephen Boyd <sboyd@codeaurora.org> Tested-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
2016-11-05 01:32:33 +08:00
card->ext_csd.generic_cmd6_time = DEFAULT_CMD6_TIMEOUT_MS;
mmc: core: Add Power Off Notify Feature eMMC 4.5 This patch adds support for the power off notify feature, available in eMMC 4.5 devices. If the host has support for this feature, then the mmc core will notify the device by setting the POWER_OFF_NOTIFICATION byte in the extended csd register with a value of 1 (POWER_ON). For suspend mode short timeout is used, whereas for the normal poweroff long timeout is used. Signed-off-by: Girish K S <girish.shivananjappa@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-10-13 14:34:16 +08:00
if (card->ext_csd.rev >= 6) {
mmc: core: Cleanup eMMC4.5 conditionals Code cleanup, putting all eMMC 4.5 detection cases together. This patch removes one if-statement and assembles all. And it also removes variable initialization below else-statement -- all members of card structure are already set to zero at card-init. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-10-25 08:43:12 +08:00
card->ext_csd.feature_support |= MMC_DISCARD_FEATURE;
mmc: core: Add default timeout value for CMD6 EXT_CSD[248] includes the default maximum timeout for CMD6. This field is added at eMMC4.5 Spec. And it can be used for default timeout except for some operations which don't define the timeout (i.e. background operation, sanitize, flush cache) in eMMC4.5 Spec. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-09-23 13:15:29 +08:00
card->ext_csd.generic_cmd6_time = 10 *
ext_csd[EXT_CSD_GENERIC_CMD6_TIME];
mmc: core: Add Power Off Notify Feature eMMC 4.5 This patch adds support for the power off notify feature, available in eMMC 4.5 devices. If the host has support for this feature, then the mmc core will notify the device by setting the POWER_OFF_NOTIFICATION byte in the extended csd register with a value of 1 (POWER_ON). For suspend mode short timeout is used, whereas for the normal poweroff long timeout is used. Signed-off-by: Girish K S <girish.shivananjappa@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-10-13 14:34:16 +08:00
card->ext_csd.power_off_longtime = 10 *
ext_csd[EXT_CSD_POWER_OFF_LONG_TIME];
mmc: core: Add default timeout value for CMD6 EXT_CSD[248] includes the default maximum timeout for CMD6. This field is added at eMMC4.5 Spec. And it can be used for default timeout except for some operations which don't define the timeout (i.e. background operation, sanitize, flush cache) in eMMC4.5 Spec. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-09-23 13:15:29 +08:00
mmc: core: Cleanup eMMC4.5 conditionals Code cleanup, putting all eMMC 4.5 detection cases together. This patch removes one if-statement and assembles all. And it also removes variable initialization below else-statement -- all members of card structure are already set to zero at card-init. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-10-25 08:43:12 +08:00
card->ext_csd.cache_size =
ext_csd[EXT_CSD_CACHE_SIZE + 0] << 0 |
ext_csd[EXT_CSD_CACHE_SIZE + 1] << 8 |
ext_csd[EXT_CSD_CACHE_SIZE + 2] << 16 |
ext_csd[EXT_CSD_CACHE_SIZE + 3] << 24;
mmc: MMC-4.5 Data Tag Support MMC-4.5 data tag feature will be used to store the file system meta-data in the tagged region of eMMC. This will improve the write and subsequent read transfer time for the meta data. Signed-off-by: Saugata Das <saugata.das@linaro.org> Tested-by: Venkatraman S <svenkatr@ti.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-12-21 15:39:17 +08:00
if (ext_csd[EXT_CSD_DATA_SECTOR_SIZE] == 1)
card->ext_csd.data_sector_size = 4096;
else
card->ext_csd.data_sector_size = 512;
if ((ext_csd[EXT_CSD_DATA_TAG_SUPPORT] & 1) &&
(ext_csd[EXT_CSD_TAG_UNIT_SIZE] <= 8)) {
card->ext_csd.data_tag_unit_size =
((unsigned int) 1 << ext_csd[EXT_CSD_TAG_UNIT_SIZE]) *
(card->ext_csd.data_sector_size);
} else {
card->ext_csd.data_tag_unit_size = 0;
}
mmc: add packed command feature of eMMC4.5 This patch adds packed command feature of eMMC4.5. The maximum number for packing read (or write) is offered and exception event relevant to packed command which is used for error handling is enabled. If host wants to use this feature, MMC_CAP2_PACKED_CMD should be set. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Maya Erez <merez@codeaurora.org> Reviewed-by: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org> Reviewed-by: Namjae Jeon <linkinjeon@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-02-06 16:01:43 +08:00
card->ext_csd.max_packed_writes =
ext_csd[EXT_CSD_MAX_PACKED_WRITES];
card->ext_csd.max_packed_reads =
ext_csd[EXT_CSD_MAX_PACKED_READS];
mmc: block: Allow disabling 512B sector size emulation This patch adds support for large sector size of 4KB by disabling emulation. This patch passes eMMC DATA_SECTOR_SIZE as the logical block size during mmc_blk_alloc_req. In order to use this patch for 4KB sector size, ensure that USE_NATIVE_SECTOR is enabled, partition table is 4KB sector size aligned and file system block and sector size are 4KB multiples. Signed-off-by: Saugata Das <saugata.das@linaro.org> Reviewed-by: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org> Reviewed-by: Namjae Jeon <linkinjeon@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-05-17 19:02:21 +08:00
} else {
card->ext_csd.data_sector_size = 512;
mmc: core: Cleanup eMMC4.5 conditionals Code cleanup, putting all eMMC 4.5 detection cases together. This patch removes one if-statement and assembles all. And it also removes variable initialization below else-statement -- all members of card structure are already set to zero at card-init. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-10-25 08:43:12 +08:00
}
mmc: core: Add cache control for eMMC4.5 device This patch adds cache feature of eMMC4.5 Spec. If device supports cache capability, host can utilize some specific operations. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-10-14 13:03:21 +08:00
mmc: core: Report firmware version for eMMC 5.0 devices. For eMMC 5.0 compliant device, firmware version is stored in ext_csd. Report firmware as a 64bit hexa decimal. Vendor can use hexa or ascii string to report firmware version. Also add FFU related EXT_CSD register and note if the device is FFU capable. Signed-off-by: Gwendal Grignou <gwendal@chromium.org> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-10-17 02:27:16 +08:00
/* eMMC v5 or later */
if (card->ext_csd.rev >= 7) {
memcpy(card->ext_csd.fwrev, &ext_csd[EXT_CSD_FIRMWARE_VERSION],
MMC_FIRMWARE_LEN);
card->ext_csd.ffu_capable =
(ext_csd[EXT_CSD_SUPPORTED_MODE] & 0x1) &&
!(ext_csd[EXT_CSD_FW_CONFIG] & 0x1);
mmc: core: Export device lifetime information through sysfs In the eMMC 5.0 version of the spec, several EXT_CSD fields about device lifetime are added. - Two types of estimated indications reflected by averaged wear out of memory - An indication reflected by average reserved blocks Export the information through sysfs. Signed-off-by: Jungseung Lee <js07.lee@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Shawn Lin <shawn.lin@rock-chips.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-12-22 11:37:34 +08:00
card->ext_csd.pre_eol_info = ext_csd[EXT_CSD_PRE_EOL_INFO];
card->ext_csd.device_life_time_est_typ_a =
ext_csd[EXT_CSD_DEVICE_LIFE_TIME_EST_TYP_A];
card->ext_csd.device_life_time_est_typ_b =
ext_csd[EXT_CSD_DEVICE_LIFE_TIME_EST_TYP_B];
mmc: core: Report firmware version for eMMC 5.0 devices. For eMMC 5.0 compliant device, firmware version is stored in ext_csd. Report firmware as a 64bit hexa decimal. Vendor can use hexa or ascii string to report firmware version. Also add FFU related EXT_CSD register and note if the device is FFU capable. Signed-off-by: Gwendal Grignou <gwendal@chromium.org> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-10-17 02:27:16 +08:00
}
mmc: mmc: Add Command Queue definitions Add definitions relating to Command Queuing. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-11-29 18:09:16 +08:00
/* eMMC v5.1 or later */
if (card->ext_csd.rev >= 8) {
card->ext_csd.cmdq_support = ext_csd[EXT_CSD_CMDQ_SUPPORT] &
EXT_CSD_CMDQ_SUPPORTED;
card->ext_csd.cmdq_depth = (ext_csd[EXT_CSD_CMDQ_DEPTH] &
EXT_CSD_CMDQ_DEPTH_MASK) + 1;
/* Exclude inefficiently small queue depths */
if (card->ext_csd.cmdq_depth <= 2) {
card->ext_csd.cmdq_support = false;
card->ext_csd.cmdq_depth = 0;
}
if (card->ext_csd.cmdq_support) {
pr_debug("%s: Command Queue supported depth %u\n",
mmc_hostname(card->host),
card->ext_csd.cmdq_depth);
}
}
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
out:
mmc: core: eMMC bus width may not work on all platforms CMD19 -- The offical way to validate bus widths from the JEDEC spec does not work on all platforms. Some platforms that use PCI/PCIe to connect their SD controllers are known to fail. If the quirk MMC_BUS_WIDTH_TEST is not defined we try to figure out the bus width by reading the ext_csd at different bus widths and compare this against the ext_csd read in 1 bit mode. If no ext_csd is available we default to 1 bit operations. Code has been tested on mmp2 against 8 bit eMMC and Transcend 2GB card that is known to not work in 4 bit mode. The physical pins on the card are not present to support 4 bit operation. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-05-25 09:14:58 +08:00
return err;
}
mmc: core: Fetch and decode EXT_CSD from mmc_read_ext_csd() As a step in cleaning up code around reading/decoding EXT_CSD, convert the current mmc_read_ext_csd(), to handle both fetching the EXT_CSD and decoding its data. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-10-20 19:37:24 +08:00
static int mmc_read_ext_csd(struct mmc_card *card)
{
mmc: core: Let's callers of from mmc_get_ext_csd() do error handling The callers of mmc_get_ext_csd() need the flexibility to handle errors themselves, because they behave differently. Let's clean up mmc_get_ext_csd() with its friends and adopt the error handling as stated above. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-10-20 20:08:16 +08:00
u8 *ext_csd;
mmc: core: Fetch and decode EXT_CSD from mmc_read_ext_csd() As a step in cleaning up code around reading/decoding EXT_CSD, convert the current mmc_read_ext_csd(), to handle both fetching the EXT_CSD and decoding its data. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-10-20 19:37:24 +08:00
int err;
mmc: core: Let's callers of from mmc_get_ext_csd() do error handling The callers of mmc_get_ext_csd() need the flexibility to handle errors themselves, because they behave differently. Let's clean up mmc_get_ext_csd() with its friends and adopt the error handling as stated above. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-10-20 20:08:16 +08:00
if (!mmc_can_ext_csd(card))
return 0;
mmc: core: Fetch and decode EXT_CSD from mmc_read_ext_csd() As a step in cleaning up code around reading/decoding EXT_CSD, convert the current mmc_read_ext_csd(), to handle both fetching the EXT_CSD and decoding its data. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-10-20 19:37:24 +08:00
err = mmc_get_ext_csd(card, &ext_csd);
mmc: core: Let's callers of from mmc_get_ext_csd() do error handling The callers of mmc_get_ext_csd() need the flexibility to handle errors themselves, because they behave differently. Let's clean up mmc_get_ext_csd() with its friends and adopt the error handling as stated above. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-10-20 20:08:16 +08:00
if (err) {
/* If the host or the card can't do the switch,
* fail more gracefully. */
if ((err != -EINVAL)
&& (err != -ENOSYS)
&& (err != -EFAULT))
return err;
/*
* High capacity cards should have this "magic" size
* stored in their CSD.
*/
if (card->csd.capacity == (4096 * 512)) {
pr_err("%s: unable to read EXT_CSD on a possible high capacity card. Card will be ignored.\n",
mmc_hostname(card->host));
} else {
pr_warn("%s: unable to read EXT_CSD, performance might suffer\n",
mmc_hostname(card->host));
err = 0;
}
mmc: core: Fetch and decode EXT_CSD from mmc_read_ext_csd() As a step in cleaning up code around reading/decoding EXT_CSD, convert the current mmc_read_ext_csd(), to handle both fetching the EXT_CSD and decoding its data. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-10-20 19:37:24 +08:00
return err;
mmc: core: Let's callers of from mmc_get_ext_csd() do error handling The callers of mmc_get_ext_csd() need the flexibility to handle errors themselves, because they behave differently. Let's clean up mmc_get_ext_csd() with its friends and adopt the error handling as stated above. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-10-20 20:08:16 +08:00
}
mmc: core: Fetch and decode EXT_CSD from mmc_read_ext_csd() As a step in cleaning up code around reading/decoding EXT_CSD, convert the current mmc_read_ext_csd(), to handle both fetching the EXT_CSD and decoding its data. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-10-20 19:37:24 +08:00
err = mmc_decode_ext_csd(card, ext_csd);
kfree(ext_csd);
return err;
}
mmc: core: Bus width testing needs to handle suspend/resume On reading the ext_csd for the first time (in 1 bit mode), save the ext_csd information needed for bus width compare. On every pass we make re-reading the ext_csd, compare the data against the saved ext_csd data. This fixes a regression introduced in 3.0-rc1 by 08ee80cc397ac1a3 ("mmc: core: eMMC bus width may not work on all platforms"), which incorrectly assumed we would be re-reading the ext_csd at resume- time. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-07-08 00:04:55 +08:00
static int mmc_compare_ext_csds(struct mmc_card *card, unsigned bus_width)
mmc: core: eMMC bus width may not work on all platforms CMD19 -- The offical way to validate bus widths from the JEDEC spec does not work on all platforms. Some platforms that use PCI/PCIe to connect their SD controllers are known to fail. If the quirk MMC_BUS_WIDTH_TEST is not defined we try to figure out the bus width by reading the ext_csd at different bus widths and compare this against the ext_csd read in 1 bit mode. If no ext_csd is available we default to 1 bit operations. Code has been tested on mmp2 against 8 bit eMMC and Transcend 2GB card that is known to not work in 4 bit mode. The physical pins on the card are not present to support 4 bit operation. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-05-25 09:14:58 +08:00
{
u8 *bw_ext_csd;
int err;
mmc: core: Bus width testing needs to handle suspend/resume On reading the ext_csd for the first time (in 1 bit mode), save the ext_csd information needed for bus width compare. On every pass we make re-reading the ext_csd, compare the data against the saved ext_csd data. This fixes a regression introduced in 3.0-rc1 by 08ee80cc397ac1a3 ("mmc: core: eMMC bus width may not work on all platforms"), which incorrectly assumed we would be re-reading the ext_csd at resume- time. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-07-08 00:04:55 +08:00
if (bus_width == MMC_BUS_WIDTH_1)
return 0;
mmc: core: eMMC bus width may not work on all platforms CMD19 -- The offical way to validate bus widths from the JEDEC spec does not work on all platforms. Some platforms that use PCI/PCIe to connect their SD controllers are known to fail. If the quirk MMC_BUS_WIDTH_TEST is not defined we try to figure out the bus width by reading the ext_csd at different bus widths and compare this against the ext_csd read in 1 bit mode. If no ext_csd is available we default to 1 bit operations. Code has been tested on mmp2 against 8 bit eMMC and Transcend 2GB card that is known to not work in 4 bit mode. The physical pins on the card are not present to support 4 bit operation. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-05-25 09:14:58 +08:00
err = mmc_get_ext_csd(card, &bw_ext_csd);
mmc: core: Let's callers of from mmc_get_ext_csd() do error handling The callers of mmc_get_ext_csd() need the flexibility to handle errors themselves, because they behave differently. Let's clean up mmc_get_ext_csd() with its friends and adopt the error handling as stated above. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-10-20 20:08:16 +08:00
if (err)
return err;
mmc: core: eMMC bus width may not work on all platforms CMD19 -- The offical way to validate bus widths from the JEDEC spec does not work on all platforms. Some platforms that use PCI/PCIe to connect their SD controllers are known to fail. If the quirk MMC_BUS_WIDTH_TEST is not defined we try to figure out the bus width by reading the ext_csd at different bus widths and compare this against the ext_csd read in 1 bit mode. If no ext_csd is available we default to 1 bit operations. Code has been tested on mmp2 against 8 bit eMMC and Transcend 2GB card that is known to not work in 4 bit mode. The physical pins on the card are not present to support 4 bit operation. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-05-25 09:14:58 +08:00
/* only compare read only fields */
mmc: core: Fix comparison issue in mmc_compare_ext_csds Found this issue during code review. Actually, there are two issues which both compensate together in lucky case. In unlucky case the bus width probing might not work as expected. Signed-off-by: Jurgen Heeks <jurgen.heeks@nokia.com> Reviewed-by: Namjae Jeon <linkinjeon@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-02-01 20:30:55 +08:00
err = !((card->ext_csd.raw_partition_support ==
mmc: core: eMMC bus width may not work on all platforms CMD19 -- The offical way to validate bus widths from the JEDEC spec does not work on all platforms. Some platforms that use PCI/PCIe to connect their SD controllers are known to fail. If the quirk MMC_BUS_WIDTH_TEST is not defined we try to figure out the bus width by reading the ext_csd at different bus widths and compare this against the ext_csd read in 1 bit mode. If no ext_csd is available we default to 1 bit operations. Code has been tested on mmp2 against 8 bit eMMC and Transcend 2GB card that is known to not work in 4 bit mode. The physical pins on the card are not present to support 4 bit operation. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-05-25 09:14:58 +08:00
bw_ext_csd[EXT_CSD_PARTITION_SUPPORT]) &&
mmc: core: Bus width testing needs to handle suspend/resume On reading the ext_csd for the first time (in 1 bit mode), save the ext_csd information needed for bus width compare. On every pass we make re-reading the ext_csd, compare the data against the saved ext_csd data. This fixes a regression introduced in 3.0-rc1 by 08ee80cc397ac1a3 ("mmc: core: eMMC bus width may not work on all platforms"), which incorrectly assumed we would be re-reading the ext_csd at resume- time. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-07-08 00:04:55 +08:00
(card->ext_csd.raw_erased_mem_count ==
mmc: core: eMMC bus width may not work on all platforms CMD19 -- The offical way to validate bus widths from the JEDEC spec does not work on all platforms. Some platforms that use PCI/PCIe to connect their SD controllers are known to fail. If the quirk MMC_BUS_WIDTH_TEST is not defined we try to figure out the bus width by reading the ext_csd at different bus widths and compare this against the ext_csd read in 1 bit mode. If no ext_csd is available we default to 1 bit operations. Code has been tested on mmp2 against 8 bit eMMC and Transcend 2GB card that is known to not work in 4 bit mode. The physical pins on the card are not present to support 4 bit operation. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-05-25 09:14:58 +08:00
bw_ext_csd[EXT_CSD_ERASED_MEM_CONT]) &&
mmc: core: Bus width testing needs to handle suspend/resume On reading the ext_csd for the first time (in 1 bit mode), save the ext_csd information needed for bus width compare. On every pass we make re-reading the ext_csd, compare the data against the saved ext_csd data. This fixes a regression introduced in 3.0-rc1 by 08ee80cc397ac1a3 ("mmc: core: eMMC bus width may not work on all platforms"), which incorrectly assumed we would be re-reading the ext_csd at resume- time. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-07-08 00:04:55 +08:00
(card->ext_csd.rev ==
mmc: core: eMMC bus width may not work on all platforms CMD19 -- The offical way to validate bus widths from the JEDEC spec does not work on all platforms. Some platforms that use PCI/PCIe to connect their SD controllers are known to fail. If the quirk MMC_BUS_WIDTH_TEST is not defined we try to figure out the bus width by reading the ext_csd at different bus widths and compare this against the ext_csd read in 1 bit mode. If no ext_csd is available we default to 1 bit operations. Code has been tested on mmp2 against 8 bit eMMC and Transcend 2GB card that is known to not work in 4 bit mode. The physical pins on the card are not present to support 4 bit operation. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-05-25 09:14:58 +08:00
bw_ext_csd[EXT_CSD_REV]) &&
mmc: core: Bus width testing needs to handle suspend/resume On reading the ext_csd for the first time (in 1 bit mode), save the ext_csd information needed for bus width compare. On every pass we make re-reading the ext_csd, compare the data against the saved ext_csd data. This fixes a regression introduced in 3.0-rc1 by 08ee80cc397ac1a3 ("mmc: core: eMMC bus width may not work on all platforms"), which incorrectly assumed we would be re-reading the ext_csd at resume- time. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-07-08 00:04:55 +08:00
(card->ext_csd.raw_ext_csd_structure ==
mmc: core: eMMC bus width may not work on all platforms CMD19 -- The offical way to validate bus widths from the JEDEC spec does not work on all platforms. Some platforms that use PCI/PCIe to connect their SD controllers are known to fail. If the quirk MMC_BUS_WIDTH_TEST is not defined we try to figure out the bus width by reading the ext_csd at different bus widths and compare this against the ext_csd read in 1 bit mode. If no ext_csd is available we default to 1 bit operations. Code has been tested on mmp2 against 8 bit eMMC and Transcend 2GB card that is known to not work in 4 bit mode. The physical pins on the card are not present to support 4 bit operation. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-05-25 09:14:58 +08:00
bw_ext_csd[EXT_CSD_STRUCTURE]) &&
mmc: core: Bus width testing needs to handle suspend/resume On reading the ext_csd for the first time (in 1 bit mode), save the ext_csd information needed for bus width compare. On every pass we make re-reading the ext_csd, compare the data against the saved ext_csd data. This fixes a regression introduced in 3.0-rc1 by 08ee80cc397ac1a3 ("mmc: core: eMMC bus width may not work on all platforms"), which incorrectly assumed we would be re-reading the ext_csd at resume- time. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-07-08 00:04:55 +08:00
(card->ext_csd.raw_card_type ==
mmc: core: eMMC bus width may not work on all platforms CMD19 -- The offical way to validate bus widths from the JEDEC spec does not work on all platforms. Some platforms that use PCI/PCIe to connect their SD controllers are known to fail. If the quirk MMC_BUS_WIDTH_TEST is not defined we try to figure out the bus width by reading the ext_csd at different bus widths and compare this against the ext_csd read in 1 bit mode. If no ext_csd is available we default to 1 bit operations. Code has been tested on mmp2 against 8 bit eMMC and Transcend 2GB card that is known to not work in 4 bit mode. The physical pins on the card are not present to support 4 bit operation. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-05-25 09:14:58 +08:00
bw_ext_csd[EXT_CSD_CARD_TYPE]) &&
mmc: core: Bus width testing needs to handle suspend/resume On reading the ext_csd for the first time (in 1 bit mode), save the ext_csd information needed for bus width compare. On every pass we make re-reading the ext_csd, compare the data against the saved ext_csd data. This fixes a regression introduced in 3.0-rc1 by 08ee80cc397ac1a3 ("mmc: core: eMMC bus width may not work on all platforms"), which incorrectly assumed we would be re-reading the ext_csd at resume- time. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-07-08 00:04:55 +08:00
(card->ext_csd.raw_s_a_timeout ==
mmc: core: eMMC bus width may not work on all platforms CMD19 -- The offical way to validate bus widths from the JEDEC spec does not work on all platforms. Some platforms that use PCI/PCIe to connect their SD controllers are known to fail. If the quirk MMC_BUS_WIDTH_TEST is not defined we try to figure out the bus width by reading the ext_csd at different bus widths and compare this against the ext_csd read in 1 bit mode. If no ext_csd is available we default to 1 bit operations. Code has been tested on mmp2 against 8 bit eMMC and Transcend 2GB card that is known to not work in 4 bit mode. The physical pins on the card are not present to support 4 bit operation. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-05-25 09:14:58 +08:00
bw_ext_csd[EXT_CSD_S_A_TIMEOUT]) &&
mmc: core: Bus width testing needs to handle suspend/resume On reading the ext_csd for the first time (in 1 bit mode), save the ext_csd information needed for bus width compare. On every pass we make re-reading the ext_csd, compare the data against the saved ext_csd data. This fixes a regression introduced in 3.0-rc1 by 08ee80cc397ac1a3 ("mmc: core: eMMC bus width may not work on all platforms"), which incorrectly assumed we would be re-reading the ext_csd at resume- time. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-07-08 00:04:55 +08:00
(card->ext_csd.raw_hc_erase_gap_size ==
mmc: core: eMMC bus width may not work on all platforms CMD19 -- The offical way to validate bus widths from the JEDEC spec does not work on all platforms. Some platforms that use PCI/PCIe to connect their SD controllers are known to fail. If the quirk MMC_BUS_WIDTH_TEST is not defined we try to figure out the bus width by reading the ext_csd at different bus widths and compare this against the ext_csd read in 1 bit mode. If no ext_csd is available we default to 1 bit operations. Code has been tested on mmp2 against 8 bit eMMC and Transcend 2GB card that is known to not work in 4 bit mode. The physical pins on the card are not present to support 4 bit operation. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-05-25 09:14:58 +08:00
bw_ext_csd[EXT_CSD_HC_WP_GRP_SIZE]) &&
mmc: core: Bus width testing needs to handle suspend/resume On reading the ext_csd for the first time (in 1 bit mode), save the ext_csd information needed for bus width compare. On every pass we make re-reading the ext_csd, compare the data against the saved ext_csd data. This fixes a regression introduced in 3.0-rc1 by 08ee80cc397ac1a3 ("mmc: core: eMMC bus width may not work on all platforms"), which incorrectly assumed we would be re-reading the ext_csd at resume- time. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-07-08 00:04:55 +08:00
(card->ext_csd.raw_erase_timeout_mult ==
mmc: core: eMMC bus width may not work on all platforms CMD19 -- The offical way to validate bus widths from the JEDEC spec does not work on all platforms. Some platforms that use PCI/PCIe to connect their SD controllers are known to fail. If the quirk MMC_BUS_WIDTH_TEST is not defined we try to figure out the bus width by reading the ext_csd at different bus widths and compare this against the ext_csd read in 1 bit mode. If no ext_csd is available we default to 1 bit operations. Code has been tested on mmp2 against 8 bit eMMC and Transcend 2GB card that is known to not work in 4 bit mode. The physical pins on the card are not present to support 4 bit operation. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-05-25 09:14:58 +08:00
bw_ext_csd[EXT_CSD_ERASE_TIMEOUT_MULT]) &&
mmc: core: Bus width testing needs to handle suspend/resume On reading the ext_csd for the first time (in 1 bit mode), save the ext_csd information needed for bus width compare. On every pass we make re-reading the ext_csd, compare the data against the saved ext_csd data. This fixes a regression introduced in 3.0-rc1 by 08ee80cc397ac1a3 ("mmc: core: eMMC bus width may not work on all platforms"), which incorrectly assumed we would be re-reading the ext_csd at resume- time. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-07-08 00:04:55 +08:00
(card->ext_csd.raw_hc_erase_grp_size ==
mmc: core: eMMC bus width may not work on all platforms CMD19 -- The offical way to validate bus widths from the JEDEC spec does not work on all platforms. Some platforms that use PCI/PCIe to connect their SD controllers are known to fail. If the quirk MMC_BUS_WIDTH_TEST is not defined we try to figure out the bus width by reading the ext_csd at different bus widths and compare this against the ext_csd read in 1 bit mode. If no ext_csd is available we default to 1 bit operations. Code has been tested on mmp2 against 8 bit eMMC and Transcend 2GB card that is known to not work in 4 bit mode. The physical pins on the card are not present to support 4 bit operation. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-05-25 09:14:58 +08:00
bw_ext_csd[EXT_CSD_HC_ERASE_GRP_SIZE]) &&
mmc: core: Bus width testing needs to handle suspend/resume On reading the ext_csd for the first time (in 1 bit mode), save the ext_csd information needed for bus width compare. On every pass we make re-reading the ext_csd, compare the data against the saved ext_csd data. This fixes a regression introduced in 3.0-rc1 by 08ee80cc397ac1a3 ("mmc: core: eMMC bus width may not work on all platforms"), which incorrectly assumed we would be re-reading the ext_csd at resume- time. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-07-08 00:04:55 +08:00
(card->ext_csd.raw_sec_trim_mult ==
mmc: core: eMMC bus width may not work on all platforms CMD19 -- The offical way to validate bus widths from the JEDEC spec does not work on all platforms. Some platforms that use PCI/PCIe to connect their SD controllers are known to fail. If the quirk MMC_BUS_WIDTH_TEST is not defined we try to figure out the bus width by reading the ext_csd at different bus widths and compare this against the ext_csd read in 1 bit mode. If no ext_csd is available we default to 1 bit operations. Code has been tested on mmp2 against 8 bit eMMC and Transcend 2GB card that is known to not work in 4 bit mode. The physical pins on the card are not present to support 4 bit operation. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-05-25 09:14:58 +08:00
bw_ext_csd[EXT_CSD_SEC_TRIM_MULT]) &&
mmc: core: Bus width testing needs to handle suspend/resume On reading the ext_csd for the first time (in 1 bit mode), save the ext_csd information needed for bus width compare. On every pass we make re-reading the ext_csd, compare the data against the saved ext_csd data. This fixes a regression introduced in 3.0-rc1 by 08ee80cc397ac1a3 ("mmc: core: eMMC bus width may not work on all platforms"), which incorrectly assumed we would be re-reading the ext_csd at resume- time. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-07-08 00:04:55 +08:00
(card->ext_csd.raw_sec_erase_mult ==
mmc: core: eMMC bus width may not work on all platforms CMD19 -- The offical way to validate bus widths from the JEDEC spec does not work on all platforms. Some platforms that use PCI/PCIe to connect their SD controllers are known to fail. If the quirk MMC_BUS_WIDTH_TEST is not defined we try to figure out the bus width by reading the ext_csd at different bus widths and compare this against the ext_csd read in 1 bit mode. If no ext_csd is available we default to 1 bit operations. Code has been tested on mmp2 against 8 bit eMMC and Transcend 2GB card that is known to not work in 4 bit mode. The physical pins on the card are not present to support 4 bit operation. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-05-25 09:14:58 +08:00
bw_ext_csd[EXT_CSD_SEC_ERASE_MULT]) &&
mmc: core: Bus width testing needs to handle suspend/resume On reading the ext_csd for the first time (in 1 bit mode), save the ext_csd information needed for bus width compare. On every pass we make re-reading the ext_csd, compare the data against the saved ext_csd data. This fixes a regression introduced in 3.0-rc1 by 08ee80cc397ac1a3 ("mmc: core: eMMC bus width may not work on all platforms"), which incorrectly assumed we would be re-reading the ext_csd at resume- time. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-07-08 00:04:55 +08:00
(card->ext_csd.raw_sec_feature_support ==
mmc: core: eMMC bus width may not work on all platforms CMD19 -- The offical way to validate bus widths from the JEDEC spec does not work on all platforms. Some platforms that use PCI/PCIe to connect their SD controllers are known to fail. If the quirk MMC_BUS_WIDTH_TEST is not defined we try to figure out the bus width by reading the ext_csd at different bus widths and compare this against the ext_csd read in 1 bit mode. If no ext_csd is available we default to 1 bit operations. Code has been tested on mmp2 against 8 bit eMMC and Transcend 2GB card that is known to not work in 4 bit mode. The physical pins on the card are not present to support 4 bit operation. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-05-25 09:14:58 +08:00
bw_ext_csd[EXT_CSD_SEC_FEATURE_SUPPORT]) &&
mmc: core: Bus width testing needs to handle suspend/resume On reading the ext_csd for the first time (in 1 bit mode), save the ext_csd information needed for bus width compare. On every pass we make re-reading the ext_csd, compare the data against the saved ext_csd data. This fixes a regression introduced in 3.0-rc1 by 08ee80cc397ac1a3 ("mmc: core: eMMC bus width may not work on all platforms"), which incorrectly assumed we would be re-reading the ext_csd at resume- time. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-07-08 00:04:55 +08:00
(card->ext_csd.raw_trim_mult ==
mmc: core: eMMC bus width may not work on all platforms CMD19 -- The offical way to validate bus widths from the JEDEC spec does not work on all platforms. Some platforms that use PCI/PCIe to connect their SD controllers are known to fail. If the quirk MMC_BUS_WIDTH_TEST is not defined we try to figure out the bus width by reading the ext_csd at different bus widths and compare this against the ext_csd read in 1 bit mode. If no ext_csd is available we default to 1 bit operations. Code has been tested on mmp2 against 8 bit eMMC and Transcend 2GB card that is known to not work in 4 bit mode. The physical pins on the card are not present to support 4 bit operation. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-05-25 09:14:58 +08:00
bw_ext_csd[EXT_CSD_TRIM_MULT]) &&
mmc: core: Bus width testing needs to handle suspend/resume On reading the ext_csd for the first time (in 1 bit mode), save the ext_csd information needed for bus width compare. On every pass we make re-reading the ext_csd, compare the data against the saved ext_csd data. This fixes a regression introduced in 3.0-rc1 by 08ee80cc397ac1a3 ("mmc: core: eMMC bus width may not work on all platforms"), which incorrectly assumed we would be re-reading the ext_csd at resume- time. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-07-08 00:04:55 +08:00
(card->ext_csd.raw_sectors[0] ==
bw_ext_csd[EXT_CSD_SEC_CNT + 0]) &&
(card->ext_csd.raw_sectors[1] ==
bw_ext_csd[EXT_CSD_SEC_CNT + 1]) &&
(card->ext_csd.raw_sectors[2] ==
bw_ext_csd[EXT_CSD_SEC_CNT + 2]) &&
(card->ext_csd.raw_sectors[3] ==
mmc: core: Fix select power class after resume Use the saved values in card->ext_csd when selecting power class. By doing this the power class will be selected even if mmc_init_card is called with oldcard != NULL, which is the case after a suspend/resume. Today ext_csd is NULL if mmc_init_card is called with oldcard != NULL and power class will not be selected. According to the eMMC specification the POWER_CLASS value is reset after power failure, H/W reset assertion and any CMD0 reset. Signed-off-by: Fredrik Soderstedt <fredrik.soderstedt@stericsson.com> Reviewed-by: Johan Rudholm <jrudholm@gmail.com> Acked By: Girish K S <girish.shivananjappa@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-04-23 22:27:07 +08:00
bw_ext_csd[EXT_CSD_SEC_CNT + 3]) &&
(card->ext_csd.raw_pwr_cl_52_195 ==
bw_ext_csd[EXT_CSD_PWR_CL_52_195]) &&
(card->ext_csd.raw_pwr_cl_26_195 ==
bw_ext_csd[EXT_CSD_PWR_CL_26_195]) &&
(card->ext_csd.raw_pwr_cl_52_360 ==
bw_ext_csd[EXT_CSD_PWR_CL_52_360]) &&
(card->ext_csd.raw_pwr_cl_26_360 ==
bw_ext_csd[EXT_CSD_PWR_CL_26_360]) &&
(card->ext_csd.raw_pwr_cl_200_195 ==
bw_ext_csd[EXT_CSD_PWR_CL_200_195]) &&
(card->ext_csd.raw_pwr_cl_200_360 ==
bw_ext_csd[EXT_CSD_PWR_CL_200_360]) &&
(card->ext_csd.raw_pwr_cl_ddr_52_195 ==
bw_ext_csd[EXT_CSD_PWR_CL_DDR_52_195]) &&
(card->ext_csd.raw_pwr_cl_ddr_52_360 ==
mmc: add support for HS400 mode of eMMC5.0 This patch adds HS400 mode support for eMMC5.0 device. HS400 mode is high speed DDR interface timing from HS200. Clock frequency is up to 200MHz and only 8-bit bus width is supported. In addition, tuning process of HS200 is required to synchronize the command response on the CMD line because CMD input timing for HS400 mode is the same as HS200 mode. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Jackey Shen <jackey.shen@amd.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:14:58 +08:00
bw_ext_csd[EXT_CSD_PWR_CL_DDR_52_360]) &&
(card->ext_csd.raw_pwr_cl_ddr_200_360 ==
bw_ext_csd[EXT_CSD_PWR_CL_DDR_200_360]));
mmc: core: eMMC bus width may not work on all platforms CMD19 -- The offical way to validate bus widths from the JEDEC spec does not work on all platforms. Some platforms that use PCI/PCIe to connect their SD controllers are known to fail. If the quirk MMC_BUS_WIDTH_TEST is not defined we try to figure out the bus width by reading the ext_csd at different bus widths and compare this against the ext_csd read in 1 bit mode. If no ext_csd is available we default to 1 bit operations. Code has been tested on mmp2 against 8 bit eMMC and Transcend 2GB card that is known to not work in 4 bit mode. The physical pins on the card are not present to support 4 bit operation. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-05-25 09:14:58 +08:00
if (err)
err = -EINVAL;
mmc: core: Remove mmc_free_ext_csd() Let callers of mmc_free_ext_csd() do kfree() directly instead. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-10-16 22:18:51 +08:00
kfree(bw_ext_csd);
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
return err;
}
mmc: use sysfs groups to handle conditional attributes Suppressing uevents turned out to be a bad idea as it screws up the order of events, making user space very confused. Change the system to use sysfs groups instead. This is a regression that, for some odd reason, has gone unnoticed for some time. It confuses hal so that the block devices (which have the mmc device as a parent) are not registered. End result being that desktop magic when cards are inserted won't work. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-03-22 06:54:50 +08:00
MMC_DEV_ATTR(cid, "%08x%08x%08x%08x\n", card->raw_cid[0], card->raw_cid[1],
card->raw_cid[2], card->raw_cid[3]);
MMC_DEV_ATTR(csd, "%08x%08x%08x%08x\n", card->raw_csd[0], card->raw_csd[1],
card->raw_csd[2], card->raw_csd[3]);
MMC_DEV_ATTR(date, "%02d/%04d\n", card->cid.month, card->cid.year);
mmc: add erase, secure erase, trim and secure trim operations SD/MMC cards tend to support an erase operation. In addition, eMMC v4.4 cards can support secure erase, trim and secure trim operations that are all variants of the basic erase command. SD/MMC device attributes "erase_size" and "preferred_erase_size" have been added. "erase_size" is the minimum size, in bytes, of an erase operation. For MMC, "erase_size" is the erase group size reported by the card. Note that "erase_size" does not apply to trim or secure trim operations where the minimum size is always one 512 byte sector. For SD, "erase_size" is 512 if the card is block-addressed, 0 otherwise. SD/MMC cards can erase an arbitrarily large area up to and including the whole card. When erasing a large area it may be desirable to do it in smaller chunks for three reasons: 1. A single erase command will make all other I/O on the card wait. This is not a problem if the whole card is being erased, but erasing one partition will make I/O for another partition on the same card wait for the duration of the erase - which could be a several minutes. 2. To be able to inform the user of erase progress. 3. The erase timeout becomes too large to be very useful. Because the erase timeout contains a margin which is multiplied by the size of the erase area, the value can end up being several minutes for large areas. "erase_size" is not the most efficient unit to erase (especially for SD where it is just one sector), hence "preferred_erase_size" provides a good chunk size for erasing large areas. For MMC, "preferred_erase_size" is the high-capacity erase size if a card specifies one, otherwise it is based on the capacity of the card. For SD, "preferred_erase_size" is the allocation unit size specified by the card. "preferred_erase_size" is in bytes. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@nokia.com> Acked-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Cc: Kyungmin Park <kmpark@infradead.org> Cc: Madhusudhan Chikkature <madhu.cr@ti.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Ben Gardiner <bengardiner@nanometrics.ca> Cc: <linux-mmc@vger.kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2010-08-12 05:17:46 +08:00
MMC_DEV_ATTR(erase_size, "%u\n", card->erase_size << 9);
MMC_DEV_ATTR(preferred_erase_size, "%u\n", card->pref_erase << 9);
mmc: core: Report firmware version for eMMC 5.0 devices. For eMMC 5.0 compliant device, firmware version is stored in ext_csd. Report firmware as a 64bit hexa decimal. Vendor can use hexa or ascii string to report firmware version. Also add FFU related EXT_CSD register and note if the device is FFU capable. Signed-off-by: Gwendal Grignou <gwendal@chromium.org> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-10-17 02:27:16 +08:00
MMC_DEV_ATTR(ffu_capable, "%d\n", card->ext_csd.ffu_capable);
mmc: use sysfs groups to handle conditional attributes Suppressing uevents turned out to be a bad idea as it screws up the order of events, making user space very confused. Change the system to use sysfs groups instead. This is a regression that, for some odd reason, has gone unnoticed for some time. It confuses hal so that the block devices (which have the mmc device as a parent) are not registered. End result being that desktop magic when cards are inserted won't work. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-03-22 06:54:50 +08:00
MMC_DEV_ATTR(hwrev, "0x%x\n", card->cid.hwrev);
MMC_DEV_ATTR(manfid, "0x%06x\n", card->cid.manfid);
MMC_DEV_ATTR(name, "%s\n", card->cid.prod_name);
MMC_DEV_ATTR(oemid, "0x%04x\n", card->cid.oemid);
mmc: core: Add in support to expose PRV for v4 MMCs The JEDEC MMC v4 spec defines a new PRV value in place of the original fwrev and hwrev specified in v1. We can expose this in the kernel to enable user space to more easily determine the product revision of a given MMC. Signed-off-by: Bernie Thompson <bhthompson@chromium.org> Reviewed-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-02-28 04:19:17 +08:00
MMC_DEV_ATTR(prv, "0x%x\n", card->cid.prv);
mmc: core: Export device lifetime information through sysfs In the eMMC 5.0 version of the spec, several EXT_CSD fields about device lifetime are added. - Two types of estimated indications reflected by averaged wear out of memory - An indication reflected by average reserved blocks Export the information through sysfs. Signed-off-by: Jungseung Lee <js07.lee@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Shawn Lin <shawn.lin@rock-chips.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-12-22 11:37:34 +08:00
MMC_DEV_ATTR(pre_eol_info, "%02x\n", card->ext_csd.pre_eol_info);
MMC_DEV_ATTR(life_time, "0x%02x 0x%02x\n",
card->ext_csd.device_life_time_est_typ_a,
card->ext_csd.device_life_time_est_typ_b);
mmc: use sysfs groups to handle conditional attributes Suppressing uevents turned out to be a bad idea as it screws up the order of events, making user space very confused. Change the system to use sysfs groups instead. This is a regression that, for some odd reason, has gone unnoticed for some time. It confuses hal so that the block devices (which have the mmc device as a parent) are not registered. End result being that desktop magic when cards are inserted won't work. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-03-22 06:54:50 +08:00
MMC_DEV_ATTR(serial, "0x%08x\n", card->cid.serial);
mmc: export eMMC4.4 enhanced area details to sysfs Enhanced area feature is a new feature defined in eMMC4.4 standard. This user data area provides higher performance/reliability, at the expense of using twice the effective media space due to the area using SLC. The MMC driver now reads out the enhanced area offset and size and adds them to the device attributes in sysfs. Enabling the enhanced area can only be done once, and should be done in manufacturing. To use this feature, bit ERASE_GRP_DEF should also be set. Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mmc describes the two new attributes. Signed-off-by: Chuanxiao Dong <chuanxiao.dong@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-01-22 04:09:41 +08:00
MMC_DEV_ATTR(enhanced_area_offset, "%llu\n",
card->ext_csd.enhanced_area_offset);
MMC_DEV_ATTR(enhanced_area_size, "%u\n", card->ext_csd.enhanced_area_size);
mmc: core: Extend sysfs to ext_csd parameters for RPMB support Extend current sysfs access to ext_csd rpmb parameters (RPMB partition size) and rel_sector information. Signed-off-by: Loic Pallardy <loic.pallardy@stericsson.com> Reviewed-by: Namjae Jeon <linkinjeon@gmail.com> Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> Acked-by: Johan Rudholm <johan.rudholm@stericsson.com> Acked-by: Krishna Konda <kkonda@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-08-06 23:12:29 +08:00
MMC_DEV_ATTR(raw_rpmb_size_mult, "%#x\n", card->ext_csd.raw_rpmb_size_mult);
MMC_DEV_ATTR(rel_sectors, "%#x\n", card->ext_csd.rel_sectors);
mmc: core: Extend sysfs with OCR register Registers CID and CSD are already exported through sysfs so let's make this interface complete by adding missing OCR register. Signed-off-by: Bojan Prtvar <prtvar.b@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Wolfram Sang <wsa@the-dreams.de> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-07-04 19:56:55 +08:00
MMC_DEV_ATTR(ocr, "%08x\n", card->ocr);
mmc: mmc: Add functions to enable / disable the Command Queue Add helper functions to enable or disable the Command Queue. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2017-03-13 20:36:37 +08:00
MMC_DEV_ATTR(cmdq_en, "%d\n", card->ext_csd.cmdq_en);
mmc: use sysfs groups to handle conditional attributes Suppressing uevents turned out to be a bad idea as it screws up the order of events, making user space very confused. Change the system to use sysfs groups instead. This is a regression that, for some odd reason, has gone unnoticed for some time. It confuses hal so that the block devices (which have the mmc device as a parent) are not registered. End result being that desktop magic when cards are inserted won't work. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-03-22 06:54:50 +08:00
mmc: core: Report firmware version for eMMC 5.0 devices. For eMMC 5.0 compliant device, firmware version is stored in ext_csd. Report firmware as a 64bit hexa decimal. Vendor can use hexa or ascii string to report firmware version. Also add FFU related EXT_CSD register and note if the device is FFU capable. Signed-off-by: Gwendal Grignou <gwendal@chromium.org> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-10-17 02:27:16 +08:00
static ssize_t mmc_fwrev_show(struct device *dev,
struct device_attribute *attr,
char *buf)
{
struct mmc_card *card = mmc_dev_to_card(dev);
if (card->ext_csd.rev < 7) {
return sprintf(buf, "0x%x\n", card->cid.fwrev);
} else {
return sprintf(buf, "0x%*phN\n", MMC_FIRMWARE_LEN,
card->ext_csd.fwrev);
}
}
static DEVICE_ATTR(fwrev, S_IRUGO, mmc_fwrev_show, NULL);
mmc: core: Extend sysfs with DSR register Export DSR register through sysfs same as we did for the CID, CSD and OCR registers. Signed-off-by: Bojan Prtvar <prtvar.b@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-07-19 17:16:38 +08:00
static ssize_t mmc_dsr_show(struct device *dev,
struct device_attribute *attr,
char *buf)
{
struct mmc_card *card = mmc_dev_to_card(dev);
struct mmc_host *host = card->host;
if (card->csd.dsr_imp && host->dsr_req)
return sprintf(buf, "0x%x\n", host->dsr);
else
/* return default DSR value */
return sprintf(buf, "0x%x\n", 0x404);
}
static DEVICE_ATTR(dsr, S_IRUGO, mmc_dsr_show, NULL);
mmc: use sysfs groups to handle conditional attributes Suppressing uevents turned out to be a bad idea as it screws up the order of events, making user space very confused. Change the system to use sysfs groups instead. This is a regression that, for some odd reason, has gone unnoticed for some time. It confuses hal so that the block devices (which have the mmc device as a parent) are not registered. End result being that desktop magic when cards are inserted won't work. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-03-22 06:54:50 +08:00
static struct attribute *mmc_std_attrs[] = {
&dev_attr_cid.attr,
&dev_attr_csd.attr,
&dev_attr_date.attr,
mmc: add erase, secure erase, trim and secure trim operations SD/MMC cards tend to support an erase operation. In addition, eMMC v4.4 cards can support secure erase, trim and secure trim operations that are all variants of the basic erase command. SD/MMC device attributes "erase_size" and "preferred_erase_size" have been added. "erase_size" is the minimum size, in bytes, of an erase operation. For MMC, "erase_size" is the erase group size reported by the card. Note that "erase_size" does not apply to trim or secure trim operations where the minimum size is always one 512 byte sector. For SD, "erase_size" is 512 if the card is block-addressed, 0 otherwise. SD/MMC cards can erase an arbitrarily large area up to and including the whole card. When erasing a large area it may be desirable to do it in smaller chunks for three reasons: 1. A single erase command will make all other I/O on the card wait. This is not a problem if the whole card is being erased, but erasing one partition will make I/O for another partition on the same card wait for the duration of the erase - which could be a several minutes. 2. To be able to inform the user of erase progress. 3. The erase timeout becomes too large to be very useful. Because the erase timeout contains a margin which is multiplied by the size of the erase area, the value can end up being several minutes for large areas. "erase_size" is not the most efficient unit to erase (especially for SD where it is just one sector), hence "preferred_erase_size" provides a good chunk size for erasing large areas. For MMC, "preferred_erase_size" is the high-capacity erase size if a card specifies one, otherwise it is based on the capacity of the card. For SD, "preferred_erase_size" is the allocation unit size specified by the card. "preferred_erase_size" is in bytes. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@nokia.com> Acked-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Cc: Kyungmin Park <kmpark@infradead.org> Cc: Madhusudhan Chikkature <madhu.cr@ti.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Ben Gardiner <bengardiner@nanometrics.ca> Cc: <linux-mmc@vger.kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2010-08-12 05:17:46 +08:00
&dev_attr_erase_size.attr,
&dev_attr_preferred_erase_size.attr,
mmc: use sysfs groups to handle conditional attributes Suppressing uevents turned out to be a bad idea as it screws up the order of events, making user space very confused. Change the system to use sysfs groups instead. This is a regression that, for some odd reason, has gone unnoticed for some time. It confuses hal so that the block devices (which have the mmc device as a parent) are not registered. End result being that desktop magic when cards are inserted won't work. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-03-22 06:54:50 +08:00
&dev_attr_fwrev.attr,
mmc: core: Report firmware version for eMMC 5.0 devices. For eMMC 5.0 compliant device, firmware version is stored in ext_csd. Report firmware as a 64bit hexa decimal. Vendor can use hexa or ascii string to report firmware version. Also add FFU related EXT_CSD register and note if the device is FFU capable. Signed-off-by: Gwendal Grignou <gwendal@chromium.org> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-10-17 02:27:16 +08:00
&dev_attr_ffu_capable.attr,
mmc: use sysfs groups to handle conditional attributes Suppressing uevents turned out to be a bad idea as it screws up the order of events, making user space very confused. Change the system to use sysfs groups instead. This is a regression that, for some odd reason, has gone unnoticed for some time. It confuses hal so that the block devices (which have the mmc device as a parent) are not registered. End result being that desktop magic when cards are inserted won't work. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-03-22 06:54:50 +08:00
&dev_attr_hwrev.attr,
&dev_attr_manfid.attr,
&dev_attr_name.attr,
&dev_attr_oemid.attr,
mmc: core: Add in support to expose PRV for v4 MMCs The JEDEC MMC v4 spec defines a new PRV value in place of the original fwrev and hwrev specified in v1. We can expose this in the kernel to enable user space to more easily determine the product revision of a given MMC. Signed-off-by: Bernie Thompson <bhthompson@chromium.org> Reviewed-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-02-28 04:19:17 +08:00
&dev_attr_prv.attr,
mmc: core: Export device lifetime information through sysfs In the eMMC 5.0 version of the spec, several EXT_CSD fields about device lifetime are added. - Two types of estimated indications reflected by averaged wear out of memory - An indication reflected by average reserved blocks Export the information through sysfs. Signed-off-by: Jungseung Lee <js07.lee@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Shawn Lin <shawn.lin@rock-chips.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-12-22 11:37:34 +08:00
&dev_attr_pre_eol_info.attr,
&dev_attr_life_time.attr,
mmc: use sysfs groups to handle conditional attributes Suppressing uevents turned out to be a bad idea as it screws up the order of events, making user space very confused. Change the system to use sysfs groups instead. This is a regression that, for some odd reason, has gone unnoticed for some time. It confuses hal so that the block devices (which have the mmc device as a parent) are not registered. End result being that desktop magic when cards are inserted won't work. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-03-22 06:54:50 +08:00
&dev_attr_serial.attr,
mmc: export eMMC4.4 enhanced area details to sysfs Enhanced area feature is a new feature defined in eMMC4.4 standard. This user data area provides higher performance/reliability, at the expense of using twice the effective media space due to the area using SLC. The MMC driver now reads out the enhanced area offset and size and adds them to the device attributes in sysfs. Enabling the enhanced area can only be done once, and should be done in manufacturing. To use this feature, bit ERASE_GRP_DEF should also be set. Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mmc describes the two new attributes. Signed-off-by: Chuanxiao Dong <chuanxiao.dong@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-01-22 04:09:41 +08:00
&dev_attr_enhanced_area_offset.attr,
&dev_attr_enhanced_area_size.attr,
mmc: core: Extend sysfs to ext_csd parameters for RPMB support Extend current sysfs access to ext_csd rpmb parameters (RPMB partition size) and rel_sector information. Signed-off-by: Loic Pallardy <loic.pallardy@stericsson.com> Reviewed-by: Namjae Jeon <linkinjeon@gmail.com> Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> Acked-by: Johan Rudholm <johan.rudholm@stericsson.com> Acked-by: Krishna Konda <kkonda@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-08-06 23:12:29 +08:00
&dev_attr_raw_rpmb_size_mult.attr,
&dev_attr_rel_sectors.attr,
mmc: core: Extend sysfs with OCR register Registers CID and CSD are already exported through sysfs so let's make this interface complete by adding missing OCR register. Signed-off-by: Bojan Prtvar <prtvar.b@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Wolfram Sang <wsa@the-dreams.de> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-07-04 19:56:55 +08:00
&dev_attr_ocr.attr,
mmc: core: Extend sysfs with DSR register Export DSR register through sysfs same as we did for the CID, CSD and OCR registers. Signed-off-by: Bojan Prtvar <prtvar.b@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-07-19 17:16:38 +08:00
&dev_attr_dsr.attr,
mmc: mmc: Add functions to enable / disable the Command Queue Add helper functions to enable or disable the Command Queue. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2017-03-13 20:36:37 +08:00
&dev_attr_cmdq_en.attr,
mmc: use sysfs groups to handle conditional attributes Suppressing uevents turned out to be a bad idea as it screws up the order of events, making user space very confused. Change the system to use sysfs groups instead. This is a regression that, for some odd reason, has gone unnoticed for some time. It confuses hal so that the block devices (which have the mmc device as a parent) are not registered. End result being that desktop magic when cards are inserted won't work. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-03-22 06:54:50 +08:00
NULL,
};
mmc: Convert to use ATTRIBUTE_GROUPS Use new ATTRIBUTE_GROUPS macro to declare attribute groups. Signed-off-by: Axel Lin <axel.lin@ingics.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-03-08 15:05:27 +08:00
ATTRIBUTE_GROUPS(mmc_std);
mmc: use sysfs groups to handle conditional attributes Suppressing uevents turned out to be a bad idea as it screws up the order of events, making user space very confused. Change the system to use sysfs groups instead. This is a regression that, for some odd reason, has gone unnoticed for some time. It confuses hal so that the block devices (which have the mmc device as a parent) are not registered. End result being that desktop magic when cards are inserted won't work. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-03-22 06:54:50 +08:00
static struct device_type mmc_type = {
mmc: Convert to use ATTRIBUTE_GROUPS Use new ATTRIBUTE_GROUPS macro to declare attribute groups. Signed-off-by: Axel Lin <axel.lin@ingics.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-03-08 15:05:27 +08:00
.groups = mmc_std_groups,
mmc: use sysfs groups to handle conditional attributes Suppressing uevents turned out to be a bad idea as it screws up the order of events, making user space very confused. Change the system to use sysfs groups instead. This is a regression that, for some odd reason, has gone unnoticed for some time. It confuses hal so that the block devices (which have the mmc device as a parent) are not registered. End result being that desktop magic when cards are inserted won't work. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-03-22 06:54:50 +08:00
};
mmc: core: eMMC 4.5 Power Class Selection Feature This patch adds the power class selection feature available for mmc versions 4.0 and above. During the enumeration stage before switching to the lower data bus, check if the power class is supported for the current bus width. If the power class is available then switch to the power class and use the higher data bus. If power class is not supported then switch to the lower data bus in a worst case. Signed-off-by: Girish K S <girish.shivananjappa@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-09-23 23:11:47 +08:00
/*
* Select the PowerClass for the current bus width
* If power class is defined for 4/8 bit bus in the
* extended CSD register, select it by executing the
* mmc_switch command.
*/
mmc: step power class after final selection of bus mode Power class is changed once only after selection of bus modes including speed and bus-width finishes finally. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:05 +08:00
static int __mmc_select_powerclass(struct mmc_card *card,
unsigned int bus_width)
mmc: core: eMMC 4.5 Power Class Selection Feature This patch adds the power class selection feature available for mmc versions 4.0 and above. During the enumeration stage before switching to the lower data bus, check if the power class is supported for the current bus width. If the power class is available then switch to the power class and use the higher data bus. If power class is not supported then switch to the lower data bus in a worst case. Signed-off-by: Girish K S <girish.shivananjappa@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-09-23 23:11:47 +08:00
{
mmc: step power class after final selection of bus mode Power class is changed once only after selection of bus modes including speed and bus-width finishes finally. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:05 +08:00
struct mmc_host *host = card->host;
struct mmc_ext_csd *ext_csd = &card->ext_csd;
mmc: core: Fix select power class after resume Use the saved values in card->ext_csd when selecting power class. By doing this the power class will be selected even if mmc_init_card is called with oldcard != NULL, which is the case after a suspend/resume. Today ext_csd is NULL if mmc_init_card is called with oldcard != NULL and power class will not be selected. According to the eMMC specification the POWER_CLASS value is reset after power failure, H/W reset assertion and any CMD0 reset. Signed-off-by: Fredrik Soderstedt <fredrik.soderstedt@stericsson.com> Reviewed-by: Johan Rudholm <jrudholm@gmail.com> Acked By: Girish K S <girish.shivananjappa@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-04-23 22:27:07 +08:00
unsigned int pwrclass_val = 0;
mmc: step power class after final selection of bus mode Power class is changed once only after selection of bus modes including speed and bus-width finishes finally. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:05 +08:00
int err = 0;
mmc: core: eMMC 4.5 Power Class Selection Feature This patch adds the power class selection feature available for mmc versions 4.0 and above. During the enumeration stage before switching to the lower data bus, check if the power class is supported for the current bus width. If the power class is available then switch to the power class and use the higher data bus. If power class is not supported then switch to the lower data bus in a worst case. Signed-off-by: Girish K S <girish.shivananjappa@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-09-23 23:11:47 +08:00
switch (1 << host->ios.vdd) {
case MMC_VDD_165_195:
mmc: step power class after final selection of bus mode Power class is changed once only after selection of bus modes including speed and bus-width finishes finally. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:05 +08:00
if (host->ios.clock <= MMC_HIGH_26_MAX_DTR)
pwrclass_val = ext_csd->raw_pwr_cl_26_195;
else if (host->ios.clock <= MMC_HIGH_52_MAX_DTR)
mmc: core: Fix select power class after resume Use the saved values in card->ext_csd when selecting power class. By doing this the power class will be selected even if mmc_init_card is called with oldcard != NULL, which is the case after a suspend/resume. Today ext_csd is NULL if mmc_init_card is called with oldcard != NULL and power class will not be selected. According to the eMMC specification the POWER_CLASS value is reset after power failure, H/W reset assertion and any CMD0 reset. Signed-off-by: Fredrik Soderstedt <fredrik.soderstedt@stericsson.com> Reviewed-by: Johan Rudholm <jrudholm@gmail.com> Acked By: Girish K S <girish.shivananjappa@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-04-23 22:27:07 +08:00
pwrclass_val = (bus_width <= EXT_CSD_BUS_WIDTH_8) ?
mmc: step power class after final selection of bus mode Power class is changed once only after selection of bus modes including speed and bus-width finishes finally. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:05 +08:00
ext_csd->raw_pwr_cl_52_195 :
ext_csd->raw_pwr_cl_ddr_52_195;
else if (host->ios.clock <= MMC_HS200_MAX_DTR)
pwrclass_val = ext_csd->raw_pwr_cl_200_195;
mmc: core: eMMC 4.5 Power Class Selection Feature This patch adds the power class selection feature available for mmc versions 4.0 and above. During the enumeration stage before switching to the lower data bus, check if the power class is supported for the current bus width. If the power class is available then switch to the power class and use the higher data bus. If power class is not supported then switch to the lower data bus in a worst case. Signed-off-by: Girish K S <girish.shivananjappa@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-09-23 23:11:47 +08:00
break;
mmc: core: fix power class selection mmc_select_powerclass() function returns error if eMMC VDD level supported by host is between 2.7v to 3.2v. According to eMMC specification, valid voltage for high voltage cards is 2.7v to 3.6v. This patch ensures that 2.7v to 3.6v VDD range is treated as valid range. Also, failure to set the power class shouldn't be treated as fatal error because even if setting the power class fails, card can still work in default power class. If mmc_select_powerclass() returns error, just print the warning message and go ahead with rest of the card initialization. Signed-off-by: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org> Acked-by: Girish K S <girish.shivananjappa@linaro.org> Reviewed-by: Namjae Jeon <linkinjeon@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-04-03 14:55:58 +08:00
case MMC_VDD_27_28:
case MMC_VDD_28_29:
case MMC_VDD_29_30:
case MMC_VDD_30_31:
case MMC_VDD_31_32:
mmc: core: eMMC 4.5 Power Class Selection Feature This patch adds the power class selection feature available for mmc versions 4.0 and above. During the enumeration stage before switching to the lower data bus, check if the power class is supported for the current bus width. If the power class is available then switch to the power class and use the higher data bus. If power class is not supported then switch to the lower data bus in a worst case. Signed-off-by: Girish K S <girish.shivananjappa@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-09-23 23:11:47 +08:00
case MMC_VDD_32_33:
case MMC_VDD_33_34:
case MMC_VDD_34_35:
case MMC_VDD_35_36:
mmc: step power class after final selection of bus mode Power class is changed once only after selection of bus modes including speed and bus-width finishes finally. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:05 +08:00
if (host->ios.clock <= MMC_HIGH_26_MAX_DTR)
pwrclass_val = ext_csd->raw_pwr_cl_26_360;
else if (host->ios.clock <= MMC_HIGH_52_MAX_DTR)
mmc: core: Fix select power class after resume Use the saved values in card->ext_csd when selecting power class. By doing this the power class will be selected even if mmc_init_card is called with oldcard != NULL, which is the case after a suspend/resume. Today ext_csd is NULL if mmc_init_card is called with oldcard != NULL and power class will not be selected. According to the eMMC specification the POWER_CLASS value is reset after power failure, H/W reset assertion and any CMD0 reset. Signed-off-by: Fredrik Soderstedt <fredrik.soderstedt@stericsson.com> Reviewed-by: Johan Rudholm <jrudholm@gmail.com> Acked By: Girish K S <girish.shivananjappa@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-04-23 22:27:07 +08:00
pwrclass_val = (bus_width <= EXT_CSD_BUS_WIDTH_8) ?
mmc: step power class after final selection of bus mode Power class is changed once only after selection of bus modes including speed and bus-width finishes finally. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:05 +08:00
ext_csd->raw_pwr_cl_52_360 :
ext_csd->raw_pwr_cl_ddr_52_360;
else if (host->ios.clock <= MMC_HS200_MAX_DTR)
mmc: add support for HS400 mode of eMMC5.0 This patch adds HS400 mode support for eMMC5.0 device. HS400 mode is high speed DDR interface timing from HS200. Clock frequency is up to 200MHz and only 8-bit bus width is supported. In addition, tuning process of HS200 is required to synchronize the command response on the CMD line because CMD input timing for HS400 mode is the same as HS200 mode. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Jackey Shen <jackey.shen@amd.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:14:58 +08:00
pwrclass_val = (bus_width == EXT_CSD_DDR_BUS_WIDTH_8) ?
ext_csd->raw_pwr_cl_ddr_200_360 :
ext_csd->raw_pwr_cl_200_360;
mmc: core: eMMC 4.5 Power Class Selection Feature This patch adds the power class selection feature available for mmc versions 4.0 and above. During the enumeration stage before switching to the lower data bus, check if the power class is supported for the current bus width. If the power class is available then switch to the power class and use the higher data bus. If power class is not supported then switch to the lower data bus in a worst case. Signed-off-by: Girish K S <girish.shivananjappa@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-09-23 23:11:47 +08:00
break;
default:
mmc: Convert pr_warning to pr_warn Use the much more common pr_warn instead of pr_warning. Other miscellanea: o Coalesce formats o Realign arguments o Remove extra spaces when coalescing formats Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-09-13 05:56:56 +08:00
pr_warn("%s: Voltage range not supported for power class\n",
mmc_hostname(host));
mmc: core: eMMC 4.5 Power Class Selection Feature This patch adds the power class selection feature available for mmc versions 4.0 and above. During the enumeration stage before switching to the lower data bus, check if the power class is supported for the current bus width. If the power class is available then switch to the power class and use the higher data bus. If power class is not supported then switch to the lower data bus in a worst case. Signed-off-by: Girish K S <girish.shivananjappa@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-09-23 23:11:47 +08:00
return -EINVAL;
}
if (bus_width & (EXT_CSD_BUS_WIDTH_8 | EXT_CSD_DDR_BUS_WIDTH_8))
pwrclass_val = (pwrclass_val & EXT_CSD_PWR_CL_8BIT_MASK) >>
EXT_CSD_PWR_CL_8BIT_SHIFT;
else
pwrclass_val = (pwrclass_val & EXT_CSD_PWR_CL_4BIT_MASK) >>
EXT_CSD_PWR_CL_4BIT_SHIFT;
/* If the power class is different from the default value */
if (pwrclass_val > 0) {
err = mmc_switch(card, EXT_CSD_CMD_SET_NORMAL,
EXT_CSD_POWER_CLASS,
pwrclass_val,
mmc: core: Modify the timeout value for writing power class This patch will apply the generic CMD6 timeout to switch command for power class. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-10-18 12:20:57 +08:00
card->ext_csd.generic_cmd6_time);
mmc: core: eMMC 4.5 Power Class Selection Feature This patch adds the power class selection feature available for mmc versions 4.0 and above. During the enumeration stage before switching to the lower data bus, check if the power class is supported for the current bus width. If the power class is available then switch to the power class and use the higher data bus. If power class is not supported then switch to the lower data bus in a worst case. Signed-off-by: Girish K S <girish.shivananjappa@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-09-23 23:11:47 +08:00
}
return err;
}
mmc: step power class after final selection of bus mode Power class is changed once only after selection of bus modes including speed and bus-width finishes finally. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:05 +08:00
static int mmc_select_powerclass(struct mmc_card *card)
{
struct mmc_host *host = card->host;
u32 bus_width, ext_csd_bits;
int err, ddr;
/* Power class selection is supported for versions >= 4.0 */
mmc: core: Add helper function for EXT_CSD support The helper function mmc_can_ext_csd() will return a positive value if the card supports the EXT_CSD register. Start using it at relavant places in the mmc core. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-10-20 17:33:53 +08:00
if (!mmc_can_ext_csd(card))
mmc: step power class after final selection of bus mode Power class is changed once only after selection of bus modes including speed and bus-width finishes finally. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:05 +08:00
return 0;
bus_width = host->ios.bus_width;
/* Power class values are defined only for 4/8 bit bus */
if (bus_width == MMC_BUS_WIDTH_1)
return 0;
ddr = card->mmc_avail_type & EXT_CSD_CARD_TYPE_DDR_52;
if (ddr)
ext_csd_bits = (bus_width == MMC_BUS_WIDTH_8) ?
EXT_CSD_DDR_BUS_WIDTH_8 : EXT_CSD_DDR_BUS_WIDTH_4;
else
ext_csd_bits = (bus_width == MMC_BUS_WIDTH_8) ?
EXT_CSD_BUS_WIDTH_8 : EXT_CSD_BUS_WIDTH_4;
err = __mmc_select_powerclass(card, ext_csd_bits);
if (err)
pr_warn("%s: power class selection to bus width %d ddr %d failed\n",
mmc_hostname(host), 1 << bus_width, ddr);
return err;
}
mmc: core: HS200 mode support for eMMC 4.5 This patch adds the support of the HS200 bus speed for eMMC 4.5 devices. The eMMC 4.5 devices have support for 200MHz bus speed. The function prototype of the tuning function is modified to handle the tuning command number which is different in sd and mmc case. Signed-off-by: Girish K S <girish.shivananjappa@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-01-12 03:04:52 +08:00
/*
mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode Current implementation for bus speed mode selection is too complicated. This patch is to simplify the codes and remove some duplicate parts. The following changes are including: * Adds functions for each mode selection(HS, HS-DDR, HS200 and etc) * Rearranged the mode selection sequence with supported device type * Adds maximum speed for HS200 mode(hs200_max_dtr) * Adds field definition for HS_TIMING of EXT_CSD Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:44 +08:00
* Set the bus speed for the selected speed mode.
mmc: core: HS200 mode support for eMMC 4.5 This patch adds the support of the HS200 bus speed for eMMC 4.5 devices. The eMMC 4.5 devices have support for 200MHz bus speed. The function prototype of the tuning function is modified to handle the tuning command number which is different in sd and mmc case. Signed-off-by: Girish K S <girish.shivananjappa@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-01-12 03:04:52 +08:00
*/
mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode Current implementation for bus speed mode selection is too complicated. This patch is to simplify the codes and remove some duplicate parts. The following changes are including: * Adds functions for each mode selection(HS, HS-DDR, HS200 and etc) * Rearranged the mode selection sequence with supported device type * Adds maximum speed for HS200 mode(hs200_max_dtr) * Adds field definition for HS_TIMING of EXT_CSD Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:44 +08:00
static void mmc_set_bus_speed(struct mmc_card *card)
{
unsigned int max_dtr = (unsigned int)-1;
mmc: add support for HS400 mode of eMMC5.0 This patch adds HS400 mode support for eMMC5.0 device. HS400 mode is high speed DDR interface timing from HS200. Clock frequency is up to 200MHz and only 8-bit bus width is supported. In addition, tuning process of HS200 is required to synchronize the command response on the CMD line because CMD input timing for HS400 mode is the same as HS200 mode. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Jackey Shen <jackey.shen@amd.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:14:58 +08:00
if ((mmc_card_hs200(card) || mmc_card_hs400(card)) &&
max_dtr > card->ext_csd.hs200_max_dtr)
mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode Current implementation for bus speed mode selection is too complicated. This patch is to simplify the codes and remove some duplicate parts. The following changes are including: * Adds functions for each mode selection(HS, HS-DDR, HS200 and etc) * Rearranged the mode selection sequence with supported device type * Adds maximum speed for HS200 mode(hs200_max_dtr) * Adds field definition for HS_TIMING of EXT_CSD Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:44 +08:00
max_dtr = card->ext_csd.hs200_max_dtr;
else if (mmc_card_hs(card) && max_dtr > card->ext_csd.hs_max_dtr)
max_dtr = card->ext_csd.hs_max_dtr;
else if (max_dtr > card->csd.max_dtr)
max_dtr = card->csd.max_dtr;
mmc_set_clock(card->host, max_dtr);
}
/*
* Select the bus width amoung 4-bit and 8-bit(SDR).
* If the bus width is changed successfully, return the selected width value.
* Zero is returned instead of error value if the wide width is not supported.
*/
static int mmc_select_bus_width(struct mmc_card *card)
mmc: core: HS200 mode support for eMMC 4.5 This patch adds the support of the HS200 bus speed for eMMC 4.5 devices. The eMMC 4.5 devices have support for 200MHz bus speed. The function prototype of the tuning function is modified to handle the tuning command number which is different in sd and mmc case. Signed-off-by: Girish K S <girish.shivananjappa@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-01-12 03:04:52 +08:00
{
static unsigned ext_csd_bits[] = {
EXT_CSD_BUS_WIDTH_8,
mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode Current implementation for bus speed mode selection is too complicated. This patch is to simplify the codes and remove some duplicate parts. The following changes are including: * Adds functions for each mode selection(HS, HS-DDR, HS200 and etc) * Rearranged the mode selection sequence with supported device type * Adds maximum speed for HS200 mode(hs200_max_dtr) * Adds field definition for HS_TIMING of EXT_CSD Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:44 +08:00
EXT_CSD_BUS_WIDTH_4,
mmc: core: HS200 mode support for eMMC 4.5 This patch adds the support of the HS200 bus speed for eMMC 4.5 devices. The eMMC 4.5 devices have support for 200MHz bus speed. The function prototype of the tuning function is modified to handle the tuning command number which is different in sd and mmc case. Signed-off-by: Girish K S <girish.shivananjappa@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-01-12 03:04:52 +08:00
};
static unsigned bus_widths[] = {
MMC_BUS_WIDTH_8,
mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode Current implementation for bus speed mode selection is too complicated. This patch is to simplify the codes and remove some duplicate parts. The following changes are including: * Adds functions for each mode selection(HS, HS-DDR, HS200 and etc) * Rearranged the mode selection sequence with supported device type * Adds maximum speed for HS200 mode(hs200_max_dtr) * Adds field definition for HS_TIMING of EXT_CSD Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:44 +08:00
MMC_BUS_WIDTH_4,
mmc: core: HS200 mode support for eMMC 4.5 This patch adds the support of the HS200 bus speed for eMMC 4.5 devices. The eMMC 4.5 devices have support for 200MHz bus speed. The function prototype of the tuning function is modified to handle the tuning command number which is different in sd and mmc case. Signed-off-by: Girish K S <girish.shivananjappa@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-01-12 03:04:52 +08:00
};
mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode Current implementation for bus speed mode selection is too complicated. This patch is to simplify the codes and remove some duplicate parts. The following changes are including: * Adds functions for each mode selection(HS, HS-DDR, HS200 and etc) * Rearranged the mode selection sequence with supported device type * Adds maximum speed for HS200 mode(hs200_max_dtr) * Adds field definition for HS_TIMING of EXT_CSD Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:44 +08:00
struct mmc_host *host = card->host;
unsigned idx, bus_width = 0;
int err = 0;
mmc: core: HS200 mode support for eMMC 4.5 This patch adds the support of the HS200 bus speed for eMMC 4.5 devices. The eMMC 4.5 devices have support for 200MHz bus speed. The function prototype of the tuning function is modified to handle the tuning command number which is different in sd and mmc case. Signed-off-by: Girish K S <girish.shivananjappa@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-01-12 03:04:52 +08:00
mmc: core: stop trying to switch width when only one bit is supported mmc_select_bus_width() will try to switch to MMC_BUS_WIDTH_4 even if MMC_CAP_4_BIT_DATA and MMC_CAP_8_BIT_DATA are not set in host->caps. Return as soon as possible when those flags are not set Fixes: 577fb13199b1 (mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode) Signed-off-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@free-electrons.com> Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 3.17 Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-12-18 02:32:06 +08:00
if (!mmc_can_ext_csd(card) ||
mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode Current implementation for bus speed mode selection is too complicated. This patch is to simplify the codes and remove some duplicate parts. The following changes are including: * Adds functions for each mode selection(HS, HS-DDR, HS200 and etc) * Rearranged the mode selection sequence with supported device type * Adds maximum speed for HS200 mode(hs200_max_dtr) * Adds field definition for HS_TIMING of EXT_CSD Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:44 +08:00
!(host->caps & (MMC_CAP_4_BIT_DATA | MMC_CAP_8_BIT_DATA)))
return 0;
mmc: core: HS200 mode support for eMMC 4.5 This patch adds the support of the HS200 bus speed for eMMC 4.5 devices. The eMMC 4.5 devices have support for 200MHz bus speed. The function prototype of the tuning function is modified to handle the tuning command number which is different in sd and mmc case. Signed-off-by: Girish K S <girish.shivananjappa@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-01-12 03:04:52 +08:00
mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode Current implementation for bus speed mode selection is too complicated. This patch is to simplify the codes and remove some duplicate parts. The following changes are including: * Adds functions for each mode selection(HS, HS-DDR, HS200 and etc) * Rearranged the mode selection sequence with supported device type * Adds maximum speed for HS200 mode(hs200_max_dtr) * Adds field definition for HS_TIMING of EXT_CSD Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:44 +08:00
idx = (host->caps & MMC_CAP_8_BIT_DATA) ? 0 : 1;
mmc: core: HS200 mode support for eMMC 4.5 This patch adds the support of the HS200 bus speed for eMMC 4.5 devices. The eMMC 4.5 devices have support for 200MHz bus speed. The function prototype of the tuning function is modified to handle the tuning command number which is different in sd and mmc case. Signed-off-by: Girish K S <girish.shivananjappa@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-01-12 03:04:52 +08:00
/*
* Unlike SD, MMC cards dont have a configuration register to notify
* supported bus width. So bus test command should be run to identify
* the supported bus width or compare the ext csd values of current
* bus width and ext csd values of 1 bit mode read earlier.
*/
mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode Current implementation for bus speed mode selection is too complicated. This patch is to simplify the codes and remove some duplicate parts. The following changes are including: * Adds functions for each mode selection(HS, HS-DDR, HS200 and etc) * Rearranged the mode selection sequence with supported device type * Adds maximum speed for HS200 mode(hs200_max_dtr) * Adds field definition for HS_TIMING of EXT_CSD Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:44 +08:00
for (; idx < ARRAY_SIZE(bus_widths); idx++) {
mmc: core: HS200 mode support for eMMC 4.5 This patch adds the support of the HS200 bus speed for eMMC 4.5 devices. The eMMC 4.5 devices have support for 200MHz bus speed. The function prototype of the tuning function is modified to handle the tuning command number which is different in sd and mmc case. Signed-off-by: Girish K S <girish.shivananjappa@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-01-12 03:04:52 +08:00
/*
* Host is capable of 8bit transfer, then switch
* the device to work in 8bit transfer mode. If the
* mmc switch command returns error then switch to
* 4bit transfer mode. On success set the corresponding
* bus width on the host.
*/
err = mmc_switch(card, EXT_CSD_CMD_SET_NORMAL,
EXT_CSD_BUS_WIDTH,
ext_csd_bits[idx],
card->ext_csd.generic_cmd6_time);
if (err)
continue;
mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode Current implementation for bus speed mode selection is too complicated. This patch is to simplify the codes and remove some duplicate parts. The following changes are including: * Adds functions for each mode selection(HS, HS-DDR, HS200 and etc) * Rearranged the mode selection sequence with supported device type * Adds maximum speed for HS200 mode(hs200_max_dtr) * Adds field definition for HS_TIMING of EXT_CSD Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:44 +08:00
bus_width = bus_widths[idx];
mmc_set_bus_width(host, bus_width);
mmc: core: HS200 mode support for eMMC 4.5 This patch adds the support of the HS200 bus speed for eMMC 4.5 devices. The eMMC 4.5 devices have support for 200MHz bus speed. The function prototype of the tuning function is modified to handle the tuning command number which is different in sd and mmc case. Signed-off-by: Girish K S <girish.shivananjappa@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-01-12 03:04:52 +08:00
mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode Current implementation for bus speed mode selection is too complicated. This patch is to simplify the codes and remove some duplicate parts. The following changes are including: * Adds functions for each mode selection(HS, HS-DDR, HS200 and etc) * Rearranged the mode selection sequence with supported device type * Adds maximum speed for HS200 mode(hs200_max_dtr) * Adds field definition for HS_TIMING of EXT_CSD Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:44 +08:00
/*
* If controller can't handle bus width test,
* compare ext_csd previously read in 1 bit mode
* against ext_csd at new bus width
*/
mmc: core: HS200 mode support for eMMC 4.5 This patch adds the support of the HS200 bus speed for eMMC 4.5 devices. The eMMC 4.5 devices have support for 200MHz bus speed. The function prototype of the tuning function is modified to handle the tuning command number which is different in sd and mmc case. Signed-off-by: Girish K S <girish.shivananjappa@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-01-12 03:04:52 +08:00
if (!(host->caps & MMC_CAP_BUS_WIDTH_TEST))
mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode Current implementation for bus speed mode selection is too complicated. This patch is to simplify the codes and remove some duplicate parts. The following changes are including: * Adds functions for each mode selection(HS, HS-DDR, HS200 and etc) * Rearranged the mode selection sequence with supported device type * Adds maximum speed for HS200 mode(hs200_max_dtr) * Adds field definition for HS_TIMING of EXT_CSD Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:44 +08:00
err = mmc_compare_ext_csds(card, bus_width);
mmc: core: HS200 mode support for eMMC 4.5 This patch adds the support of the HS200 bus speed for eMMC 4.5 devices. The eMMC 4.5 devices have support for 200MHz bus speed. The function prototype of the tuning function is modified to handle the tuning command number which is different in sd and mmc case. Signed-off-by: Girish K S <girish.shivananjappa@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-01-12 03:04:52 +08:00
else
mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode Current implementation for bus speed mode selection is too complicated. This patch is to simplify the codes and remove some duplicate parts. The following changes are including: * Adds functions for each mode selection(HS, HS-DDR, HS200 and etc) * Rearranged the mode selection sequence with supported device type * Adds maximum speed for HS200 mode(hs200_max_dtr) * Adds field definition for HS_TIMING of EXT_CSD Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:44 +08:00
err = mmc_bus_test(card, bus_width);
if (!err) {
err = bus_width;
mmc: core: HS200 mode support for eMMC 4.5 This patch adds the support of the HS200 bus speed for eMMC 4.5 devices. The eMMC 4.5 devices have support for 200MHz bus speed. The function prototype of the tuning function is modified to handle the tuning command number which is different in sd and mmc case. Signed-off-by: Girish K S <girish.shivananjappa@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-01-12 03:04:52 +08:00
break;
mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode Current implementation for bus speed mode selection is too complicated. This patch is to simplify the codes and remove some duplicate parts. The following changes are including: * Adds functions for each mode selection(HS, HS-DDR, HS200 and etc) * Rearranged the mode selection sequence with supported device type * Adds maximum speed for HS200 mode(hs200_max_dtr) * Adds field definition for HS_TIMING of EXT_CSD Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:44 +08:00
} else {
pr_warn("%s: switch to bus width %d failed\n",
mmc: sanitize 'bus width' in debug output The bus width is sometimes the actual bus width, and sometimes indices to different arrays encoding the bus width. In my debugging case "2" could mean 8-bit as well as 4-bit, which was extremly confusing. Let's use the human-readable actual bus width in all places. Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <wsa+renesas@sang-engineering.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-01-29 16:27:50 +08:00
mmc_hostname(host), 1 << bus_width);
mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode Current implementation for bus speed mode selection is too complicated. This patch is to simplify the codes and remove some duplicate parts. The following changes are including: * Adds functions for each mode selection(HS, HS-DDR, HS200 and etc) * Rearranged the mode selection sequence with supported device type * Adds maximum speed for HS200 mode(hs200_max_dtr) * Adds field definition for HS_TIMING of EXT_CSD Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:44 +08:00
}
mmc: core: HS200 mode support for eMMC 4.5 This patch adds the support of the HS200 bus speed for eMMC 4.5 devices. The eMMC 4.5 devices have support for 200MHz bus speed. The function prototype of the tuning function is modified to handle the tuning command number which is different in sd and mmc case. Signed-off-by: Girish K S <girish.shivananjappa@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-01-12 03:04:52 +08:00
}
mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode Current implementation for bus speed mode selection is too complicated. This patch is to simplify the codes and remove some duplicate parts. The following changes are including: * Adds functions for each mode selection(HS, HS-DDR, HS200 and etc) * Rearranged the mode selection sequence with supported device type * Adds maximum speed for HS200 mode(hs200_max_dtr) * Adds field definition for HS_TIMING of EXT_CSD Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:44 +08:00
return err;
}
/*
* Switch to the high-speed mode
*/
static int mmc_select_hs(struct mmc_card *card)
{
int err;
err = __mmc_switch(card, EXT_CSD_CMD_SET_NORMAL,
EXT_CSD_HS_TIMING, EXT_CSD_TIMING_HS,
mmc: core: Allow CMD13 polling when switching to HS mode for mmc In cases when the mmc host doesn't support HW busy detection, polling for a card being busy by using CMD13 is beneficial. That is because, instead of waiting a fixed amount of time, 500ms or the generic CMD6 time from EXT_CSD, we find out a lot sooner when the card stops signaling busy. This leads to a significant decreased total initialization time for the mmc card. However, to allow polling with CMD13 during a bus timing change operation, such as switching to HS mode, we first need to update the mmc host's bus timing before starting to poll. Deal with that, simply by providing MMC_TIMING_MMC_HS as the timing parameter to __mmc_switch() from mmc_select_hs(). By telling __mmc_switch() to allow polling with CMD13, also makes it validate the CMD6 status, thus we can remove the corresponding checks. When switching to HS400ES, the mmc_select_hs() function is called in one of the intermediate steps. To still prevent CMD13 polling for HS400ES, let's call the __mmc_switch() function in this path as it enables us to keep using the existing method. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Tested-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> Acked-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com>
2016-11-10 02:40:29 +08:00
card->ext_csd.generic_cmd6_time, MMC_TIMING_MMC_HS,
true, true, true);
mmc: core: Add error message when switching fails in mmc_select_hs() The switch failure message in mmc_select_timing() had been removed since that is invalid: commit 0400ed0a083a ("mmc: core: remove the invalid message in mmc_select_timing") Now, in the case when mmc_select_hs() return error in mmc_select_timing(), there is nothing to print failure message. Let's make for mmc_select_hs() print message itself in the failure case. Signed-off-by: Jungseung Lee <js07.lee@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-08-24 18:34:09 +08:00
if (err)
pr_warn("%s: switch to high-speed failed, err:%d\n",
mmc_hostname(card->host), err);
mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode Current implementation for bus speed mode selection is too complicated. This patch is to simplify the codes and remove some duplicate parts. The following changes are including: * Adds functions for each mode selection(HS, HS-DDR, HS200 and etc) * Rearranged the mode selection sequence with supported device type * Adds maximum speed for HS200 mode(hs200_max_dtr) * Adds field definition for HS_TIMING of EXT_CSD Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:44 +08:00
return err;
}
/*
* Activate wide bus and DDR if supported.
*/
static int mmc_select_hs_ddr(struct mmc_card *card)
{
struct mmc_host *host = card->host;
u32 bus_width, ext_csd_bits;
int err = 0;
if (!(card->mmc_avail_type & EXT_CSD_CARD_TYPE_DDR_52))
return 0;
bus_width = host->ios.bus_width;
if (bus_width == MMC_BUS_WIDTH_1)
return 0;
ext_csd_bits = (bus_width == MMC_BUS_WIDTH_8) ?
EXT_CSD_DDR_BUS_WIDTH_8 : EXT_CSD_DDR_BUS_WIDTH_4;
mmc: core: Update CMD13 polling policy when switch to HS DDR mode According to the JEDEC specification, during bus timing change operations for mmc, sending a CMD13 could trigger CRC errors. As switching to HS DDR mode indeed causes a bus timing change, polling with CMD13 to detect card busy, may thus potentially trigger CRC errors. Currently these errors are treated as the switch to HS DDR mode failed. To improve this behaviour, let's instead tell __mmc_switch() to retry when it encounters CRC errors during polling. Moreover, when switching to HS DDR mode, let's make sure the CMD13 polling is done by having the mmc host and the mmc card, being configured to operate at the same selected bus speed timing. Fix this by providing MMC_TIMING_MMC_DDR52 as the timing parameter to __mmc_switch(). Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Tested-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> Acked-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com>
2016-11-10 04:00:26 +08:00
err = __mmc_switch(card, EXT_CSD_CMD_SET_NORMAL,
EXT_CSD_BUS_WIDTH,
ext_csd_bits,
card->ext_csd.generic_cmd6_time,
MMC_TIMING_MMC_DDR52,
true, true, true);
mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode Current implementation for bus speed mode selection is too complicated. This patch is to simplify the codes and remove some duplicate parts. The following changes are including: * Adds functions for each mode selection(HS, HS-DDR, HS200 and etc) * Rearranged the mode selection sequence with supported device type * Adds maximum speed for HS200 mode(hs200_max_dtr) * Adds field definition for HS_TIMING of EXT_CSD Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:44 +08:00
if (err) {
mmc: core: Fix error paths and messages in mmc_init_card In mmc_init_card function some of the branches in error handling paths go to "err" label, which skips removing of newly allocated card structure, that will actually not be used. Fix that by using proper "free_card" label. Also, some messages in these branches are reported as warnings, although the operation processing is not continued. Change these messages to error level. Signed-off-by: Andrew Gabbasov <andrew_gabbasov@mentor.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-10-01 20:14:11 +08:00
pr_err("%s: switch to bus width %d ddr failed\n",
mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode Current implementation for bus speed mode selection is too complicated. This patch is to simplify the codes and remove some duplicate parts. The following changes are including: * Adds functions for each mode selection(HS, HS-DDR, HS200 and etc) * Rearranged the mode selection sequence with supported device type * Adds maximum speed for HS200 mode(hs200_max_dtr) * Adds field definition for HS_TIMING of EXT_CSD Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:44 +08:00
mmc_hostname(host), 1 << bus_width);
return err;
}
/*
* eMMC cards can support 3.3V to 1.2V i/o (vccq)
* signaling.
*
* EXT_CSD_CARD_TYPE_DDR_1_8V means 3.3V or 1.8V vccq.
*
* 1.8V vccq at 3.3V core voltage (vcc) is not required
* in the JEDEC spec for DDR.
*
mmc: core: Fix sequence for I/O voltage in DDR mode for eMMC Even (e)MMC card can support 3.3v to 1.2v vccq in DDR, but not all host controller can support this, like some of the SDHCI host which connect to an eMMC device. Some of these host controller still needs to use 1.8v vccq for supporting DDR mode. So the sequence will be: if (host and device can both support 1.2v IO) use 1.2v IO; else if (host and device can both support 1.8v IO) use 1.8v IO; so if host and device can only support 3.3v IO, this is the last choice. Signed-off-by: Chuanxiao Dong <chuanxiao.dong@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Yunpeng Gao <yunpeng.gao@intel.com> Tested-by: Jean-Michel Hautbois <jhautbois@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-08-15 11:28:07 +08:00
* Even (e)MMC card can support 3.3v to 1.2v vccq, but not all
* host controller can support this, like some of the SDHCI
* controller which connect to an eMMC device. Some of these
* host controller still needs to use 1.8v vccq for supporting
* DDR mode.
*
* So the sequence will be:
* if (host and device can both support 1.2v IO)
* use 1.2v IO;
* else if (host and device can both support 1.8v IO)
* use 1.8v IO;
* so if host and device can only support 3.3v IO, this is the
* last choice.
mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode Current implementation for bus speed mode selection is too complicated. This patch is to simplify the codes and remove some duplicate parts. The following changes are including: * Adds functions for each mode selection(HS, HS-DDR, HS200 and etc) * Rearranged the mode selection sequence with supported device type * Adds maximum speed for HS200 mode(hs200_max_dtr) * Adds field definition for HS_TIMING of EXT_CSD Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:44 +08:00
*
* WARNING: eMMC rules are NOT the same as SD DDR
*/
mmc: core: Invent MMC_CAP_3_3V_DDR According the JEDEC specification an eMMC card supporting 1.8V vccq in DDR mode should also be capable of 3.3V. However, it's been reported that some mmc hosts supports 3.3V, but not 1.8V. Currently the mmc core implements an error handling when the host fails to set 1.8V for vccq, by falling back to 3.3V. Unfortunate, this seems to be insufficient for some mmc hosts. To enable these to use eMMC DDR mode let's invent a new mmc cap, MMC_CAP_3_3V_DDR, which tells whether they support the eMMC 3.3V DDR mode. In case MMC_CAP_3_3V_DDR is set, but not MMC_CAP_1_8V_DDR, let's change to remain on the 3.3V, as it's the default voltage level for vccq, set by the earlier power up sequence. As this change introduces MMC_CAP_3_3V_DDR, let's take the opportunity to do some re-formatting of the related defines in the header file. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Reviewed-by: Shawn Lin <shawn.lin@rock-chips.com> Tested-by: Jan Glauber <jglauber@cavium.com> Tested-by: Stefan Wahren <stefan.wahren@i2se.com>
2017-01-25 19:04:17 +08:00
if (card->mmc_avail_type & EXT_CSD_CARD_TYPE_DDR_1_2V) {
mmc: core: Rename __mmc_set_signal_voltage() to mmc_set_signal_voltage() Earlier the mmc_set_signal_voltage() existed, but since it has been renamed to mmc_set_uhs_voltage(), we can now use that name instead. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Reviewed-by: Shawn Lin <shawn.lin@rock-chips.com> Tested-by: Jan Glauber <jglauber@cavium.com> Tested-by: Stefan Wahren <stefan.wahren@i2se.com>
2017-01-25 18:12:34 +08:00
err = mmc_set_signal_voltage(host, MMC_SIGNAL_VOLTAGE_120);
mmc: core: Invent MMC_CAP_3_3V_DDR According the JEDEC specification an eMMC card supporting 1.8V vccq in DDR mode should also be capable of 3.3V. However, it's been reported that some mmc hosts supports 3.3V, but not 1.8V. Currently the mmc core implements an error handling when the host fails to set 1.8V for vccq, by falling back to 3.3V. Unfortunate, this seems to be insufficient for some mmc hosts. To enable these to use eMMC DDR mode let's invent a new mmc cap, MMC_CAP_3_3V_DDR, which tells whether they support the eMMC 3.3V DDR mode. In case MMC_CAP_3_3V_DDR is set, but not MMC_CAP_1_8V_DDR, let's change to remain on the 3.3V, as it's the default voltage level for vccq, set by the earlier power up sequence. As this change introduces MMC_CAP_3_3V_DDR, let's take the opportunity to do some re-formatting of the related defines in the header file. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Reviewed-by: Shawn Lin <shawn.lin@rock-chips.com> Tested-by: Jan Glauber <jglauber@cavium.com> Tested-by: Stefan Wahren <stefan.wahren@i2se.com>
2017-01-25 19:04:17 +08:00
if (!err)
return 0;
}
mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode Current implementation for bus speed mode selection is too complicated. This patch is to simplify the codes and remove some duplicate parts. The following changes are including: * Adds functions for each mode selection(HS, HS-DDR, HS200 and etc) * Rearranged the mode selection sequence with supported device type * Adds maximum speed for HS200 mode(hs200_max_dtr) * Adds field definition for HS_TIMING of EXT_CSD Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:44 +08:00
mmc: core: Invent MMC_CAP_3_3V_DDR According the JEDEC specification an eMMC card supporting 1.8V vccq in DDR mode should also be capable of 3.3V. However, it's been reported that some mmc hosts supports 3.3V, but not 1.8V. Currently the mmc core implements an error handling when the host fails to set 1.8V for vccq, by falling back to 3.3V. Unfortunate, this seems to be insufficient for some mmc hosts. To enable these to use eMMC DDR mode let's invent a new mmc cap, MMC_CAP_3_3V_DDR, which tells whether they support the eMMC 3.3V DDR mode. In case MMC_CAP_3_3V_DDR is set, but not MMC_CAP_1_8V_DDR, let's change to remain on the 3.3V, as it's the default voltage level for vccq, set by the earlier power up sequence. As this change introduces MMC_CAP_3_3V_DDR, let's take the opportunity to do some re-formatting of the related defines in the header file. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Reviewed-by: Shawn Lin <shawn.lin@rock-chips.com> Tested-by: Jan Glauber <jglauber@cavium.com> Tested-by: Stefan Wahren <stefan.wahren@i2se.com>
2017-01-25 19:04:17 +08:00
if (card->mmc_avail_type & EXT_CSD_CARD_TYPE_DDR_1_8V &&
host->caps & MMC_CAP_1_8V_DDR)
mmc: core: Rename __mmc_set_signal_voltage() to mmc_set_signal_voltage() Earlier the mmc_set_signal_voltage() existed, but since it has been renamed to mmc_set_uhs_voltage(), we can now use that name instead. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Reviewed-by: Shawn Lin <shawn.lin@rock-chips.com> Tested-by: Jan Glauber <jglauber@cavium.com> Tested-by: Stefan Wahren <stefan.wahren@i2se.com>
2017-01-25 18:12:34 +08:00
err = mmc_set_signal_voltage(host, MMC_SIGNAL_VOLTAGE_180);
mmc: core: Fix sequence for I/O voltage in DDR mode for eMMC Even (e)MMC card can support 3.3v to 1.2v vccq in DDR, but not all host controller can support this, like some of the SDHCI host which connect to an eMMC device. Some of these host controller still needs to use 1.8v vccq for supporting DDR mode. So the sequence will be: if (host and device can both support 1.2v IO) use 1.2v IO; else if (host and device can both support 1.8v IO) use 1.8v IO; so if host and device can only support 3.3v IO, this is the last choice. Signed-off-by: Chuanxiao Dong <chuanxiao.dong@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Yunpeng Gao <yunpeng.gao@intel.com> Tested-by: Jean-Michel Hautbois <jhautbois@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-08-15 11:28:07 +08:00
/* make sure vccq is 3.3v after switching disaster */
if (err)
mmc: core: Rename __mmc_set_signal_voltage() to mmc_set_signal_voltage() Earlier the mmc_set_signal_voltage() existed, but since it has been renamed to mmc_set_uhs_voltage(), we can now use that name instead. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Reviewed-by: Shawn Lin <shawn.lin@rock-chips.com> Tested-by: Jan Glauber <jglauber@cavium.com> Tested-by: Stefan Wahren <stefan.wahren@i2se.com>
2017-01-25 18:12:34 +08:00
err = mmc_set_signal_voltage(host, MMC_SIGNAL_VOLTAGE_330);
mmc: core: Fix sequence for I/O voltage in DDR mode for eMMC Even (e)MMC card can support 3.3v to 1.2v vccq in DDR, but not all host controller can support this, like some of the SDHCI host which connect to an eMMC device. Some of these host controller still needs to use 1.8v vccq for supporting DDR mode. So the sequence will be: if (host and device can both support 1.2v IO) use 1.2v IO; else if (host and device can both support 1.8v IO) use 1.8v IO; so if host and device can only support 3.3v IO, this is the last choice. Signed-off-by: Chuanxiao Dong <chuanxiao.dong@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Yunpeng Gao <yunpeng.gao@intel.com> Tested-by: Jean-Michel Hautbois <jhautbois@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-08-15 11:28:07 +08:00
mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode Current implementation for bus speed mode selection is too complicated. This patch is to simplify the codes and remove some duplicate parts. The following changes are including: * Adds functions for each mode selection(HS, HS-DDR, HS200 and etc) * Rearranged the mode selection sequence with supported device type * Adds maximum speed for HS200 mode(hs200_max_dtr) * Adds field definition for HS_TIMING of EXT_CSD Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:44 +08:00
return err;
}
mmc: add support for HS400 mode of eMMC5.0 This patch adds HS400 mode support for eMMC5.0 device. HS400 mode is high speed DDR interface timing from HS200. Clock frequency is up to 200MHz and only 8-bit bus width is supported. In addition, tuning process of HS200 is required to synchronize the command response on the CMD line because CMD input timing for HS400 mode is the same as HS200 mode. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Jackey Shen <jackey.shen@amd.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:14:58 +08:00
static int mmc_select_hs400(struct mmc_card *card)
{
struct mmc_host *host = card->host;
mmc: mmc: Fix HS setting in mmc_select_hs400() mmc_select_hs400() begins with the card and host in HS200 mode. Therefore, any commands sent to the card should use HS200 timing. It is incorrect to set the host to High Speed (HS) timing before sending the switch command. Doing so is unreliable because the timing parameters for HS mode are tighter than the timing parameters for HS200 mode. Thus the HS timings should be set only after the card has switched mode. However, it is not unreasonable first to reduce the frequency to the HS mode frequency, which should make the switch command and subsequent CMD13 commands more reliable. This patch does that. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 4.2+ Tested-by: Alim Akhtar <alim.akhtar@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-10-28 20:25:41 +08:00
unsigned int max_dtr;
mmc: add support for HS400 mode of eMMC5.0 This patch adds HS400 mode support for eMMC5.0 device. HS400 mode is high speed DDR interface timing from HS200. Clock frequency is up to 200MHz and only 8-bit bus width is supported. In addition, tuning process of HS200 is required to synchronize the command response on the CMD line because CMD input timing for HS400 mode is the same as HS200 mode. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Jackey Shen <jackey.shen@amd.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:14:58 +08:00
int err = 0;
mmc: mmc: Add driver strength selection Add the ability to set eMMC driver strength for HS200 and HS400. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-02-06 20:12:58 +08:00
u8 val;
mmc: add support for HS400 mode of eMMC5.0 This patch adds HS400 mode support for eMMC5.0 device. HS400 mode is high speed DDR interface timing from HS200. Clock frequency is up to 200MHz and only 8-bit bus width is supported. In addition, tuning process of HS200 is required to synchronize the command response on the CMD line because CMD input timing for HS400 mode is the same as HS200 mode. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Jackey Shen <jackey.shen@amd.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:14:58 +08:00
/*
* HS400 mode requires 8-bit bus width
*/
if (!(card->mmc_avail_type & EXT_CSD_CARD_TYPE_HS400 &&
host->ios.bus_width == MMC_BUS_WIDTH_8))
return 0;
mmc: mmc: Fix HS setting in mmc_select_hs400() mmc_select_hs400() begins with the card and host in HS200 mode. Therefore, any commands sent to the card should use HS200 timing. It is incorrect to set the host to High Speed (HS) timing before sending the switch command. Doing so is unreliable because the timing parameters for HS mode are tighter than the timing parameters for HS200 mode. Thus the HS timings should be set only after the card has switched mode. However, it is not unreasonable first to reduce the frequency to the HS mode frequency, which should make the switch command and subsequent CMD13 commands more reliable. This patch does that. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 4.2+ Tested-by: Alim Akhtar <alim.akhtar@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-10-28 20:25:41 +08:00
/* Switch card to HS mode */
mmc: mmc: Fix incorrect use of driver strength switching HS200 and HS400 Commit cc4f414c885c ("mmc: mmc: Add driver strength selection") added driver strength selection for eMMC HS200 and HS400 modes. That patch also set the driver stength when transitioning through High Speed mode to HS200/HS400, but driver strength is not defined for High Speed mode. While the JEDEC specification is not clear on this point it has been observed to cause problems for some eMMC, and removing the driver strength setting in this case makes it consistent with the normal use of High Speed mode. Signed-off-by: Wenkai Du <wenkai.du@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # v4.2+ Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-11-26 20:00:44 +08:00
val = EXT_CSD_TIMING_HS;
mmc: add support for HS400 mode of eMMC5.0 This patch adds HS400 mode support for eMMC5.0 device. HS400 mode is high speed DDR interface timing from HS200. Clock frequency is up to 200MHz and only 8-bit bus width is supported. In addition, tuning process of HS200 is required to synchronize the command response on the CMD line because CMD input timing for HS400 mode is the same as HS200 mode. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Jackey Shen <jackey.shen@amd.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:14:58 +08:00
err = __mmc_switch(card, EXT_CSD_CMD_SET_NORMAL,
mmc: mmc: Add driver strength selection Add the ability to set eMMC driver strength for HS200 and HS400. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-02-06 20:12:58 +08:00
EXT_CSD_HS_TIMING, val,
mmc: core: Enable __mmc_switch() to change bus speed timing for the host In cases when a speed mode change is requested for mmc cards, a CMD6 is sent by calling __mmc_switch() during the card initialization. The CMD6 leads to the card entering a busy period. When that is completed, the host must parse the CMD6 status to find out whether the change of the speed mode succeeded. To enable the mmc core to poll the card by using CMD13 to find out when the busy period is completed, it's reasonable to make sure polling is done by having the mmc host and the mmc card, being configured to operate at the same selected bus speed timing. Therefore, let's extend __mmc_switch() to take yet another parameter, which allow its callers to update the bus speed timing of the mmc host. In this way, __mmc_switch() also becomes capable of reading and validating the CMD6 status by sending a CMD13, in cases when that's desired. If __mmc_switch() encounters a failure, we make sure to restores the old bus speed timing for the mmc host, before propagating the error code. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Tested-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> Acked-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com>
2016-11-10 00:33:36 +08:00
card->ext_csd.generic_cmd6_time, 0,
mmc: mmc: do not use CMD13 to get status after speed mode switch Per JEDEC spec, it is not recommended to use CMD13 to get card status after speed mode switch. below are two reason about this: 1. CMD13 cannot be guaranteed due to the asynchronous operation. Therefore it is not recommended to use CMD13 to check busy completion of the timing change indication. 2. After switch to HS200, CMD13 will get response of 0x800, and even the busy signal gets de-asserted, the response of CMD13 is aslo 0x800. Signed-off-by: Chaotian Jing <chaotian.jing@mediatek.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-05-19 16:47:41 +08:00
true, false, true);
mmc: add support for HS400 mode of eMMC5.0 This patch adds HS400 mode support for eMMC5.0 device. HS400 mode is high speed DDR interface timing from HS200. Clock frequency is up to 200MHz and only 8-bit bus width is supported. In addition, tuning process of HS200 is required to synchronize the command response on the CMD line because CMD input timing for HS400 mode is the same as HS200 mode. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Jackey Shen <jackey.shen@amd.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:14:58 +08:00
if (err) {
mmc: core: Fix error paths and messages in mmc_init_card In mmc_init_card function some of the branches in error handling paths go to "err" label, which skips removing of newly allocated card structure, that will actually not be used. Fix that by using proper "free_card" label. Also, some messages in these branches are reported as warnings, although the operation processing is not continued. Change these messages to error level. Signed-off-by: Andrew Gabbasov <andrew_gabbasov@mentor.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-10-01 20:14:11 +08:00
pr_err("%s: switch to high-speed from hs200 failed, err:%d\n",
mmc: add support for HS400 mode of eMMC5.0 This patch adds HS400 mode support for eMMC5.0 device. HS400 mode is high speed DDR interface timing from HS200. Clock frequency is up to 200MHz and only 8-bit bus width is supported. In addition, tuning process of HS200 is required to synchronize the command response on the CMD line because CMD input timing for HS400 mode is the same as HS200 mode. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Jackey Shen <jackey.shen@amd.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:14:58 +08:00
mmc_hostname(host), err);
return err;
}
mmc: mmc: Fix HS setting in mmc_select_hs400() mmc_select_hs400() begins with the card and host in HS200 mode. Therefore, any commands sent to the card should use HS200 timing. It is incorrect to set the host to High Speed (HS) timing before sending the switch command. Doing so is unreliable because the timing parameters for HS mode are tighter than the timing parameters for HS200 mode. Thus the HS timings should be set only after the card has switched mode. However, it is not unreasonable first to reduce the frequency to the HS mode frequency, which should make the switch command and subsequent CMD13 commands more reliable. This patch does that. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 4.2+ Tested-by: Alim Akhtar <alim.akhtar@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-10-28 20:25:41 +08:00
/* Set host controller to HS timing */
mmc_set_timing(card->host, MMC_TIMING_MMC_HS);
mmc: mmc: Fix HS switch failure in mmc_select_hs400() To slove the issue which was found on gru board for hs400. [ 4.616946] sdhci: Secure Digital Host Controller Interface driver [ 4.623135] sdhci: Copyright(c) Pierre Ossman [ 4.722575] sdhci-pltfm: SDHCI platform and OF driver helper [ 4.730962] sdhci-arasan fe330000.sdhci: No vmmc regulator found [ 4.737444] sdhci-arasan fe330000.sdhci: No vqmmc regulator found [ 4.774930] mmc0: SDHCI controller on fe330000.sdhci [fe330000.sdhci] using ADMA [ 4.980295] mmc0: switch to high-speed from hs200 failed, err:-84 [ 4.986487] mmc0: error -84 whilst initialising MMC card We should change HS400 mode selection timing to meet JEDEC specification. The JEDEC 5.1 said that change the frequency to <= 52MHZ after HS_TIMING switch. Refer to section 6.6.2.3 "HS400" timing mode selection: Set the "Timing Interface" parameter in the HS_TIMING[185] field of the Extended CSD register to 0x1 to switch to High Speed mode and then set the clock frequency to a value not greater than 52MHZ. Signed-off-by: Ziyuan Xu <xzy.xu@rock-chips.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-05-26 13:50:32 +08:00
/* Reduce frequency to HS frequency */
max_dtr = card->ext_csd.hs_max_dtr;
mmc_set_clock(host, max_dtr);
mmc: mmc: do not use CMD13 to get status after speed mode switch Per JEDEC spec, it is not recommended to use CMD13 to get card status after speed mode switch. below are two reason about this: 1. CMD13 cannot be guaranteed due to the asynchronous operation. Therefore it is not recommended to use CMD13 to check busy completion of the timing change indication. 2. After switch to HS200, CMD13 will get response of 0x800, and even the busy signal gets de-asserted, the response of CMD13 is aslo 0x800. Signed-off-by: Chaotian Jing <chaotian.jing@mediatek.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-05-19 16:47:41 +08:00
err = mmc_switch_status(card);
if (err)
goto out_err;
mmc: mmc: Improve reliability of mmc_select_hs400() mmc_select_hs400() calls __mmc_switch() which checks the switch is successful using CMD13 (SEND_STATUS). The problem is that it does that using the timing settings of the previous mode. That is prone to error, especially when switching from HS to HS400 because the timing parameters for HS mode are tighter than the timing parameters for HS400 mode. In the case when CMD13 polling is used (i.e. not MMC_CAP_WAIT_WHILE_BUSY) with the switch command, it must be assumed that using different modes on the card and host must work. However in the case when CMD13 polling is not used (i.e. MMC_CAP_WAIT_WHILE_BUSY) mmc_select_hs400() can be made more reliable by setting the host to the correct timing before sending CMD13. This patch does that. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 4.2+ Tested-by: Alim Akhtar <alim.akhtar@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-10-28 20:25:43 +08:00
/* Switch card to DDR */
mmc: add support for HS400 mode of eMMC5.0 This patch adds HS400 mode support for eMMC5.0 device. HS400 mode is high speed DDR interface timing from HS200. Clock frequency is up to 200MHz and only 8-bit bus width is supported. In addition, tuning process of HS200 is required to synchronize the command response on the CMD line because CMD input timing for HS400 mode is the same as HS200 mode. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Jackey Shen <jackey.shen@amd.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:14:58 +08:00
err = mmc_switch(card, EXT_CSD_CMD_SET_NORMAL,
EXT_CSD_BUS_WIDTH,
EXT_CSD_DDR_BUS_WIDTH_8,
card->ext_csd.generic_cmd6_time);
if (err) {
mmc: core: Fix error paths and messages in mmc_init_card In mmc_init_card function some of the branches in error handling paths go to "err" label, which skips removing of newly allocated card structure, that will actually not be used. Fix that by using proper "free_card" label. Also, some messages in these branches are reported as warnings, although the operation processing is not continued. Change these messages to error level. Signed-off-by: Andrew Gabbasov <andrew_gabbasov@mentor.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-10-01 20:14:11 +08:00
pr_err("%s: switch to bus width for hs400 failed, err:%d\n",
mmc: add support for HS400 mode of eMMC5.0 This patch adds HS400 mode support for eMMC5.0 device. HS400 mode is high speed DDR interface timing from HS200. Clock frequency is up to 200MHz and only 8-bit bus width is supported. In addition, tuning process of HS200 is required to synchronize the command response on the CMD line because CMD input timing for HS400 mode is the same as HS200 mode. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Jackey Shen <jackey.shen@amd.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:14:58 +08:00
mmc_hostname(host), err);
return err;
}
mmc: mmc: Improve reliability of mmc_select_hs400() mmc_select_hs400() calls __mmc_switch() which checks the switch is successful using CMD13 (SEND_STATUS). The problem is that it does that using the timing settings of the previous mode. That is prone to error, especially when switching from HS to HS400 because the timing parameters for HS mode are tighter than the timing parameters for HS400 mode. In the case when CMD13 polling is used (i.e. not MMC_CAP_WAIT_WHILE_BUSY) with the switch command, it must be assumed that using different modes on the card and host must work. However in the case when CMD13 polling is not used (i.e. MMC_CAP_WAIT_WHILE_BUSY) mmc_select_hs400() can be made more reliable by setting the host to the correct timing before sending CMD13. This patch does that. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 4.2+ Tested-by: Alim Akhtar <alim.akhtar@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-10-28 20:25:43 +08:00
/* Switch card to HS400 */
mmc: mmc: Add driver strength selection Add the ability to set eMMC driver strength for HS200 and HS400. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-02-06 20:12:58 +08:00
val = EXT_CSD_TIMING_HS400 |
card->drive_strength << EXT_CSD_DRV_STR_SHIFT;
mmc: add support for HS400 mode of eMMC5.0 This patch adds HS400 mode support for eMMC5.0 device. HS400 mode is high speed DDR interface timing from HS200. Clock frequency is up to 200MHz and only 8-bit bus width is supported. In addition, tuning process of HS200 is required to synchronize the command response on the CMD line because CMD input timing for HS400 mode is the same as HS200 mode. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Jackey Shen <jackey.shen@amd.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:14:58 +08:00
err = __mmc_switch(card, EXT_CSD_CMD_SET_NORMAL,
mmc: mmc: Add driver strength selection Add the ability to set eMMC driver strength for HS200 and HS400. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-02-06 20:12:58 +08:00
EXT_CSD_HS_TIMING, val,
mmc: core: Enable __mmc_switch() to change bus speed timing for the host In cases when a speed mode change is requested for mmc cards, a CMD6 is sent by calling __mmc_switch() during the card initialization. The CMD6 leads to the card entering a busy period. When that is completed, the host must parse the CMD6 status to find out whether the change of the speed mode succeeded. To enable the mmc core to poll the card by using CMD13 to find out when the busy period is completed, it's reasonable to make sure polling is done by having the mmc host and the mmc card, being configured to operate at the same selected bus speed timing. Therefore, let's extend __mmc_switch() to take yet another parameter, which allow its callers to update the bus speed timing of the mmc host. In this way, __mmc_switch() also becomes capable of reading and validating the CMD6 status by sending a CMD13, in cases when that's desired. If __mmc_switch() encounters a failure, we make sure to restores the old bus speed timing for the mmc host, before propagating the error code. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Tested-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> Acked-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com>
2016-11-10 00:33:36 +08:00
card->ext_csd.generic_cmd6_time, 0,
mmc: mmc: do not use CMD13 to get status after speed mode switch Per JEDEC spec, it is not recommended to use CMD13 to get card status after speed mode switch. below are two reason about this: 1. CMD13 cannot be guaranteed due to the asynchronous operation. Therefore it is not recommended to use CMD13 to check busy completion of the timing change indication. 2. After switch to HS200, CMD13 will get response of 0x800, and even the busy signal gets de-asserted, the response of CMD13 is aslo 0x800. Signed-off-by: Chaotian Jing <chaotian.jing@mediatek.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-05-19 16:47:41 +08:00
true, false, true);
mmc: add support for HS400 mode of eMMC5.0 This patch adds HS400 mode support for eMMC5.0 device. HS400 mode is high speed DDR interface timing from HS200. Clock frequency is up to 200MHz and only 8-bit bus width is supported. In addition, tuning process of HS200 is required to synchronize the command response on the CMD line because CMD input timing for HS400 mode is the same as HS200 mode. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Jackey Shen <jackey.shen@amd.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:14:58 +08:00
if (err) {
mmc: core: Fix error paths and messages in mmc_init_card In mmc_init_card function some of the branches in error handling paths go to "err" label, which skips removing of newly allocated card structure, that will actually not be used. Fix that by using proper "free_card" label. Also, some messages in these branches are reported as warnings, although the operation processing is not continued. Change these messages to error level. Signed-off-by: Andrew Gabbasov <andrew_gabbasov@mentor.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-10-01 20:14:11 +08:00
pr_err("%s: switch to hs400 failed, err:%d\n",
mmc: add support for HS400 mode of eMMC5.0 This patch adds HS400 mode support for eMMC5.0 device. HS400 mode is high speed DDR interface timing from HS200. Clock frequency is up to 200MHz and only 8-bit bus width is supported. In addition, tuning process of HS200 is required to synchronize the command response on the CMD line because CMD input timing for HS400 mode is the same as HS200 mode. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Jackey Shen <jackey.shen@amd.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:14:58 +08:00
mmc_hostname(host), err);
return err;
}
mmc: mmc: Improve reliability of mmc_select_hs400() mmc_select_hs400() calls __mmc_switch() which checks the switch is successful using CMD13 (SEND_STATUS). The problem is that it does that using the timing settings of the previous mode. That is prone to error, especially when switching from HS to HS400 because the timing parameters for HS mode are tighter than the timing parameters for HS400 mode. In the case when CMD13 polling is used (i.e. not MMC_CAP_WAIT_WHILE_BUSY) with the switch command, it must be assumed that using different modes on the card and host must work. However in the case when CMD13 polling is not used (i.e. MMC_CAP_WAIT_WHILE_BUSY) mmc_select_hs400() can be made more reliable by setting the host to the correct timing before sending CMD13. This patch does that. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 4.2+ Tested-by: Alim Akhtar <alim.akhtar@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-10-28 20:25:43 +08:00
/* Set host controller to HS400 timing and frequency */
mmc: add support for HS400 mode of eMMC5.0 This patch adds HS400 mode support for eMMC5.0 device. HS400 mode is high speed DDR interface timing from HS200. Clock frequency is up to 200MHz and only 8-bit bus width is supported. In addition, tuning process of HS200 is required to synchronize the command response on the CMD line because CMD input timing for HS400 mode is the same as HS200 mode. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Jackey Shen <jackey.shen@amd.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:14:58 +08:00
mmc_set_timing(host, MMC_TIMING_MMC_HS400);
mmc_set_bus_speed(card);
mmc: mmc: do not use CMD13 to get status after speed mode switch Per JEDEC spec, it is not recommended to use CMD13 to get card status after speed mode switch. below are two reason about this: 1. CMD13 cannot be guaranteed due to the asynchronous operation. Therefore it is not recommended to use CMD13 to check busy completion of the timing change indication. 2. After switch to HS200, CMD13 will get response of 0x800, and even the busy signal gets de-asserted, the response of CMD13 is aslo 0x800. Signed-off-by: Chaotian Jing <chaotian.jing@mediatek.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-05-19 16:47:41 +08:00
err = mmc_switch_status(card);
if (err)
goto out_err;
mmc: mmc: Improve reliability of mmc_select_hs400() mmc_select_hs400() calls __mmc_switch() which checks the switch is successful using CMD13 (SEND_STATUS). The problem is that it does that using the timing settings of the previous mode. That is prone to error, especially when switching from HS to HS400 because the timing parameters for HS mode are tighter than the timing parameters for HS400 mode. In the case when CMD13 polling is used (i.e. not MMC_CAP_WAIT_WHILE_BUSY) with the switch command, it must be assumed that using different modes on the card and host must work. However in the case when CMD13 polling is not used (i.e. MMC_CAP_WAIT_WHILE_BUSY) mmc_select_hs400() can be made more reliable by setting the host to the correct timing before sending CMD13. This patch does that. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 4.2+ Tested-by: Alim Akhtar <alim.akhtar@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-10-28 20:25:43 +08:00
mmc: add support for HS400 mode of eMMC5.0 This patch adds HS400 mode support for eMMC5.0 device. HS400 mode is high speed DDR interface timing from HS200. Clock frequency is up to 200MHz and only 8-bit bus width is supported. In addition, tuning process of HS200 is required to synchronize the command response on the CMD line because CMD input timing for HS400 mode is the same as HS200 mode. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Jackey Shen <jackey.shen@amd.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:14:58 +08:00
return 0;
mmc: mmc: Improve reliability of mmc_select_hs400() mmc_select_hs400() calls __mmc_switch() which checks the switch is successful using CMD13 (SEND_STATUS). The problem is that it does that using the timing settings of the previous mode. That is prone to error, especially when switching from HS to HS400 because the timing parameters for HS mode are tighter than the timing parameters for HS400 mode. In the case when CMD13 polling is used (i.e. not MMC_CAP_WAIT_WHILE_BUSY) with the switch command, it must be assumed that using different modes on the card and host must work. However in the case when CMD13 polling is not used (i.e. MMC_CAP_WAIT_WHILE_BUSY) mmc_select_hs400() can be made more reliable by setting the host to the correct timing before sending CMD13. This patch does that. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 4.2+ Tested-by: Alim Akhtar <alim.akhtar@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-10-28 20:25:43 +08:00
out_err:
pr_err("%s: %s failed, error %d\n", mmc_hostname(card->host),
__func__, err);
return err;
mmc: add support for HS400 mode of eMMC5.0 This patch adds HS400 mode support for eMMC5.0 device. HS400 mode is high speed DDR interface timing from HS200. Clock frequency is up to 200MHz and only 8-bit bus width is supported. In addition, tuning process of HS200 is required to synchronize the command response on the CMD line because CMD input timing for HS400 mode is the same as HS200 mode. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Jackey Shen <jackey.shen@amd.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:14:58 +08:00
}
mmc: core: Add support for HS400 re-tuning HS400 re-tuning must be done in HS200 mode. Add the ability to switch from HS400 mode to HS200 mode before re-tuning and switch back to HS400 after re-tuning. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-05-07 18:10:20 +08:00
int mmc_hs200_to_hs400(struct mmc_card *card)
{
return mmc_select_hs400(card);
}
int mmc_hs400_to_hs200(struct mmc_card *card)
{
struct mmc_host *host = card->host;
unsigned int max_dtr;
int err;
mmc: mmc: Add driver strength selection Add the ability to set eMMC driver strength for HS200 and HS400. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-02-06 20:12:58 +08:00
u8 val;
mmc: core: Add support for HS400 re-tuning HS400 re-tuning must be done in HS200 mode. Add the ability to switch from HS400 mode to HS200 mode before re-tuning and switch back to HS400 after re-tuning. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-05-07 18:10:20 +08:00
/* Reduce frequency to HS */
max_dtr = card->ext_csd.hs_max_dtr;
mmc_set_clock(host, max_dtr);
/* Switch HS400 to HS DDR */
mmc: mmc: Fix incorrect use of driver strength switching HS200 and HS400 Commit cc4f414c885c ("mmc: mmc: Add driver strength selection") added driver strength selection for eMMC HS200 and HS400 modes. That patch also set the driver stength when transitioning through High Speed mode to HS200/HS400, but driver strength is not defined for High Speed mode. While the JEDEC specification is not clear on this point it has been observed to cause problems for some eMMC, and removing the driver strength setting in this case makes it consistent with the normal use of High Speed mode. Signed-off-by: Wenkai Du <wenkai.du@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # v4.2+ Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-11-26 20:00:44 +08:00
val = EXT_CSD_TIMING_HS;
mmc: core: Add support for HS400 re-tuning HS400 re-tuning must be done in HS200 mode. Add the ability to switch from HS400 mode to HS200 mode before re-tuning and switch back to HS400 after re-tuning. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-05-07 18:10:20 +08:00
err = __mmc_switch(card, EXT_CSD_CMD_SET_NORMAL, EXT_CSD_HS_TIMING,
mmc: core: Enable __mmc_switch() to change bus speed timing for the host In cases when a speed mode change is requested for mmc cards, a CMD6 is sent by calling __mmc_switch() during the card initialization. The CMD6 leads to the card entering a busy period. When that is completed, the host must parse the CMD6 status to find out whether the change of the speed mode succeeded. To enable the mmc core to poll the card by using CMD13 to find out when the busy period is completed, it's reasonable to make sure polling is done by having the mmc host and the mmc card, being configured to operate at the same selected bus speed timing. Therefore, let's extend __mmc_switch() to take yet another parameter, which allow its callers to update the bus speed timing of the mmc host. In this way, __mmc_switch() also becomes capable of reading and validating the CMD6 status by sending a CMD13, in cases when that's desired. If __mmc_switch() encounters a failure, we make sure to restores the old bus speed timing for the mmc host, before propagating the error code. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Tested-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> Acked-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com>
2016-11-10 00:33:36 +08:00
val, card->ext_csd.generic_cmd6_time, 0,
mmc: mmc: do not use CMD13 to get status after speed mode switch Per JEDEC spec, it is not recommended to use CMD13 to get card status after speed mode switch. below are two reason about this: 1. CMD13 cannot be guaranteed due to the asynchronous operation. Therefore it is not recommended to use CMD13 to check busy completion of the timing change indication. 2. After switch to HS200, CMD13 will get response of 0x800, and even the busy signal gets de-asserted, the response of CMD13 is aslo 0x800. Signed-off-by: Chaotian Jing <chaotian.jing@mediatek.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-05-19 16:47:41 +08:00
true, false, true);
mmc: core: Add support for HS400 re-tuning HS400 re-tuning must be done in HS200 mode. Add the ability to switch from HS400 mode to HS200 mode before re-tuning and switch back to HS400 after re-tuning. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-05-07 18:10:20 +08:00
if (err)
goto out_err;
mmc_set_timing(host, MMC_TIMING_MMC_DDR52);
mmc: mmc: do not use CMD13 to get status after speed mode switch Per JEDEC spec, it is not recommended to use CMD13 to get card status after speed mode switch. below are two reason about this: 1. CMD13 cannot be guaranteed due to the asynchronous operation. Therefore it is not recommended to use CMD13 to check busy completion of the timing change indication. 2. After switch to HS200, CMD13 will get response of 0x800, and even the busy signal gets de-asserted, the response of CMD13 is aslo 0x800. Signed-off-by: Chaotian Jing <chaotian.jing@mediatek.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-05-19 16:47:41 +08:00
err = mmc_switch_status(card);
if (err)
goto out_err;
mmc: core: Add support for HS400 re-tuning HS400 re-tuning must be done in HS200 mode. Add the ability to switch from HS400 mode to HS200 mode before re-tuning and switch back to HS400 after re-tuning. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-05-07 18:10:20 +08:00
/* Switch HS DDR to HS */
err = __mmc_switch(card, EXT_CSD_CMD_SET_NORMAL, EXT_CSD_BUS_WIDTH,
EXT_CSD_BUS_WIDTH_8, card->ext_csd.generic_cmd6_time,
mmc: core: Enable __mmc_switch() to change bus speed timing for the host In cases when a speed mode change is requested for mmc cards, a CMD6 is sent by calling __mmc_switch() during the card initialization. The CMD6 leads to the card entering a busy period. When that is completed, the host must parse the CMD6 status to find out whether the change of the speed mode succeeded. To enable the mmc core to poll the card by using CMD13 to find out when the busy period is completed, it's reasonable to make sure polling is done by having the mmc host and the mmc card, being configured to operate at the same selected bus speed timing. Therefore, let's extend __mmc_switch() to take yet another parameter, which allow its callers to update the bus speed timing of the mmc host. In this way, __mmc_switch() also becomes capable of reading and validating the CMD6 status by sending a CMD13, in cases when that's desired. If __mmc_switch() encounters a failure, we make sure to restores the old bus speed timing for the mmc host, before propagating the error code. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Tested-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> Acked-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com>
2016-11-10 00:33:36 +08:00
0, true, false, true);
mmc: core: Add support for HS400 re-tuning HS400 re-tuning must be done in HS200 mode. Add the ability to switch from HS400 mode to HS200 mode before re-tuning and switch back to HS400 after re-tuning. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-05-07 18:10:20 +08:00
if (err)
goto out_err;
mmc_set_timing(host, MMC_TIMING_MMC_HS);
mmc: mmc: do not use CMD13 to get status after speed mode switch Per JEDEC spec, it is not recommended to use CMD13 to get card status after speed mode switch. below are two reason about this: 1. CMD13 cannot be guaranteed due to the asynchronous operation. Therefore it is not recommended to use CMD13 to check busy completion of the timing change indication. 2. After switch to HS200, CMD13 will get response of 0x800, and even the busy signal gets de-asserted, the response of CMD13 is aslo 0x800. Signed-off-by: Chaotian Jing <chaotian.jing@mediatek.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-05-19 16:47:41 +08:00
err = mmc_switch_status(card);
if (err)
goto out_err;
mmc: core: Add support for HS400 re-tuning HS400 re-tuning must be done in HS200 mode. Add the ability to switch from HS400 mode to HS200 mode before re-tuning and switch back to HS400 after re-tuning. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-05-07 18:10:20 +08:00
/* Switch HS to HS200 */
mmc: mmc: Add driver strength selection Add the ability to set eMMC driver strength for HS200 and HS400. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-02-06 20:12:58 +08:00
val = EXT_CSD_TIMING_HS200 |
card->drive_strength << EXT_CSD_DRV_STR_SHIFT;
mmc: core: Add support for HS400 re-tuning HS400 re-tuning must be done in HS200 mode. Add the ability to switch from HS400 mode to HS200 mode before re-tuning and switch back to HS400 after re-tuning. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-05-07 18:10:20 +08:00
err = __mmc_switch(card, EXT_CSD_CMD_SET_NORMAL, EXT_CSD_HS_TIMING,
mmc: core: Enable __mmc_switch() to change bus speed timing for the host In cases when a speed mode change is requested for mmc cards, a CMD6 is sent by calling __mmc_switch() during the card initialization. The CMD6 leads to the card entering a busy period. When that is completed, the host must parse the CMD6 status to find out whether the change of the speed mode succeeded. To enable the mmc core to poll the card by using CMD13 to find out when the busy period is completed, it's reasonable to make sure polling is done by having the mmc host and the mmc card, being configured to operate at the same selected bus speed timing. Therefore, let's extend __mmc_switch() to take yet another parameter, which allow its callers to update the bus speed timing of the mmc host. In this way, __mmc_switch() also becomes capable of reading and validating the CMD6 status by sending a CMD13, in cases when that's desired. If __mmc_switch() encounters a failure, we make sure to restores the old bus speed timing for the mmc host, before propagating the error code. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Tested-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> Acked-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com>
2016-11-10 00:33:36 +08:00
val, card->ext_csd.generic_cmd6_time, 0,
mmc: mmc: do not use CMD13 to get status after speed mode switch Per JEDEC spec, it is not recommended to use CMD13 to get card status after speed mode switch. below are two reason about this: 1. CMD13 cannot be guaranteed due to the asynchronous operation. Therefore it is not recommended to use CMD13 to check busy completion of the timing change indication. 2. After switch to HS200, CMD13 will get response of 0x800, and even the busy signal gets de-asserted, the response of CMD13 is aslo 0x800. Signed-off-by: Chaotian Jing <chaotian.jing@mediatek.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-05-19 16:47:41 +08:00
true, false, true);
mmc: core: Add support for HS400 re-tuning HS400 re-tuning must be done in HS200 mode. Add the ability to switch from HS400 mode to HS200 mode before re-tuning and switch back to HS400 after re-tuning. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-05-07 18:10:20 +08:00
if (err)
goto out_err;
mmc_set_timing(host, MMC_TIMING_MMC_HS200);
mmc: mmc: Relax checking for switch errors after HS200 switch The JEDEC specification indicates CMD13 can be used after a HS200 switch to check for errors. However in practice some boards experience CRC errors in the CMD13 response. Consequently, for HS200, CRC errors are not a reliable way to know the switch failed. If there really is a problem, we would expect tuning will fail and the result ends up the same. So change the error condition to ignore CRC errors in that case. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Shawn Lin <shawn.lin@rock-chips.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-12-02 19:16:35 +08:00
/*
* For HS200, CRC errors are not a reliable way to know the switch
* failed. If there really is a problem, we would expect tuning will
* fail and the result ends up the same.
*/
err = __mmc_switch_status(card, false);
mmc: mmc: do not use CMD13 to get status after speed mode switch Per JEDEC spec, it is not recommended to use CMD13 to get card status after speed mode switch. below are two reason about this: 1. CMD13 cannot be guaranteed due to the asynchronous operation. Therefore it is not recommended to use CMD13 to check busy completion of the timing change indication. 2. After switch to HS200, CMD13 will get response of 0x800, and even the busy signal gets de-asserted, the response of CMD13 is aslo 0x800. Signed-off-by: Chaotian Jing <chaotian.jing@mediatek.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-05-19 16:47:41 +08:00
if (err)
goto out_err;
mmc: core: Add support for HS400 re-tuning HS400 re-tuning must be done in HS200 mode. Add the ability to switch from HS400 mode to HS200 mode before re-tuning and switch back to HS400 after re-tuning. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-05-07 18:10:20 +08:00
mmc_set_bus_speed(card);
return 0;
out_err:
pr_err("%s: %s failed, error %d\n", mmc_hostname(card->host),
__func__, err);
return err;
}
mmc: core: implement enhanced strobe support Controllers use data strobe line to latch data from devices under hs400 mode, but not for cmd line. So since emmc 5.1, JEDEC introduces enhanced strobe mode for latching cmd response from emmc devices to host controllers. This new feature is optional, so it depends both on device's cap and host's cap to decide whether to use it or not. Signed-off-by: Shawn Lin <shawn.lin@rock-chips.com> Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Tested-by: Douglas Anderson <dianders@chromium.org> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-05-26 09:56:22 +08:00
static int mmc_select_hs400es(struct mmc_card *card)
{
struct mmc_host *host = card->host;
mmc: mmc: correct the logic for setting HS400ES signal voltage Change the default err value to -EINVAL, make sure the card only has type EXT_CSD_CARD_TYPE_HS400_1_8V also do the signal voltage setting when select hs400es mode. Fixes: commit 1720d3545b77 ("mmc: core: switch to 1V8 or 1V2 for hs400es mode") Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Haibo Chen <haibo.chen@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Shawn Lin <shawn.lin@rock-chips.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2017-08-08 18:54:01 +08:00
int err = -EINVAL;
mmc: core: implement enhanced strobe support Controllers use data strobe line to latch data from devices under hs400 mode, but not for cmd line. So since emmc 5.1, JEDEC introduces enhanced strobe mode for latching cmd response from emmc devices to host controllers. This new feature is optional, so it depends both on device's cap and host's cap to decide whether to use it or not. Signed-off-by: Shawn Lin <shawn.lin@rock-chips.com> Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Tested-by: Douglas Anderson <dianders@chromium.org> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-05-26 09:56:22 +08:00
u8 val;
if (!(host->caps & MMC_CAP_8_BIT_DATA)) {
err = -ENOTSUPP;
goto out_err;
}
mmc: core: switch to 1V8 or 1V2 for hs400es mode When introducing hs400es, I didn't notice that we haven't switched voltage to 1V2 or 1V8 for it. That happens to work as the first controller claiming to support hs400es, arasan(5.1), which is designed to only support 1V8. So the voltage is fixed to 1V8. But it actually is wrong, and will not fit for other host controllers. Let's fix it. Fixes: commit 81ac2af65793ecf ("mmc: core: implement enhanced strobe support") Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Shawn Lin <shawn.lin@rock-chips.com> Reviewed-by: Douglas Anderson <dianders@chromium.org> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-09-30 14:18:58 +08:00
if (card->mmc_avail_type & EXT_CSD_CARD_TYPE_HS400_1_2V)
mmc: core: Rename __mmc_set_signal_voltage() to mmc_set_signal_voltage() Earlier the mmc_set_signal_voltage() existed, but since it has been renamed to mmc_set_uhs_voltage(), we can now use that name instead. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Reviewed-by: Shawn Lin <shawn.lin@rock-chips.com> Tested-by: Jan Glauber <jglauber@cavium.com> Tested-by: Stefan Wahren <stefan.wahren@i2se.com>
2017-01-25 18:12:34 +08:00
err = mmc_set_signal_voltage(host, MMC_SIGNAL_VOLTAGE_120);
mmc: core: switch to 1V8 or 1V2 for hs400es mode When introducing hs400es, I didn't notice that we haven't switched voltage to 1V2 or 1V8 for it. That happens to work as the first controller claiming to support hs400es, arasan(5.1), which is designed to only support 1V8. So the voltage is fixed to 1V8. But it actually is wrong, and will not fit for other host controllers. Let's fix it. Fixes: commit 81ac2af65793ecf ("mmc: core: implement enhanced strobe support") Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Shawn Lin <shawn.lin@rock-chips.com> Reviewed-by: Douglas Anderson <dianders@chromium.org> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-09-30 14:18:58 +08:00
if (err && card->mmc_avail_type & EXT_CSD_CARD_TYPE_HS400_1_8V)
mmc: core: Rename __mmc_set_signal_voltage() to mmc_set_signal_voltage() Earlier the mmc_set_signal_voltage() existed, but since it has been renamed to mmc_set_uhs_voltage(), we can now use that name instead. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Reviewed-by: Shawn Lin <shawn.lin@rock-chips.com> Tested-by: Jan Glauber <jglauber@cavium.com> Tested-by: Stefan Wahren <stefan.wahren@i2se.com>
2017-01-25 18:12:34 +08:00
err = mmc_set_signal_voltage(host, MMC_SIGNAL_VOLTAGE_180);
mmc: core: switch to 1V8 or 1V2 for hs400es mode When introducing hs400es, I didn't notice that we haven't switched voltage to 1V2 or 1V8 for it. That happens to work as the first controller claiming to support hs400es, arasan(5.1), which is designed to only support 1V8. So the voltage is fixed to 1V8. But it actually is wrong, and will not fit for other host controllers. Let's fix it. Fixes: commit 81ac2af65793ecf ("mmc: core: implement enhanced strobe support") Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Shawn Lin <shawn.lin@rock-chips.com> Reviewed-by: Douglas Anderson <dianders@chromium.org> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-09-30 14:18:58 +08:00
/* If fails try again during next card power cycle */
if (err)
goto out_err;
mmc: core: implement enhanced strobe support Controllers use data strobe line to latch data from devices under hs400 mode, but not for cmd line. So since emmc 5.1, JEDEC introduces enhanced strobe mode for latching cmd response from emmc devices to host controllers. This new feature is optional, so it depends both on device's cap and host's cap to decide whether to use it or not. Signed-off-by: Shawn Lin <shawn.lin@rock-chips.com> Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Tested-by: Douglas Anderson <dianders@chromium.org> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-05-26 09:56:22 +08:00
err = mmc_select_bus_width(card);
if (err < 0)
goto out_err;
/* Switch card to HS mode */
mmc: core: Allow CMD13 polling when switching to HS mode for mmc In cases when the mmc host doesn't support HW busy detection, polling for a card being busy by using CMD13 is beneficial. That is because, instead of waiting a fixed amount of time, 500ms or the generic CMD6 time from EXT_CSD, we find out a lot sooner when the card stops signaling busy. This leads to a significant decreased total initialization time for the mmc card. However, to allow polling with CMD13 during a bus timing change operation, such as switching to HS mode, we first need to update the mmc host's bus timing before starting to poll. Deal with that, simply by providing MMC_TIMING_MMC_HS as the timing parameter to __mmc_switch() from mmc_select_hs(). By telling __mmc_switch() to allow polling with CMD13, also makes it validate the CMD6 status, thus we can remove the corresponding checks. When switching to HS400ES, the mmc_select_hs() function is called in one of the intermediate steps. To still prevent CMD13 polling for HS400ES, let's call the __mmc_switch() function in this path as it enables us to keep using the existing method. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Tested-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> Acked-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com>
2016-11-10 02:40:29 +08:00
err = __mmc_switch(card, EXT_CSD_CMD_SET_NORMAL,
EXT_CSD_HS_TIMING, EXT_CSD_TIMING_HS,
card->ext_csd.generic_cmd6_time, 0,
true, false, true);
if (err) {
pr_err("%s: switch to hs for hs400es failed, err:%d\n",
mmc_hostname(host), err);
mmc: core: implement enhanced strobe support Controllers use data strobe line to latch data from devices under hs400 mode, but not for cmd line. So since emmc 5.1, JEDEC introduces enhanced strobe mode for latching cmd response from emmc devices to host controllers. This new feature is optional, so it depends both on device's cap and host's cap to decide whether to use it or not. Signed-off-by: Shawn Lin <shawn.lin@rock-chips.com> Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Tested-by: Douglas Anderson <dianders@chromium.org> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-05-26 09:56:22 +08:00
goto out_err;
mmc: core: Allow CMD13 polling when switching to HS mode for mmc In cases when the mmc host doesn't support HW busy detection, polling for a card being busy by using CMD13 is beneficial. That is because, instead of waiting a fixed amount of time, 500ms or the generic CMD6 time from EXT_CSD, we find out a lot sooner when the card stops signaling busy. This leads to a significant decreased total initialization time for the mmc card. However, to allow polling with CMD13 during a bus timing change operation, such as switching to HS mode, we first need to update the mmc host's bus timing before starting to poll. Deal with that, simply by providing MMC_TIMING_MMC_HS as the timing parameter to __mmc_switch() from mmc_select_hs(). By telling __mmc_switch() to allow polling with CMD13, also makes it validate the CMD6 status, thus we can remove the corresponding checks. When switching to HS400ES, the mmc_select_hs() function is called in one of the intermediate steps. To still prevent CMD13 polling for HS400ES, let's call the __mmc_switch() function in this path as it enables us to keep using the existing method. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Tested-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> Acked-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com>
2016-11-10 02:40:29 +08:00
}
mmc: core: implement enhanced strobe support Controllers use data strobe line to latch data from devices under hs400 mode, but not for cmd line. So since emmc 5.1, JEDEC introduces enhanced strobe mode for latching cmd response from emmc devices to host controllers. This new feature is optional, so it depends both on device's cap and host's cap to decide whether to use it or not. Signed-off-by: Shawn Lin <shawn.lin@rock-chips.com> Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Tested-by: Douglas Anderson <dianders@chromium.org> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-05-26 09:56:22 +08:00
mmc: core: Allow CMD13 polling when switching to HS mode for mmc In cases when the mmc host doesn't support HW busy detection, polling for a card being busy by using CMD13 is beneficial. That is because, instead of waiting a fixed amount of time, 500ms or the generic CMD6 time from EXT_CSD, we find out a lot sooner when the card stops signaling busy. This leads to a significant decreased total initialization time for the mmc card. However, to allow polling with CMD13 during a bus timing change operation, such as switching to HS mode, we first need to update the mmc host's bus timing before starting to poll. Deal with that, simply by providing MMC_TIMING_MMC_HS as the timing parameter to __mmc_switch() from mmc_select_hs(). By telling __mmc_switch() to allow polling with CMD13, also makes it validate the CMD6 status, thus we can remove the corresponding checks. When switching to HS400ES, the mmc_select_hs() function is called in one of the intermediate steps. To still prevent CMD13 polling for HS400ES, let's call the __mmc_switch() function in this path as it enables us to keep using the existing method. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Tested-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> Acked-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com>
2016-11-10 02:40:29 +08:00
mmc_set_timing(host, MMC_TIMING_MMC_HS);
mmc: core: implement enhanced strobe support Controllers use data strobe line to latch data from devices under hs400 mode, but not for cmd line. So since emmc 5.1, JEDEC introduces enhanced strobe mode for latching cmd response from emmc devices to host controllers. This new feature is optional, so it depends both on device's cap and host's cap to decide whether to use it or not. Signed-off-by: Shawn Lin <shawn.lin@rock-chips.com> Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Tested-by: Douglas Anderson <dianders@chromium.org> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-05-26 09:56:22 +08:00
err = mmc_switch_status(card);
if (err)
goto out_err;
mmc: core: Allow CMD13 polling when switching to HS mode for mmc In cases when the mmc host doesn't support HW busy detection, polling for a card being busy by using CMD13 is beneficial. That is because, instead of waiting a fixed amount of time, 500ms or the generic CMD6 time from EXT_CSD, we find out a lot sooner when the card stops signaling busy. This leads to a significant decreased total initialization time for the mmc card. However, to allow polling with CMD13 during a bus timing change operation, such as switching to HS mode, we first need to update the mmc host's bus timing before starting to poll. Deal with that, simply by providing MMC_TIMING_MMC_HS as the timing parameter to __mmc_switch() from mmc_select_hs(). By telling __mmc_switch() to allow polling with CMD13, also makes it validate the CMD6 status, thus we can remove the corresponding checks. When switching to HS400ES, the mmc_select_hs() function is called in one of the intermediate steps. To still prevent CMD13 polling for HS400ES, let's call the __mmc_switch() function in this path as it enables us to keep using the existing method. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Tested-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> Acked-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com>
2016-11-10 02:40:29 +08:00
mmc_set_clock(host, card->ext_csd.hs_max_dtr);
mmc: core: implement enhanced strobe support Controllers use data strobe line to latch data from devices under hs400 mode, but not for cmd line. So since emmc 5.1, JEDEC introduces enhanced strobe mode for latching cmd response from emmc devices to host controllers. This new feature is optional, so it depends both on device's cap and host's cap to decide whether to use it or not. Signed-off-by: Shawn Lin <shawn.lin@rock-chips.com> Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Tested-by: Douglas Anderson <dianders@chromium.org> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-05-26 09:56:22 +08:00
/* Switch card to DDR with strobe bit */
val = EXT_CSD_DDR_BUS_WIDTH_8 | EXT_CSD_BUS_WIDTH_STROBE;
err = mmc_switch(card, EXT_CSD_CMD_SET_NORMAL,
EXT_CSD_BUS_WIDTH,
val,
card->ext_csd.generic_cmd6_time);
if (err) {
pr_err("%s: switch to bus width for hs400es failed, err:%d\n",
mmc_hostname(host), err);
goto out_err;
}
/* Switch card to HS400 */
val = EXT_CSD_TIMING_HS400 |
card->drive_strength << EXT_CSD_DRV_STR_SHIFT;
err = __mmc_switch(card, EXT_CSD_CMD_SET_NORMAL,
EXT_CSD_HS_TIMING, val,
mmc: core: Enable __mmc_switch() to change bus speed timing for the host In cases when a speed mode change is requested for mmc cards, a CMD6 is sent by calling __mmc_switch() during the card initialization. The CMD6 leads to the card entering a busy period. When that is completed, the host must parse the CMD6 status to find out whether the change of the speed mode succeeded. To enable the mmc core to poll the card by using CMD13 to find out when the busy period is completed, it's reasonable to make sure polling is done by having the mmc host and the mmc card, being configured to operate at the same selected bus speed timing. Therefore, let's extend __mmc_switch() to take yet another parameter, which allow its callers to update the bus speed timing of the mmc host. In this way, __mmc_switch() also becomes capable of reading and validating the CMD6 status by sending a CMD13, in cases when that's desired. If __mmc_switch() encounters a failure, we make sure to restores the old bus speed timing for the mmc host, before propagating the error code. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Tested-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> Acked-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com>
2016-11-10 00:33:36 +08:00
card->ext_csd.generic_cmd6_time, 0,
mmc: core: implement enhanced strobe support Controllers use data strobe line to latch data from devices under hs400 mode, but not for cmd line. So since emmc 5.1, JEDEC introduces enhanced strobe mode for latching cmd response from emmc devices to host controllers. This new feature is optional, so it depends both on device's cap and host's cap to decide whether to use it or not. Signed-off-by: Shawn Lin <shawn.lin@rock-chips.com> Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Tested-by: Douglas Anderson <dianders@chromium.org> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-05-26 09:56:22 +08:00
true, false, true);
if (err) {
pr_err("%s: switch to hs400es failed, err:%d\n",
mmc_hostname(host), err);
goto out_err;
}
/* Set host controller to HS400 timing and frequency */
mmc_set_timing(host, MMC_TIMING_MMC_HS400);
/* Controller enable enhanced strobe function */
host->ios.enhanced_strobe = true;
if (host->ops->hs400_enhanced_strobe)
host->ops->hs400_enhanced_strobe(host, &host->ios);
err = mmc_switch_status(card);
if (err)
goto out_err;
return 0;
out_err:
pr_err("%s: %s failed, error %d\n", mmc_hostname(card->host),
__func__, err);
return err;
}
mmc: mmc: Add driver strength selection Add the ability to set eMMC driver strength for HS200 and HS400. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-02-06 20:12:58 +08:00
static void mmc_select_driver_type(struct mmc_card *card)
{
int card_drv_type, drive_strength, drv_type;
card_drv_type = card->ext_csd.raw_driver_strength |
mmc_driver_type_mask(0);
drive_strength = mmc_select_drive_strength(card,
card->ext_csd.hs200_max_dtr,
card_drv_type, &drv_type);
card->drive_strength = drive_strength;
if (drv_type)
mmc_set_driver_type(card->host, drv_type);
}
mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode Current implementation for bus speed mode selection is too complicated. This patch is to simplify the codes and remove some duplicate parts. The following changes are including: * Adds functions for each mode selection(HS, HS-DDR, HS200 and etc) * Rearranged the mode selection sequence with supported device type * Adds maximum speed for HS200 mode(hs200_max_dtr) * Adds field definition for HS_TIMING of EXT_CSD Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:44 +08:00
/*
* For device supporting HS200 mode, the following sequence
* should be done before executing the tuning process.
* 1. set the desired bus width(4-bit or 8-bit, 1-bit is not supported)
* 2. switch to HS200 mode
* 3. set the clock to > 52Mhz and <=200MHz
*/
static int mmc_select_hs200(struct mmc_card *card)
{
struct mmc_host *host = card->host;
mmc: core: fix using wrong io voltage if mmc_select_hs200 fails Currently MMC core will keep going if HS200/HS timing switch failed with -EBADMSG error by the assumption that the old timing is still valid. However, for mmc_select_hs200 case, the signal voltage may have already been switched. If the timing switch failed, we should fall back to the old voltage in case the card is continue run with legacy timing. If fall back signal voltage failed, we explicitly report an EIO error to force retry during the next power cycle. Signed-off-by: Dong Aisheng <aisheng.dong@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-04-21 00:51:30 +08:00
unsigned int old_timing, old_signal_voltage;
mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode Current implementation for bus speed mode selection is too complicated. This patch is to simplify the codes and remove some duplicate parts. The following changes are including: * Adds functions for each mode selection(HS, HS-DDR, HS200 and etc) * Rearranged the mode selection sequence with supported device type * Adds maximum speed for HS200 mode(hs200_max_dtr) * Adds field definition for HS_TIMING of EXT_CSD Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:44 +08:00
int err = -EINVAL;
mmc: mmc: Add driver strength selection Add the ability to set eMMC driver strength for HS200 and HS400. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-02-06 20:12:58 +08:00
u8 val;
mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode Current implementation for bus speed mode selection is too complicated. This patch is to simplify the codes and remove some duplicate parts. The following changes are including: * Adds functions for each mode selection(HS, HS-DDR, HS200 and etc) * Rearranged the mode selection sequence with supported device type * Adds maximum speed for HS200 mode(hs200_max_dtr) * Adds field definition for HS_TIMING of EXT_CSD Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:44 +08:00
mmc: core: fix using wrong io voltage if mmc_select_hs200 fails Currently MMC core will keep going if HS200/HS timing switch failed with -EBADMSG error by the assumption that the old timing is still valid. However, for mmc_select_hs200 case, the signal voltage may have already been switched. If the timing switch failed, we should fall back to the old voltage in case the card is continue run with legacy timing. If fall back signal voltage failed, we explicitly report an EIO error to force retry during the next power cycle. Signed-off-by: Dong Aisheng <aisheng.dong@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-04-21 00:51:30 +08:00
old_signal_voltage = host->ios.signal_voltage;
mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode Current implementation for bus speed mode selection is too complicated. This patch is to simplify the codes and remove some duplicate parts. The following changes are including: * Adds functions for each mode selection(HS, HS-DDR, HS200 and etc) * Rearranged the mode selection sequence with supported device type * Adds maximum speed for HS200 mode(hs200_max_dtr) * Adds field definition for HS_TIMING of EXT_CSD Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:44 +08:00
if (card->mmc_avail_type & EXT_CSD_CARD_TYPE_HS200_1_2V)
mmc: core: Rename __mmc_set_signal_voltage() to mmc_set_signal_voltage() Earlier the mmc_set_signal_voltage() existed, but since it has been renamed to mmc_set_uhs_voltage(), we can now use that name instead. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Reviewed-by: Shawn Lin <shawn.lin@rock-chips.com> Tested-by: Jan Glauber <jglauber@cavium.com> Tested-by: Stefan Wahren <stefan.wahren@i2se.com>
2017-01-25 18:12:34 +08:00
err = mmc_set_signal_voltage(host, MMC_SIGNAL_VOLTAGE_120);
mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode Current implementation for bus speed mode selection is too complicated. This patch is to simplify the codes and remove some duplicate parts. The following changes are including: * Adds functions for each mode selection(HS, HS-DDR, HS200 and etc) * Rearranged the mode selection sequence with supported device type * Adds maximum speed for HS200 mode(hs200_max_dtr) * Adds field definition for HS_TIMING of EXT_CSD Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:44 +08:00
if (err && card->mmc_avail_type & EXT_CSD_CARD_TYPE_HS200_1_8V)
mmc: core: Rename __mmc_set_signal_voltage() to mmc_set_signal_voltage() Earlier the mmc_set_signal_voltage() existed, but since it has been renamed to mmc_set_uhs_voltage(), we can now use that name instead. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Reviewed-by: Shawn Lin <shawn.lin@rock-chips.com> Tested-by: Jan Glauber <jglauber@cavium.com> Tested-by: Stefan Wahren <stefan.wahren@i2se.com>
2017-01-25 18:12:34 +08:00
err = mmc_set_signal_voltage(host, MMC_SIGNAL_VOLTAGE_180);
mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode Current implementation for bus speed mode selection is too complicated. This patch is to simplify the codes and remove some duplicate parts. The following changes are including: * Adds functions for each mode selection(HS, HS-DDR, HS200 and etc) * Rearranged the mode selection sequence with supported device type * Adds maximum speed for HS200 mode(hs200_max_dtr) * Adds field definition for HS_TIMING of EXT_CSD Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:44 +08:00
/* If fails try again during next card power cycle */
if (err)
mmc: core: fix using wrong io voltage if mmc_select_hs200 fails Currently MMC core will keep going if HS200/HS timing switch failed with -EBADMSG error by the assumption that the old timing is still valid. However, for mmc_select_hs200 case, the signal voltage may have already been switched. If the timing switch failed, we should fall back to the old voltage in case the card is continue run with legacy timing. If fall back signal voltage failed, we explicitly report an EIO error to force retry during the next power cycle. Signed-off-by: Dong Aisheng <aisheng.dong@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-04-21 00:51:30 +08:00
return err;
mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode Current implementation for bus speed mode selection is too complicated. This patch is to simplify the codes and remove some duplicate parts. The following changes are including: * Adds functions for each mode selection(HS, HS-DDR, HS200 and etc) * Rearranged the mode selection sequence with supported device type * Adds maximum speed for HS200 mode(hs200_max_dtr) * Adds field definition for HS_TIMING of EXT_CSD Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:44 +08:00
mmc: mmc: Add driver strength selection Add the ability to set eMMC driver strength for HS200 and HS400. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-02-06 20:12:58 +08:00
mmc_select_driver_type(card);
mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode Current implementation for bus speed mode selection is too complicated. This patch is to simplify the codes and remove some duplicate parts. The following changes are including: * Adds functions for each mode selection(HS, HS-DDR, HS200 and etc) * Rearranged the mode selection sequence with supported device type * Adds maximum speed for HS200 mode(hs200_max_dtr) * Adds field definition for HS_TIMING of EXT_CSD Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:44 +08:00
/*
* Set the bus width(4 or 8) with host's support and
* switch to HS200 mode if bus width is set successfully.
*/
err = mmc_select_bus_width(card);
mmc: core: Only change mode if mmc_select_bus_width() is successful mmc_select_bus_width() returns bus width (4 or 8) on success or zero if unsupported. So only change mode if setting the bus width is successful. Signed-off-by: Peter Griffin <peter.griffin@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-06-08 18:27:52 +08:00
if (err > 0) {
mmc: mmc: Add driver strength selection Add the ability to set eMMC driver strength for HS200 and HS400. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-02-06 20:12:58 +08:00
val = EXT_CSD_TIMING_HS200 |
card->drive_strength << EXT_CSD_DRV_STR_SHIFT;
mmc: core: Add ignore_crc flag to __mmc_switch Instead of handle specific adaptations, releated to certain switch operations, inside __mmc_switch, push this to be handled by the caller instead. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-01-08 23:09:33 +08:00
err = __mmc_switch(card, EXT_CSD_CMD_SET_NORMAL,
mmc: mmc: Add driver strength selection Add the ability to set eMMC driver strength for HS200 and HS400. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-02-06 20:12:58 +08:00
EXT_CSD_HS_TIMING, val,
mmc: core: Enable __mmc_switch() to change bus speed timing for the host In cases when a speed mode change is requested for mmc cards, a CMD6 is sent by calling __mmc_switch() during the card initialization. The CMD6 leads to the card entering a busy period. When that is completed, the host must parse the CMD6 status to find out whether the change of the speed mode succeeded. To enable the mmc core to poll the card by using CMD13 to find out when the busy period is completed, it's reasonable to make sure polling is done by having the mmc host and the mmc card, being configured to operate at the same selected bus speed timing. Therefore, let's extend __mmc_switch() to take yet another parameter, which allow its callers to update the bus speed timing of the mmc host. In this way, __mmc_switch() also becomes capable of reading and validating the CMD6 status by sending a CMD13, in cases when that's desired. If __mmc_switch() encounters a failure, we make sure to restores the old bus speed timing for the mmc host, before propagating the error code. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Tested-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> Acked-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com>
2016-11-10 00:33:36 +08:00
card->ext_csd.generic_cmd6_time, 0,
mmc: mmc: do not use CMD13 to get status after speed mode switch Per JEDEC spec, it is not recommended to use CMD13 to get card status after speed mode switch. below are two reason about this: 1. CMD13 cannot be guaranteed due to the asynchronous operation. Therefore it is not recommended to use CMD13 to check busy completion of the timing change indication. 2. After switch to HS200, CMD13 will get response of 0x800, and even the busy signal gets de-asserted, the response of CMD13 is aslo 0x800. Signed-off-by: Chaotian Jing <chaotian.jing@mediatek.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-05-19 16:47:41 +08:00
true, false, true);
mmc: mmc: Improve reliability of mmc_select_hs200() Currently mmc_select_hs200() uses __mmc_switch() which checks the success of the switch to HS200 mode using CMD13 (SEND_STATUS). The problem is that it does that using the timing settings of legacy mode. That is prone to error, not least because the timing parameters for legacy mode are tighter than the timing parameters for HS200 mode. In the case when CMD13 polling is used (i.e. not MMC_CAP_WAIT_WHILE_BUSY) with the switch command, it must be assumed that using different modes on the card and host must work. However in the case when CMD13 polling is not used (i.e. MMC_CAP_WAIT_WHILE_BUSY) mmc_select_hs200() can be made more reliable by setting the host to the correct timing before sending CMD13. This patch does that. A complication is that the caller, mmc_select_timing(), will ignore a switch error (indicated by -EBADMSG), assume the old mode is valid and continue, so the old timing must be restored in that case. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 4.2+ Tested-by: Alim Akhtar <alim.akhtar@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-10-28 20:25:40 +08:00
if (err)
goto err;
old_timing = host->ios.timing;
mmc_set_timing(host, MMC_TIMING_MMC_HS200);
mmc: mmc: do not use CMD13 to get status after speed mode switch Per JEDEC spec, it is not recommended to use CMD13 to get card status after speed mode switch. below are two reason about this: 1. CMD13 cannot be guaranteed due to the asynchronous operation. Therefore it is not recommended to use CMD13 to check busy completion of the timing change indication. 2. After switch to HS200, CMD13 will get response of 0x800, and even the busy signal gets de-asserted, the response of CMD13 is aslo 0x800. Signed-off-by: Chaotian Jing <chaotian.jing@mediatek.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-05-19 16:47:41 +08:00
mmc: mmc: Relax checking for switch errors after HS200 switch The JEDEC specification indicates CMD13 can be used after a HS200 switch to check for errors. However in practice some boards experience CRC errors in the CMD13 response. Consequently, for HS200, CRC errors are not a reliable way to know the switch failed. If there really is a problem, we would expect tuning will fail and the result ends up the same. So change the error condition to ignore CRC errors in that case. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Shawn Lin <shawn.lin@rock-chips.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-12-02 19:16:35 +08:00
/*
* For HS200, CRC errors are not a reliable way to know the
* switch failed. If there really is a problem, we would expect
* tuning will fail and the result ends up the same.
*/
err = __mmc_switch_status(card, false);
mmc: mmc: do not use CMD13 to get status after speed mode switch Per JEDEC spec, it is not recommended to use CMD13 to get card status after speed mode switch. below are two reason about this: 1. CMD13 cannot be guaranteed due to the asynchronous operation. Therefore it is not recommended to use CMD13 to check busy completion of the timing change indication. 2. After switch to HS200, CMD13 will get response of 0x800, and even the busy signal gets de-asserted, the response of CMD13 is aslo 0x800. Signed-off-by: Chaotian Jing <chaotian.jing@mediatek.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-05-19 16:47:41 +08:00
/*
* mmc_select_timing() assumes timing has not changed if
* it is a switch error.
*/
if (err == -EBADMSG)
mmc_set_timing(host, old_timing);
mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode Current implementation for bus speed mode selection is too complicated. This patch is to simplify the codes and remove some duplicate parts. The following changes are including: * Adds functions for each mode selection(HS, HS-DDR, HS200 and etc) * Rearranged the mode selection sequence with supported device type * Adds maximum speed for HS200 mode(hs200_max_dtr) * Adds field definition for HS_TIMING of EXT_CSD Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:44 +08:00
}
mmc: core: HS200 mode support for eMMC 4.5 This patch adds the support of the HS200 bus speed for eMMC 4.5 devices. The eMMC 4.5 devices have support for 200MHz bus speed. The function prototype of the tuning function is modified to handle the tuning command number which is different in sd and mmc case. Signed-off-by: Girish K S <girish.shivananjappa@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-01-12 03:04:52 +08:00
err:
mmc: core: fix using wrong io voltage if mmc_select_hs200 fails Currently MMC core will keep going if HS200/HS timing switch failed with -EBADMSG error by the assumption that the old timing is still valid. However, for mmc_select_hs200 case, the signal voltage may have already been switched. If the timing switch failed, we should fall back to the old voltage in case the card is continue run with legacy timing. If fall back signal voltage failed, we explicitly report an EIO error to force retry during the next power cycle. Signed-off-by: Dong Aisheng <aisheng.dong@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-04-21 00:51:30 +08:00
if (err) {
/* fall back to the old signal voltage, if fails report error */
mmc: core: Rename __mmc_set_signal_voltage() to mmc_set_signal_voltage() Earlier the mmc_set_signal_voltage() existed, but since it has been renamed to mmc_set_uhs_voltage(), we can now use that name instead. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Reviewed-by: Shawn Lin <shawn.lin@rock-chips.com> Tested-by: Jan Glauber <jglauber@cavium.com> Tested-by: Stefan Wahren <stefan.wahren@i2se.com>
2017-01-25 18:12:34 +08:00
if (mmc_set_signal_voltage(host, old_signal_voltage))
mmc: core: fix using wrong io voltage if mmc_select_hs200 fails Currently MMC core will keep going if HS200/HS timing switch failed with -EBADMSG error by the assumption that the old timing is still valid. However, for mmc_select_hs200 case, the signal voltage may have already been switched. If the timing switch failed, we should fall back to the old voltage in case the card is continue run with legacy timing. If fall back signal voltage failed, we explicitly report an EIO error to force retry during the next power cycle. Signed-off-by: Dong Aisheng <aisheng.dong@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-04-21 00:51:30 +08:00
err = -EIO;
mmc: mmc: Improve reliability of mmc_select_hs200() Currently mmc_select_hs200() uses __mmc_switch() which checks the success of the switch to HS200 mode using CMD13 (SEND_STATUS). The problem is that it does that using the timing settings of legacy mode. That is prone to error, not least because the timing parameters for legacy mode are tighter than the timing parameters for HS200 mode. In the case when CMD13 polling is used (i.e. not MMC_CAP_WAIT_WHILE_BUSY) with the switch command, it must be assumed that using different modes on the card and host must work. However in the case when CMD13 polling is not used (i.e. MMC_CAP_WAIT_WHILE_BUSY) mmc_select_hs200() can be made more reliable by setting the host to the correct timing before sending CMD13. This patch does that. A complication is that the caller, mmc_select_timing(), will ignore a switch error (indicated by -EBADMSG), assume the old mode is valid and continue, so the old timing must be restored in that case. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 4.2+ Tested-by: Alim Akhtar <alim.akhtar@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-10-28 20:25:40 +08:00
pr_err("%s: %s failed, error %d\n", mmc_hostname(card->host),
__func__, err);
mmc: core: fix using wrong io voltage if mmc_select_hs200 fails Currently MMC core will keep going if HS200/HS timing switch failed with -EBADMSG error by the assumption that the old timing is still valid. However, for mmc_select_hs200 case, the signal voltage may have already been switched. If the timing switch failed, we should fall back to the old voltage in case the card is continue run with legacy timing. If fall back signal voltage failed, we explicitly report an EIO error to force retry during the next power cycle. Signed-off-by: Dong Aisheng <aisheng.dong@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-04-21 00:51:30 +08:00
}
mmc: core: HS200 mode support for eMMC 4.5 This patch adds the support of the HS200 bus speed for eMMC 4.5 devices. The eMMC 4.5 devices have support for 200MHz bus speed. The function prototype of the tuning function is modified to handle the tuning command number which is different in sd and mmc case. Signed-off-by: Girish K S <girish.shivananjappa@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-01-12 03:04:52 +08:00
return err;
}
mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode Current implementation for bus speed mode selection is too complicated. This patch is to simplify the codes and remove some duplicate parts. The following changes are including: * Adds functions for each mode selection(HS, HS-DDR, HS200 and etc) * Rearranged the mode selection sequence with supported device type * Adds maximum speed for HS200 mode(hs200_max_dtr) * Adds field definition for HS_TIMING of EXT_CSD Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:44 +08:00
/*
mmc: core: implement enhanced strobe support Controllers use data strobe line to latch data from devices under hs400 mode, but not for cmd line. So since emmc 5.1, JEDEC introduces enhanced strobe mode for latching cmd response from emmc devices to host controllers. This new feature is optional, so it depends both on device's cap and host's cap to decide whether to use it or not. Signed-off-by: Shawn Lin <shawn.lin@rock-chips.com> Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Tested-by: Douglas Anderson <dianders@chromium.org> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-05-26 09:56:22 +08:00
* Activate High Speed, HS200 or HS400ES mode if supported.
mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode Current implementation for bus speed mode selection is too complicated. This patch is to simplify the codes and remove some duplicate parts. The following changes are including: * Adds functions for each mode selection(HS, HS-DDR, HS200 and etc) * Rearranged the mode selection sequence with supported device type * Adds maximum speed for HS200 mode(hs200_max_dtr) * Adds field definition for HS_TIMING of EXT_CSD Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:44 +08:00
*/
static int mmc_select_timing(struct mmc_card *card)
{
int err = 0;
mmc: core: Add helper function for EXT_CSD support The helper function mmc_can_ext_csd() will return a positive value if the card supports the EXT_CSD register. Start using it at relavant places in the mmc core. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-10-20 17:33:53 +08:00
if (!mmc_can_ext_csd(card))
mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode Current implementation for bus speed mode selection is too complicated. This patch is to simplify the codes and remove some duplicate parts. The following changes are including: * Adds functions for each mode selection(HS, HS-DDR, HS200 and etc) * Rearranged the mode selection sequence with supported device type * Adds maximum speed for HS200 mode(hs200_max_dtr) * Adds field definition for HS_TIMING of EXT_CSD Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:44 +08:00
goto bus_speed;
mmc: core: implement enhanced strobe support Controllers use data strobe line to latch data from devices under hs400 mode, but not for cmd line. So since emmc 5.1, JEDEC introduces enhanced strobe mode for latching cmd response from emmc devices to host controllers. This new feature is optional, so it depends both on device's cap and host's cap to decide whether to use it or not. Signed-off-by: Shawn Lin <shawn.lin@rock-chips.com> Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Tested-by: Douglas Anderson <dianders@chromium.org> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-05-26 09:56:22 +08:00
if (card->mmc_avail_type & EXT_CSD_CARD_TYPE_HS400ES)
err = mmc_select_hs400es(card);
else if (card->mmc_avail_type & EXT_CSD_CARD_TYPE_HS200)
mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode Current implementation for bus speed mode selection is too complicated. This patch is to simplify the codes and remove some duplicate parts. The following changes are including: * Adds functions for each mode selection(HS, HS-DDR, HS200 and etc) * Rearranged the mode selection sequence with supported device type * Adds maximum speed for HS200 mode(hs200_max_dtr) * Adds field definition for HS_TIMING of EXT_CSD Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:44 +08:00
err = mmc_select_hs200(card);
else if (card->mmc_avail_type & EXT_CSD_CARD_TYPE_HS)
err = mmc_select_hs(card);
if (err && err != -EBADMSG)
return err;
bus_speed:
/*
* Set the bus speed to the selected bus timing.
* If timing is not selected, backward compatible is the default.
*/
mmc_set_bus_speed(card);
mmc: core: remove the invalid message in mmc_select_timing mmc_select_hs200() and mmc_select_hs() will keep the timing as before if switch fails. So it's meaningless to print the failed switched mode outside based on the current host timing. Furthermore, the original print is wrong, it should be: pr_warn("%s: switch to %s failed\n", mmc_hostname(card->host), mmc_card_hs(card) ? "high-speed" : (mmc_card_hs200(card) ? "hs200" : "")); Since we already have error message in mmc_select_hs200(), simply remove it outside. Signed-off-by: Dong Aisheng <aisheng.dong@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-04-21 00:51:31 +08:00
return 0;
mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode Current implementation for bus speed mode selection is too complicated. This patch is to simplify the codes and remove some duplicate parts. The following changes are including: * Adds functions for each mode selection(HS, HS-DDR, HS200 and etc) * Rearranged the mode selection sequence with supported device type * Adds maximum speed for HS200 mode(hs200_max_dtr) * Adds field definition for HS_TIMING of EXT_CSD Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:44 +08:00
}
/*
* Execute tuning sequence to seek the proper bus operating
mmc: add support for HS400 mode of eMMC5.0 This patch adds HS400 mode support for eMMC5.0 device. HS400 mode is high speed DDR interface timing from HS200. Clock frequency is up to 200MHz and only 8-bit bus width is supported. In addition, tuning process of HS200 is required to synchronize the command response on the CMD line because CMD input timing for HS400 mode is the same as HS200 mode. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Jackey Shen <jackey.shen@amd.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:14:58 +08:00
* conditions for HS200 and HS400, which sends CMD21 to the device.
mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode Current implementation for bus speed mode selection is too complicated. This patch is to simplify the codes and remove some duplicate parts. The following changes are including: * Adds functions for each mode selection(HS, HS-DDR, HS200 and etc) * Rearranged the mode selection sequence with supported device type * Adds maximum speed for HS200 mode(hs200_max_dtr) * Adds field definition for HS_TIMING of EXT_CSD Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:44 +08:00
*/
static int mmc_hs200_tuning(struct mmc_card *card)
{
struct mmc_host *host = card->host;
mmc: add support for HS400 mode of eMMC5.0 This patch adds HS400 mode support for eMMC5.0 device. HS400 mode is high speed DDR interface timing from HS200. Clock frequency is up to 200MHz and only 8-bit bus width is supported. In addition, tuning process of HS200 is required to synchronize the command response on the CMD line because CMD input timing for HS400 mode is the same as HS200 mode. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Jackey Shen <jackey.shen@amd.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:14:58 +08:00
/*
* Timing should be adjusted to the HS400 target
* operation frequency for tuning process
*/
if (card->mmc_avail_type & EXT_CSD_CARD_TYPE_HS400 &&
host->ios.bus_width == MMC_BUS_WIDTH_8)
if (host->ops->prepare_hs400_tuning)
host->ops->prepare_hs400_tuning(host, &host->ios);
mmc: core: Simplify by adding mmc_execute_tuning() For each MMC, SD and SDIO there is code that holds the clock, calls ops->execute_tuning, and releases the clock. Simplify the code a bit by providing a separate function to do that. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-12-06 01:40:59 +08:00
return mmc_execute_tuning(card);
mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode Current implementation for bus speed mode selection is too complicated. This patch is to simplify the codes and remove some duplicate parts. The following changes are including: * Adds functions for each mode selection(HS, HS-DDR, HS200 and etc) * Rearranged the mode selection sequence with supported device type * Adds maximum speed for HS200 mode(hs200_max_dtr) * Adds field definition for HS_TIMING of EXT_CSD Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:44 +08:00
}
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
/*
mmc: support unsafe resume of cards Since many have the system root on MMC/SD we must allow some foot shooting when it comes to resume. We cannot detect if a card is removed and reinserted during suspend, so the safe approach would be to assume it was, avoiding potential filesystem corruption. This will of course not work if you cannot release the card before suspend. This commit adds a compile time option that makes the MMC layer assume the card wasn't touched if it is redetected upon resume. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:00:02 +08:00
* Handle the detection and initialisation of a card.
*
MMC: Trivial comment cleanup Make the variable name in the comments match the actual name of the variable. Signed-off-by: Deepak Saxena <dsaxena@laptop.org> Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2008-06-17 10:20:57 +08:00
* In the case of a resume, "oldcard" will contain the card
mmc: support unsafe resume of cards Since many have the system root on MMC/SD we must allow some foot shooting when it comes to resume. We cannot detect if a card is removed and reinserted during suspend, so the safe approach would be to assume it was, avoiding potential filesystem corruption. This will of course not work if you cannot release the card before suspend. This commit adds a compile time option that makes the MMC layer assume the card wasn't touched if it is redetected upon resume. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:00:02 +08:00
* we're trying to reinitialise.
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
*/
mmc: fix silly copy-and-paste error Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-19 22:14:43 +08:00
static int mmc_init_card(struct mmc_host *host, u32 ocr,
mmc: support unsafe resume of cards Since many have the system root on MMC/SD we must allow some foot shooting when it comes to resume. We cannot detect if a card is removed and reinserted during suspend, so the safe approach would be to assume it was, avoiding potential filesystem corruption. This will of course not work if you cannot release the card before suspend. This commit adds a compile time option that makes the MMC layer assume the card wasn't touched if it is redetected upon resume. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:00:02 +08:00
struct mmc_card *oldcard)
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
{
struct mmc_card *card;
mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode Current implementation for bus speed mode selection is too complicated. This patch is to simplify the codes and remove some duplicate parts. The following changes are including: * Adds functions for each mode selection(HS, HS-DDR, HS200 and etc) * Rearranged the mode selection sequence with supported device type * Adds maximum speed for HS200 mode(hs200_max_dtr) * Adds field definition for HS_TIMING of EXT_CSD Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:44 +08:00
int err;
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
u32 cid[4];
mmc: check if mmc cards < 2GB do sector addressing Some TOSHIBA MMC cards only support sector addressing even though the size is < 2GB. According to JEDEC Spec JESD84-A441-1 the ocr register (bits 30, 29) determine byte/sector mode. Use them. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-02-14 15:13:09 +08:00
u32 rocr;
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
mmc: replace BUG_ON with WARN_ON Replace all cases of BUG_ON with WARN_ON where there is a chance (with varying degrees of slim) that the kernel can continue without incidence. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-08-09 19:23:56 +08:00
WARN_ON(!host->claimed);
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
mmc: core: Set correct bus mode before card init Earlier all cards where initiated with bus mode set as OPENDRAIN, and then later switched to PUSHPULL. According to the MMC/SD/SDIO specifications only MMC cards use OPENDRAIN during init. For both SD and SDIO the bus mode shall be PUSHPULL before attempting to init the card. The consequence of having incorrect bus mode can lead to not being able to detect the card. Therefore the default behavior have now been changed to PUSHPULL in mmc_power_up, and will only be temporarily switched when trying to attach or init a MMC card. Signed-off-by: Stefan Nilsson XK <stefan.xk.nilsson@stericsson.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf HANSSON <ulf.hansson@stericsson.com> Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-09-15 23:50:38 +08:00
/* Set correct bus mode for MMC before attempting init */
if (!mmc_host_is_spi(host))
mmc_set_bus_mode(host, MMC_BUSMODE_OPENDRAIN);
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
/*
* Since we're changing the OCR value, we seem to
* need to tell some cards to go back to the idle
* state. We wait 1ms to give cards time to
* respond.
mmc: core: Put eMMC in Sleep mode before suspend Put MMC to sleep if it supports SLEEP/AWAKE (CMD5) in the mmc suspend so that Vcc (NAND core) can be cut to minimize power consumption. eMMC put into SLEEP can respond to CMD0 or H/W reset or CMD5. Current implemention on resume from suspend relies on CMD0 in mmc_init_card to get out of SLEEP mode. Signed-off-by: Balaji T K <balajitk@ti.com> Acked-by: Venkatraman S <svenkatr@ti.com> Reviewed-by: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org> Acked-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-09-09 00:38:39 +08:00
* mmc_go_idle is needed for eMMC that are asleep
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
*/
mmc_go_idle(host);
/* The extra bit indicates that we support high capacity */
mmc: check if mmc cards < 2GB do sector addressing Some TOSHIBA MMC cards only support sector addressing even though the size is < 2GB. According to JEDEC Spec JESD84-A441-1 the ocr register (bits 30, 29) determine byte/sector mode. Use them. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-02-14 15:13:09 +08:00
err = mmc_send_op_cond(host, ocr | (1 << 30), &rocr);
mmc: remove custom error codes Convert the MMC layer to use standard error codes and not its own, incompatible values. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-07-23 04:18:46 +08:00
if (err)
mmc: support unsafe resume of cards Since many have the system root on MMC/SD we must allow some foot shooting when it comes to resume. We cannot detect if a card is removed and reinserted during suspend, so the safe approach would be to assume it was, avoiding potential filesystem corruption. This will of course not work if you cannot release the card before suspend. This commit adds a compile time option that makes the MMC layer assume the card wasn't touched if it is redetected upon resume. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:00:02 +08:00
goto err;
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
MMC core learns about SPI Teach the MMC/SD/SDIO core about using SPI mode. - Use mmc_host_is_spi() so enumeration works through SPI signaling and protocols, not just the native versions. - Provide the SPI response type flags with each request issued, including requests from the new lock/unlock code. - Understand that cmd->resp[0] and mmc_get_status() results for SPI return different values than for "native" MMC/SD protocol; this affects resetting, checking card lock status, and some others. - Understand that some commands act a bit differently ... notably: * OP_COND command doesn't return the OCR * APP_CMD status doesn't have an R1_APP_CMD analogue Those changes required some new and updated primitives: - Provide utilities to access two SPI-only requests, and one request that wasn't previously needed: * mmc_spi_read_ocr() ... SPI only * mmc_spi_set_crc() ... SPI only (override by module parm) * mmc_send_cid() ... for use without broadcast mode - Updated internal routines: * Previous mmc_send_csd() modified into mmc_send_cxd_native(); it uses native "R2" responses, which include 16 bytes of data. * Previous mmc_send_ext_csd() becomes new mmc_send_cxd_data() helper for command-and-data access * Bugfix to that mmc_send_cxd_data() code: dma-to-stack is unsafe/nonportable, so kmalloc a bounce buffer instead. - Modified mmc_send_ext_csd() now uses mmc_send_cxd_data() helper - Modified mmc_send_csd(), and new mmc_spi_send_cid(), routines use those helper routines based on whether they're native or SPI The newest categories of cards supported by the MMC stack aren't expected to work yet with SPI: MMC or SD cards with over 4GB data, and SDIO. All those cards support SPI mode, so eventually they should work too. Signed-off-by: David Brownell <dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net> Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-08-09 00:11:32 +08:00
/*
* For SPI, enable CRC as appropriate.
*/
if (mmc_host_is_spi(host)) {
err = mmc_spi_set_crc(host, use_spi_crc);
if (err)
goto err;
}
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
/*
* Fetch CID from card.
*/
mmc: core: Re-factor code for sending CID Instead of having the caller to check for SPI mode, let's leave that to internals of mmc_send_cid(). In this way the code gets cleaner and it becomes clear what is specific to SPI and non-SPI mode. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> Reviewed-by: Shawn Lin <shawn.lin@rock-chips.com>
2017-06-08 21:27:43 +08:00
err = mmc_send_cid(host, cid);
mmc: remove custom error codes Convert the MMC layer to use standard error codes and not its own, incompatible values. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-07-23 04:18:46 +08:00
if (err)
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
goto err;
mmc: support unsafe resume of cards Since many have the system root on MMC/SD we must allow some foot shooting when it comes to resume. We cannot detect if a card is removed and reinserted during suspend, so the safe approach would be to assume it was, avoiding potential filesystem corruption. This will of course not work if you cannot release the card before suspend. This commit adds a compile time option that makes the MMC layer assume the card wasn't touched if it is redetected upon resume. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:00:02 +08:00
if (oldcard) {
mmc: improve error code feedback Now that we use "normal" error codes, improve the reporting and response to error codes in the core. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-07-23 05:08:30 +08:00
if (memcmp(cid, oldcard->raw_cid, sizeof(cid)) != 0) {
err = -ENOENT;
mmc: support unsafe resume of cards Since many have the system root on MMC/SD we must allow some foot shooting when it comes to resume. We cannot detect if a card is removed and reinserted during suspend, so the safe approach would be to assume it was, avoiding potential filesystem corruption. This will of course not work if you cannot release the card before suspend. This commit adds a compile time option that makes the MMC layer assume the card wasn't touched if it is redetected upon resume. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:00:02 +08:00
goto err;
mmc: improve error code feedback Now that we use "normal" error codes, improve the reporting and response to error codes in the core. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-07-23 05:08:30 +08:00
}
mmc: support unsafe resume of cards Since many have the system root on MMC/SD we must allow some foot shooting when it comes to resume. We cannot detect if a card is removed and reinserted during suspend, so the safe approach would be to assume it was, avoiding potential filesystem corruption. This will of course not work if you cannot release the card before suspend. This commit adds a compile time option that makes the MMC layer assume the card wasn't touched if it is redetected upon resume. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:00:02 +08:00
card = oldcard;
} else {
/*
* Allocate card structure.
*/
mmc: use sysfs groups to handle conditional attributes Suppressing uevents turned out to be a bad idea as it screws up the order of events, making user space very confused. Change the system to use sysfs groups instead. This is a regression that, for some odd reason, has gone unnoticed for some time. It confuses hal so that the block devices (which have the mmc device as a parent) are not registered. End result being that desktop magic when cards are inserted won't work. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-03-22 06:54:50 +08:00
card = mmc_alloc_card(host, &mmc_type);
mmc: improve error code feedback Now that we use "normal" error codes, improve the reporting and response to error codes in the core. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-07-23 05:08:30 +08:00
if (IS_ERR(card)) {
err = PTR_ERR(card);
mmc: support unsafe resume of cards Since many have the system root on MMC/SD we must allow some foot shooting when it comes to resume. We cannot detect if a card is removed and reinserted during suspend, so the safe approach would be to assume it was, avoiding potential filesystem corruption. This will of course not work if you cannot release the card before suspend. This commit adds a compile time option that makes the MMC layer assume the card wasn't touched if it is redetected upon resume. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:00:02 +08:00
goto err;
mmc: improve error code feedback Now that we use "normal" error codes, improve the reporting and response to error codes in the core. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-07-23 05:08:30 +08:00
}
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
mmc: core: Move cached value of the negotiated ocr mask to card struct The negotiated ocr mask is directly related to the card. Once a card gets removed, the mask shall be dropped. By moving the cache of the ocr mask from the host struct to the card struct we have accomplished this. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-09-13 17:31:33 +08:00
card->ocr = ocr;
mmc: support unsafe resume of cards Since many have the system root on MMC/SD we must allow some foot shooting when it comes to resume. We cannot detect if a card is removed and reinserted during suspend, so the safe approach would be to assume it was, avoiding potential filesystem corruption. This will of course not work if you cannot release the card before suspend. This commit adds a compile time option that makes the MMC layer assume the card wasn't touched if it is redetected upon resume. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:00:02 +08:00
card->type = MMC_TYPE_MMC;
card->rca = 1;
memcpy(card->raw_cid, cid, sizeof(card->raw_cid));
}
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
mmc: core: Support the optional init_card() callback for MMC and SD In (3fcb027 ARM: MXC: mxcmmc: work around a bug in the SDHC busy line handling) the optional init_card() callback was added. According to the original change it was "for now only called from mmc_sdio_init_card()". This callback really ought to be called from the SD and MMC init functions as well. One current user of this callback (mxcmci_init_card) will not work as expected if you insert an SDIO card, then eject it and put a normal SD card in. Specifically the normal SD card will not get to run with 4-bit data. I'd like to use the init_card() callback to handle a similar quirk on dw_mmc when using SDIO Interrupts (the "low power" feature of the card needs to be disabled), so that will add a second user of the function. Signed-off-by: Doug Anderson <dianders@chromium.org> Reviewed-by: Grant Grundler <grundler@chromium.org> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-12-03 07:42:45 +08:00
/*
* Call the optional HC's init_card function to handle quirks.
*/
if (host->ops->init_card)
host->ops->init_card(host, card);
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
/*
MMC core learns about SPI Teach the MMC/SD/SDIO core about using SPI mode. - Use mmc_host_is_spi() so enumeration works through SPI signaling and protocols, not just the native versions. - Provide the SPI response type flags with each request issued, including requests from the new lock/unlock code. - Understand that cmd->resp[0] and mmc_get_status() results for SPI return different values than for "native" MMC/SD protocol; this affects resetting, checking card lock status, and some others. - Understand that some commands act a bit differently ... notably: * OP_COND command doesn't return the OCR * APP_CMD status doesn't have an R1_APP_CMD analogue Those changes required some new and updated primitives: - Provide utilities to access two SPI-only requests, and one request that wasn't previously needed: * mmc_spi_read_ocr() ... SPI only * mmc_spi_set_crc() ... SPI only (override by module parm) * mmc_send_cid() ... for use without broadcast mode - Updated internal routines: * Previous mmc_send_csd() modified into mmc_send_cxd_native(); it uses native "R2" responses, which include 16 bytes of data. * Previous mmc_send_ext_csd() becomes new mmc_send_cxd_data() helper for command-and-data access * Bugfix to that mmc_send_cxd_data() code: dma-to-stack is unsafe/nonportable, so kmalloc a bounce buffer instead. - Modified mmc_send_ext_csd() now uses mmc_send_cxd_data() helper - Modified mmc_send_csd(), and new mmc_spi_send_cid(), routines use those helper routines based on whether they're native or SPI The newest categories of cards supported by the MMC stack aren't expected to work yet with SPI: MMC or SD cards with over 4GB data, and SDIO. All those cards support SPI mode, so eventually they should work too. Signed-off-by: David Brownell <dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net> Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-08-09 00:11:32 +08:00
* For native busses: set card RCA and quit open drain mode.
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
*/
MMC core learns about SPI Teach the MMC/SD/SDIO core about using SPI mode. - Use mmc_host_is_spi() so enumeration works through SPI signaling and protocols, not just the native versions. - Provide the SPI response type flags with each request issued, including requests from the new lock/unlock code. - Understand that cmd->resp[0] and mmc_get_status() results for SPI return different values than for "native" MMC/SD protocol; this affects resetting, checking card lock status, and some others. - Understand that some commands act a bit differently ... notably: * OP_COND command doesn't return the OCR * APP_CMD status doesn't have an R1_APP_CMD analogue Those changes required some new and updated primitives: - Provide utilities to access two SPI-only requests, and one request that wasn't previously needed: * mmc_spi_read_ocr() ... SPI only * mmc_spi_set_crc() ... SPI only (override by module parm) * mmc_send_cid() ... for use without broadcast mode - Updated internal routines: * Previous mmc_send_csd() modified into mmc_send_cxd_native(); it uses native "R2" responses, which include 16 bytes of data. * Previous mmc_send_ext_csd() becomes new mmc_send_cxd_data() helper for command-and-data access * Bugfix to that mmc_send_cxd_data() code: dma-to-stack is unsafe/nonportable, so kmalloc a bounce buffer instead. - Modified mmc_send_ext_csd() now uses mmc_send_cxd_data() helper - Modified mmc_send_csd(), and new mmc_spi_send_cid(), routines use those helper routines based on whether they're native or SPI The newest categories of cards supported by the MMC stack aren't expected to work yet with SPI: MMC or SD cards with over 4GB data, and SDIO. All those cards support SPI mode, so eventually they should work too. Signed-off-by: David Brownell <dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net> Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-08-09 00:11:32 +08:00
if (!mmc_host_is_spi(host)) {
err = mmc_set_relative_addr(card);
if (err)
goto free_card;
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
MMC core learns about SPI Teach the MMC/SD/SDIO core about using SPI mode. - Use mmc_host_is_spi() so enumeration works through SPI signaling and protocols, not just the native versions. - Provide the SPI response type flags with each request issued, including requests from the new lock/unlock code. - Understand that cmd->resp[0] and mmc_get_status() results for SPI return different values than for "native" MMC/SD protocol; this affects resetting, checking card lock status, and some others. - Understand that some commands act a bit differently ... notably: * OP_COND command doesn't return the OCR * APP_CMD status doesn't have an R1_APP_CMD analogue Those changes required some new and updated primitives: - Provide utilities to access two SPI-only requests, and one request that wasn't previously needed: * mmc_spi_read_ocr() ... SPI only * mmc_spi_set_crc() ... SPI only (override by module parm) * mmc_send_cid() ... for use without broadcast mode - Updated internal routines: * Previous mmc_send_csd() modified into mmc_send_cxd_native(); it uses native "R2" responses, which include 16 bytes of data. * Previous mmc_send_ext_csd() becomes new mmc_send_cxd_data() helper for command-and-data access * Bugfix to that mmc_send_cxd_data() code: dma-to-stack is unsafe/nonportable, so kmalloc a bounce buffer instead. - Modified mmc_send_ext_csd() now uses mmc_send_cxd_data() helper - Modified mmc_send_csd(), and new mmc_spi_send_cid(), routines use those helper routines based on whether they're native or SPI The newest categories of cards supported by the MMC stack aren't expected to work yet with SPI: MMC or SD cards with over 4GB data, and SDIO. All those cards support SPI mode, so eventually they should work too. Signed-off-by: David Brownell <dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net> Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-08-09 00:11:32 +08:00
mmc_set_bus_mode(host, MMC_BUSMODE_PUSHPULL);
}
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
mmc: support unsafe resume of cards Since many have the system root on MMC/SD we must allow some foot shooting when it comes to resume. We cannot detect if a card is removed and reinserted during suspend, so the safe approach would be to assume it was, avoiding potential filesystem corruption. This will of course not work if you cannot release the card before suspend. This commit adds a compile time option that makes the MMC layer assume the card wasn't touched if it is redetected upon resume. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:00:02 +08:00
if (!oldcard) {
/*
* Fetch CSD from card.
*/
err = mmc_send_csd(card, card->raw_csd);
mmc: remove custom error codes Convert the MMC layer to use standard error codes and not its own, incompatible values. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-07-23 04:18:46 +08:00
if (err)
mmc: support unsafe resume of cards Since many have the system root on MMC/SD we must allow some foot shooting when it comes to resume. We cannot detect if a card is removed and reinserted during suspend, so the safe approach would be to assume it was, avoiding potential filesystem corruption. This will of course not work if you cannot release the card before suspend. This commit adds a compile time option that makes the MMC layer assume the card wasn't touched if it is redetected upon resume. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:00:02 +08:00
goto free_card;
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
mmc: remove old card states Remove card states that no longer make any sense. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:11:57 +08:00
err = mmc_decode_csd(card);
mmc: improve error code feedback Now that we use "normal" error codes, improve the reporting and response to error codes in the core. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-07-23 05:08:30 +08:00
if (err)
mmc: remove old card states Remove card states that no longer make any sense. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:11:57 +08:00
goto free_card;
err = mmc_decode_cid(card);
mmc: improve error code feedback Now that we use "normal" error codes, improve the reporting and response to error codes in the core. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-07-23 05:08:30 +08:00
if (err)
mmc: remove old card states Remove card states that no longer make any sense. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:11:57 +08:00
goto free_card;
mmc: support unsafe resume of cards Since many have the system root on MMC/SD we must allow some foot shooting when it comes to resume. We cannot detect if a card is removed and reinserted during suspend, so the safe approach would be to assume it was, avoiding potential filesystem corruption. This will of course not work if you cannot release the card before suspend. This commit adds a compile time option that makes the MMC layer assume the card wasn't touched if it is redetected upon resume. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:00:02 +08:00
}
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
mmc: implement Driver Stage Register handling Some eMMC and SD cards implement a DSR register that allows to tune raise/fall times and drive strength of the CMD and DATA outputs. The values to use depend on the card in use and the host. It might be needed to reduce the drive strength to prevent voltage peaks above the host's specification. Implement a 'dsr' devicetree property that allows to specify the value to set the DSR to. For non-dt setups the new members of mmc_host can be set by board code. This patch was initially authored by Sascha Hauer. It contains improvements authored by Markus Niebel and Uwe Kleine-König. Signed-off-by: Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Markus Niebel <Markus.Niebel@tq-group.com> Signed-off-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-08-19 16:45:51 +08:00
/*
* handling only for cards supporting DSR and hosts requesting
* DSR configuration
*/
if (card->csd.dsr_imp && host->dsr_req)
mmc_set_dsr(host);
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
/*
mmc: separate out reading EXT_CSD Separate the reading and decoding of the EXT_CSD register with the actions taken on it. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 21:08:30 +08:00
* Select card, as all following commands rely on that.
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
*/
MMC core learns about SPI Teach the MMC/SD/SDIO core about using SPI mode. - Use mmc_host_is_spi() so enumeration works through SPI signaling and protocols, not just the native versions. - Provide the SPI response type flags with each request issued, including requests from the new lock/unlock code. - Understand that cmd->resp[0] and mmc_get_status() results for SPI return different values than for "native" MMC/SD protocol; this affects resetting, checking card lock status, and some others. - Understand that some commands act a bit differently ... notably: * OP_COND command doesn't return the OCR * APP_CMD status doesn't have an R1_APP_CMD analogue Those changes required some new and updated primitives: - Provide utilities to access two SPI-only requests, and one request that wasn't previously needed: * mmc_spi_read_ocr() ... SPI only * mmc_spi_set_crc() ... SPI only (override by module parm) * mmc_send_cid() ... for use without broadcast mode - Updated internal routines: * Previous mmc_send_csd() modified into mmc_send_cxd_native(); it uses native "R2" responses, which include 16 bytes of data. * Previous mmc_send_ext_csd() becomes new mmc_send_cxd_data() helper for command-and-data access * Bugfix to that mmc_send_cxd_data() code: dma-to-stack is unsafe/nonportable, so kmalloc a bounce buffer instead. - Modified mmc_send_ext_csd() now uses mmc_send_cxd_data() helper - Modified mmc_send_csd(), and new mmc_spi_send_cid(), routines use those helper routines based on whether they're native or SPI The newest categories of cards supported by the MMC stack aren't expected to work yet with SPI: MMC or SD cards with over 4GB data, and SDIO. All those cards support SPI mode, so eventually they should work too. Signed-off-by: David Brownell <dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net> Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-08-09 00:11:32 +08:00
if (!mmc_host_is_spi(host)) {
err = mmc_select_card(card);
if (err)
goto free_card;
}
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
mmc: support unsafe resume of cards Since many have the system root on MMC/SD we must allow some foot shooting when it comes to resume. We cannot detect if a card is removed and reinserted during suspend, so the safe approach would be to assume it was, avoiding potential filesystem corruption. This will of course not work if you cannot release the card before suspend. This commit adds a compile time option that makes the MMC layer assume the card wasn't touched if it is redetected upon resume. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:00:02 +08:00
if (!oldcard) {
mmc: core: Fetch and decode EXT_CSD from mmc_read_ext_csd() As a step in cleaning up code around reading/decoding EXT_CSD, convert the current mmc_read_ext_csd(), to handle both fetching the EXT_CSD and decoding its data. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-10-20 19:37:24 +08:00
/* Read extended CSD. */
err = mmc_read_ext_csd(card);
mmc: remove custom error codes Convert the MMC layer to use standard error codes and not its own, incompatible values. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-07-23 04:18:46 +08:00
if (err)
mmc: support unsafe resume of cards Since many have the system root on MMC/SD we must allow some foot shooting when it comes to resume. We cannot detect if a card is removed and reinserted during suspend, so the safe approach would be to assume it was, avoiding potential filesystem corruption. This will of course not work if you cannot release the card before suspend. This commit adds a compile time option that makes the MMC layer assume the card wasn't touched if it is redetected upon resume. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:00:02 +08:00
goto free_card;
mmc: check if mmc cards < 2GB do sector addressing Some TOSHIBA MMC cards only support sector addressing even though the size is < 2GB. According to JEDEC Spec JESD84-A441-1 the ocr register (bits 30, 29) determine byte/sector mode. Use them. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-02-14 15:13:09 +08:00
mmc: core: drop unnecessary bit checking This if-block is going to call mmc_card_set_blockaddr(), so mmc_card_blockaddr() right before it is redundant. I am fixing the block comment style while I am here. Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-04-15 19:16:12 +08:00
/*
* If doing byte addressing, check if required to do sector
mmc: check if mmc cards < 2GB do sector addressing Some TOSHIBA MMC cards only support sector addressing even though the size is < 2GB. According to JEDEC Spec JESD84-A441-1 the ocr register (bits 30, 29) determine byte/sector mode. Use them. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-02-14 15:13:09 +08:00
* addressing. Handle the case of <2GB cards needing sector
* addressing. See section 8.1 JEDEC Standard JED84-A441;
* ocr register has bit 30 set for sector addressing.
*/
mmc: core: drop unnecessary bit checking This if-block is going to call mmc_card_set_blockaddr(), so mmc_card_blockaddr() right before it is redundant. I am fixing the block comment style while I am here. Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-04-15 19:16:12 +08:00
if (rocr & BIT(30))
mmc: check if mmc cards < 2GB do sector addressing Some TOSHIBA MMC cards only support sector addressing even though the size is < 2GB. According to JEDEC Spec JESD84-A441-1 the ocr register (bits 30, 29) determine byte/sector mode. Use them. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-02-14 15:13:09 +08:00
mmc_card_set_blockaddr(card);
mmc: add erase, secure erase, trim and secure trim operations SD/MMC cards tend to support an erase operation. In addition, eMMC v4.4 cards can support secure erase, trim and secure trim operations that are all variants of the basic erase command. SD/MMC device attributes "erase_size" and "preferred_erase_size" have been added. "erase_size" is the minimum size, in bytes, of an erase operation. For MMC, "erase_size" is the erase group size reported by the card. Note that "erase_size" does not apply to trim or secure trim operations where the minimum size is always one 512 byte sector. For SD, "erase_size" is 512 if the card is block-addressed, 0 otherwise. SD/MMC cards can erase an arbitrarily large area up to and including the whole card. When erasing a large area it may be desirable to do it in smaller chunks for three reasons: 1. A single erase command will make all other I/O on the card wait. This is not a problem if the whole card is being erased, but erasing one partition will make I/O for another partition on the same card wait for the duration of the erase - which could be a several minutes. 2. To be able to inform the user of erase progress. 3. The erase timeout becomes too large to be very useful. Because the erase timeout contains a margin which is multiplied by the size of the erase area, the value can end up being several minutes for large areas. "erase_size" is not the most efficient unit to erase (especially for SD where it is just one sector), hence "preferred_erase_size" provides a good chunk size for erasing large areas. For MMC, "preferred_erase_size" is the high-capacity erase size if a card specifies one, otherwise it is based on the capacity of the card. For SD, "preferred_erase_size" is the allocation unit size specified by the card. "preferred_erase_size" is in bytes. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@nokia.com> Acked-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Cc: Kyungmin Park <kmpark@infradead.org> Cc: Madhusudhan Chikkature <madhu.cr@ti.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Ben Gardiner <bengardiner@nanometrics.ca> Cc: <linux-mmc@vger.kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2010-08-12 05:17:46 +08:00
/* Erase size depends on CSD and Extended CSD */
mmc_set_erase_size(card);
mmc: support unsafe resume of cards Since many have the system root on MMC/SD we must allow some foot shooting when it comes to resume. We cannot detect if a card is removed and reinserted during suspend, so the safe approach would be to assume it was, avoiding potential filesystem corruption. This will of course not work if you cannot release the card before suspend. This commit adds a compile time option that makes the MMC layer assume the card wasn't touched if it is redetected upon resume. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:00:02 +08:00
}
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
mmc: core: Remove MMC_CAP2_HC_ERASE_SZ The MMC_CAP2_HC_ERASE_SZ is used only by a few mmc host drivers. Its intent is to enable eMMC's high-capacity erase size, as to improve the behaviour of the erase operations. We should strive to avoid software configuration options that aren't necessary, but instead deploy common behaviours. For these reasons, let's remove the capability bit for MMC_CAP2_HC_ERASE_SZ and make it the default behaviour. Note that this change doesn't affect eMMCs supporting trim/discard, because these commands operates on sectors and takes precedence over erase commands. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Acked-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> Reviewed-by: Shawn Lin <shawn.lin@rock-chips.com> Tested-by: Shawn Lin <shawn.lin@rock-chips.com>
2017-06-08 21:23:08 +08:00
/* Enable ERASE_GRP_DEF. This bit is lost after a reset or power off. */
if (card->ext_csd.rev >= 3) {
mmc: export eMMC4.4 enhanced area details to sysfs Enhanced area feature is a new feature defined in eMMC4.4 standard. This user data area provides higher performance/reliability, at the expense of using twice the effective media space due to the area using SLC. The MMC driver now reads out the enhanced area offset and size and adds them to the device attributes in sysfs. Enabling the enhanced area can only be done once, and should be done in manufacturing. To use this feature, bit ERASE_GRP_DEF should also be set. Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mmc describes the two new attributes. Signed-off-by: Chuanxiao Dong <chuanxiao.dong@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-01-22 04:09:41 +08:00
err = mmc_switch(card, EXT_CSD_CMD_SET_NORMAL,
mmc: core: Add default timeout value for CMD6 EXT_CSD[248] includes the default maximum timeout for CMD6. This field is added at eMMC4.5 Spec. And it can be used for default timeout except for some operations which don't define the timeout (i.e. background operation, sanitize, flush cache) in eMMC4.5 Spec. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-09-23 13:15:29 +08:00
EXT_CSD_ERASE_GROUP_DEF, 1,
card->ext_csd.generic_cmd6_time);
mmc: export eMMC4.4 enhanced area details to sysfs Enhanced area feature is a new feature defined in eMMC4.4 standard. This user data area provides higher performance/reliability, at the expense of using twice the effective media space due to the area using SLC. The MMC driver now reads out the enhanced area offset and size and adds them to the device attributes in sysfs. Enabling the enhanced area can only be done once, and should be done in manufacturing. To use this feature, bit ERASE_GRP_DEF should also be set. Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mmc describes the two new attributes. Signed-off-by: Chuanxiao Dong <chuanxiao.dong@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-01-22 04:09:41 +08:00
if (err && err != -EBADMSG)
goto free_card;
if (err) {
err = 0;
/*
* Just disable enhanced area off & sz
* will try to enable ERASE_GROUP_DEF
* during next time reinit
*/
card->ext_csd.enhanced_area_offset = -EINVAL;
card->ext_csd.enhanced_area_size = -EINVAL;
} else {
card->ext_csd.erase_group_def = 1;
/*
* enable ERASE_GRP_DEF successfully.
* This will affect the erase size, so
* here need to reset erase size
*/
mmc_set_erase_size(card);
}
}
mmc: Ensure linux starts in eMMC user partition uBoot sometimes leaves eMMC pointing to the private boot partition. Ensure we always start looking at the user partition. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Bruce Clemens <bpclemens@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Mark F. Brown <markb@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-03-20 02:10:33 +08:00
/*
* Ensure eMMC user default partition is enabled
*/
mmc: MMC boot partitions support. Allows device MMC boot partitions to be accessed. MMC partitions are treated effectively as separate block devices on the same MMC card. Signed-off-by: Andrei Warkentin <andreiw@motorola.com> Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-04-12 07:10:25 +08:00
if (card->ext_csd.part_config & EXT_CSD_PART_CONFIG_ACC_MASK) {
card->ext_csd.part_config &= ~EXT_CSD_PART_CONFIG_ACC_MASK;
err = mmc_switch(card, EXT_CSD_CMD_SET_NORMAL, EXT_CSD_PART_CONFIG,
card->ext_csd.part_config,
card->ext_csd.part_time);
if (err && err != -EBADMSG)
goto free_card;
mmc: Ensure linux starts in eMMC user partition uBoot sometimes leaves eMMC pointing to the private boot partition. Ensure we always start looking at the user partition. Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Bruce Clemens <bpclemens@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Mark F. Brown <markb@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-03-20 02:10:33 +08:00
}
mmc: core: Add Power Off Notify Feature eMMC 4.5 This patch adds support for the power off notify feature, available in eMMC 4.5 devices. If the host has support for this feature, then the mmc core will notify the device by setting the POWER_OFF_NOTIFICATION byte in the extended csd register with a value of 1 (POWER_ON). For suspend mode short timeout is used, whereas for the normal poweroff long timeout is used. Signed-off-by: Girish K S <girish.shivananjappa@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-10-13 14:34:16 +08:00
/*
mmc: core: Enable power_off_notify for eMMC shutdown sequence In suspend mode it is important to save power. If the host is able to cut buth vcc and vccq, the MMC_CAP2_POWEROFF_NOTIFY shall be set. It will mean the card will be completely powered down at suspend and the power off notification cmd will be sent prior power down. It seems common not being able to cut both vcc and vccq for a host. In this situation we issue the sleep cmd in favor of the power off notification cmd, to save more power. While maintainng the above policy, we also want to make use of the power off notification in the shutdown sequence, even in the case were the host has not set MMC_CAP2_POWEROFF_NOTIFY, since we know vcc and vccq will regardless be cut. We accomplish this by always enabling the power off notification byte in the EXT_CSD and issue the power off notification when either MMC_CAP2_POWEROFF_NOTIFY is set or we are executing a shutdown. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-06-10 23:03:45 +08:00
* Enable power_off_notification byte in the ext_csd register
mmc: core: Add Power Off Notify Feature eMMC 4.5 This patch adds support for the power off notify feature, available in eMMC 4.5 devices. If the host has support for this feature, then the mmc core will notify the device by setting the POWER_OFF_NOTIFICATION byte in the extended csd register with a value of 1 (POWER_ON). For suspend mode short timeout is used, whereas for the normal poweroff long timeout is used. Signed-off-by: Girish K S <girish.shivananjappa@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-10-13 14:34:16 +08:00
*/
mmc: core: Enable power_off_notify for eMMC shutdown sequence In suspend mode it is important to save power. If the host is able to cut buth vcc and vccq, the MMC_CAP2_POWEROFF_NOTIFY shall be set. It will mean the card will be completely powered down at suspend and the power off notification cmd will be sent prior power down. It seems common not being able to cut both vcc and vccq for a host. In this situation we issue the sleep cmd in favor of the power off notification cmd, to save more power. While maintainng the above policy, we also want to make use of the power off notification in the shutdown sequence, even in the case were the host has not set MMC_CAP2_POWEROFF_NOTIFY, since we know vcc and vccq will regardless be cut. We accomplish this by always enabling the power off notification byte in the EXT_CSD and issue the power off notification when either MMC_CAP2_POWEROFF_NOTIFY is set or we are executing a shutdown. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-06-10 23:03:45 +08:00
if (card->ext_csd.rev >= 6) {
mmc: core: Add Power Off Notify Feature eMMC 4.5 This patch adds support for the power off notify feature, available in eMMC 4.5 devices. If the host has support for this feature, then the mmc core will notify the device by setting the POWER_OFF_NOTIFICATION byte in the extended csd register with a value of 1 (POWER_ON). For suspend mode short timeout is used, whereas for the normal poweroff long timeout is used. Signed-off-by: Girish K S <girish.shivananjappa@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-10-13 14:34:16 +08:00
err = mmc_switch(card, EXT_CSD_CMD_SET_NORMAL,
EXT_CSD_POWER_OFF_NOTIFICATION,
EXT_CSD_POWER_ON,
card->ext_csd.generic_cmd6_time);
if (err && err != -EBADMSG)
goto free_card;
mmc: core: Fix setting power notify state variable for non-eMMC This patch skips the setting of the power notify state variable for non eMMC 4.5 devices. Also fixes the problem of omap_hsmmc noisy/broken for suspend resume reported by Kevin Hilman. Signed-off-by: Girish K S <girish.shivananjappa@linaro.org> Acked-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@stericsson.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-11-04 18:52:47 +08:00
/*
* The err can be -EBADMSG or 0,
* so check for success and update the flag
*/
if (!err)
mmc: core: Fixup broken suspend and eMMC4.5 power off notify This patch fixes up the broken suspend sequence for eMMC with sleep support. Additionally it reworks the eMMC4.5 Power Off Notification feature so it fits together with the existing sleep feature. The CMD0 based re-initialization of the eMMC at resume is re-introduced to maintain compatiblity for devices using sleep. A host shall use MMC_CAP2_POWEROFF_NOTIFY to enable the Power Off Notification feature. We might be able to remove this cap later on, if we think that Power Off Notification always is preferred over sleep, even if the host is not able to cut the eMMC VCCQ power. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Saugata Das <saugata.das@linaro.org> Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-10-06 00:45:39 +08:00
card->ext_csd.power_off_notification = EXT_CSD_POWER_ON;
mmc: core: Fix setting power notify state variable for non-eMMC This patch skips the setting of the power notify state variable for non eMMC 4.5 devices. Also fixes the problem of omap_hsmmc noisy/broken for suspend resume reported by Kevin Hilman. Signed-off-by: Girish K S <girish.shivananjappa@linaro.org> Acked-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@stericsson.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-11-04 18:52:47 +08:00
}
mmc: core: Add Power Off Notify Feature eMMC 4.5 This patch adds support for the power off notify feature, available in eMMC 4.5 devices. If the host has support for this feature, then the mmc core will notify the device by setting the POWER_OFF_NOTIFICATION byte in the extended csd register with a value of 1 (POWER_ON). For suspend mode short timeout is used, whereas for the normal poweroff long timeout is used. Signed-off-by: Girish K S <girish.shivananjappa@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-10-13 14:34:16 +08:00
mmc: separate out reading EXT_CSD Separate the reading and decoding of the EXT_CSD register with the actions taken on it. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 21:08:30 +08:00
/*
mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode Current implementation for bus speed mode selection is too complicated. This patch is to simplify the codes and remove some duplicate parts. The following changes are including: * Adds functions for each mode selection(HS, HS-DDR, HS200 and etc) * Rearranged the mode selection sequence with supported device type * Adds maximum speed for HS200 mode(hs200_max_dtr) * Adds field definition for HS_TIMING of EXT_CSD Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:44 +08:00
* Select timing interface
mmc: MMC 4.4 DDR support Add support for Dual Data Rate MMC cards as defined in the 4.4 specification. Signed-off-by: Hanumath Prasad <hanumath.prasad@stericsson.com> Cc: linux-mmc@vger.kernel.org Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@stericsson.com> Tested-by Zhangfei Gao <zhangfei.gao@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2010-10-01 05:37:23 +08:00
*/
mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode Current implementation for bus speed mode selection is too complicated. This patch is to simplify the codes and remove some duplicate parts. The following changes are including: * Adds functions for each mode selection(HS, HS-DDR, HS200 and etc) * Rearranged the mode selection sequence with supported device type * Adds maximum speed for HS200 mode(hs200_max_dtr) * Adds field definition for HS_TIMING of EXT_CSD Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:44 +08:00
err = mmc_select_timing(card);
if (err)
goto free_card;
mmc: MMC 4.4 DDR support Add support for Dual Data Rate MMC cards as defined in the 4.4 specification. Signed-off-by: Hanumath Prasad <hanumath.prasad@stericsson.com> Cc: linux-mmc@vger.kernel.org Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@stericsson.com> Tested-by Zhangfei Gao <zhangfei.gao@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2010-10-01 05:37:23 +08:00
mmc: core: HS200 mode support for eMMC 4.5 This patch adds the support of the HS200 bus speed for eMMC 4.5 devices. The eMMC 4.5 devices have support for 200MHz bus speed. The function prototype of the tuning function is modified to handle the tuning command number which is different in sd and mmc case. Signed-off-by: Girish K S <girish.shivananjappa@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-01-12 03:04:52 +08:00
if (mmc_card_hs200(card)) {
mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode Current implementation for bus speed mode selection is too complicated. This patch is to simplify the codes and remove some duplicate parts. The following changes are including: * Adds functions for each mode selection(HS, HS-DDR, HS200 and etc) * Rearranged the mode selection sequence with supported device type * Adds maximum speed for HS200 mode(hs200_max_dtr) * Adds field definition for HS_TIMING of EXT_CSD Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:44 +08:00
err = mmc_hs200_tuning(card);
if (err)
mmc: core: Fix error paths and messages in mmc_init_card In mmc_init_card function some of the branches in error handling paths go to "err" label, which skips removing of newly allocated card structure, that will actually not be used. Fix that by using proper "free_card" label. Also, some messages in these branches are reported as warnings, although the operation processing is not continued. Change these messages to error level. Signed-off-by: Andrew Gabbasov <andrew_gabbasov@mentor.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-10-01 20:14:11 +08:00
goto free_card;
mmc: add support for HS400 mode of eMMC5.0 This patch adds HS400 mode support for eMMC5.0 device. HS400 mode is high speed DDR interface timing from HS200. Clock frequency is up to 200MHz and only 8-bit bus width is supported. In addition, tuning process of HS200 is required to synchronize the command response on the CMD line because CMD input timing for HS400 mode is the same as HS200 mode. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Jackey Shen <jackey.shen@amd.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:14:58 +08:00
err = mmc_select_hs400(card);
if (err)
mmc: core: Fix error paths and messages in mmc_init_card In mmc_init_card function some of the branches in error handling paths go to "err" label, which skips removing of newly allocated card structure, that will actually not be used. Fix that by using proper "free_card" label. Also, some messages in these branches are reported as warnings, although the operation processing is not continued. Change these messages to error level. Signed-off-by: Andrew Gabbasov <andrew_gabbasov@mentor.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-10-01 20:14:11 +08:00
goto free_card;
mmc: core: Fix access to HS400-ES devices HS400-ES devices fail to initialize with the following error messages. mmc1: power class selection to bus width 8 ddr 0 failed mmc1: error -110 whilst initialising MMC card This was seen on Samsung Chromebook Plus. Code analysis points to commit 3d4ef329757c ("mmc: core: fix multi-bit bus width without high-speed mode"), which attempts to set the bus width for all but HS200 devices unconditionally. However, for HS400-ES, the bus width is already selected. Cc: Anssi Hannula <anssi.hannula@bitwise.fi> Cc: Douglas Anderson <dianders@chromium.org> Cc: Brian Norris <briannorris@chromium.org> Fixes: 3d4ef329757c ("mmc: core: fix multi-bit bus width ...") Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Reviewed-by: Douglas Anderson <dianders@chromium.org> Reviewed-by: Shawn Lin <shawn.lin@rock-chip.com> Tested-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de> Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2017-03-02 06:11:47 +08:00
} else if (!mmc_card_hs400es(card)) {
mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode Current implementation for bus speed mode selection is too complicated. This patch is to simplify the codes and remove some duplicate parts. The following changes are including: * Adds functions for each mode selection(HS, HS-DDR, HS200 and etc) * Rearranged the mode selection sequence with supported device type * Adds maximum speed for HS200 mode(hs200_max_dtr) * Adds field definition for HS_TIMING of EXT_CSD Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:44 +08:00
/* Select the desired bus width optionally */
err = mmc_select_bus_width(card);
mmc: core: fix multi-bit bus width without high-speed mode Commit 577fb13199b1 ("mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode") refactored bus width selection code to mmc_select_bus_width(). However, it also altered the behavior to not call the selection code in non-high-speed modes anymore. This causes 1-bit mode to always be used when the high-speed mode is not enabled, even though 4-bit and 8-bit bus are valid bus widths in the backwards-compatibility (legacy) mode as well (see e.g. 5.3.2 Bus Speed Modes in JEDEC 84-B50). This results in a significant regression in transfer speeds. Fix the code to allow 4-bit and 8-bit widths even without high-speed mode, as before. Tested with a Zynq-7000 PicoZed 7020 board. Fixes: 577fb13199b1 ("mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode") Signed-off-by: Anssi Hannula <anssi.hannula@bitwise.fi> Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2017-02-13 19:46:41 +08:00
if (err > 0 && mmc_card_hs(card)) {
mmc: rework selection of bus speed mode Current implementation for bus speed mode selection is too complicated. This patch is to simplify the codes and remove some duplicate parts. The following changes are including: * Adds functions for each mode selection(HS, HS-DDR, HS200 and etc) * Rearranged the mode selection sequence with supported device type * Adds maximum speed for HS200 mode(hs200_max_dtr) * Adds field definition for HS_TIMING of EXT_CSD Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:44 +08:00
err = mmc_select_hs_ddr(card);
if (err)
mmc: core: Fix error paths and messages in mmc_init_card In mmc_init_card function some of the branches in error handling paths go to "err" label, which skips removing of newly allocated card structure, that will actually not be used. Fix that by using proper "free_card" label. Also, some messages in these branches are reported as warnings, although the operation processing is not continued. Change these messages to error level. Signed-off-by: Andrew Gabbasov <andrew_gabbasov@mentor.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-10-01 20:14:11 +08:00
goto free_card;
mmc: check status after MMC SWITCH command According to the standard, the SWITCH command should be followed by a SEND_STATUS command to check for errors. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@nokia.com> Acked-by: Matt Fleming <matt@console-pimps.org> Cc: Ian Molton <ian@mnementh.co.uk> Cc: "Roberto A. Foglietta" <roberto.foglietta@gmail.com> Cc: Jarkko Lavinen <jarkko.lavinen@nokia.com> Cc: Denis Karpov <ext-denis.2.karpov@nokia.com> Cc: Pierre Ossman <pierre@ossman.eu> Cc: Philip Langdale <philipl@overt.org> Cc: "Madhusudhan" <madhu.cr@ti.com> Cc: <linux-mmc@vger.kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2009-09-23 07:44:37 +08:00
}
mmc: separate out reading EXT_CSD Separate the reading and decoding of the EXT_CSD register with the actions taken on it. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 21:08:30 +08:00
}
mmc: step power class after final selection of bus mode Power class is changed once only after selection of bus modes including speed and bus-width finishes finally. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-04-23 16:08:05 +08:00
/*
* Choose the power class with selected bus interface
*/
mmc_select_powerclass(card);
mmc: core: hs200 fixes This patch fixes following issues when HS200 is enabled: 1. If executing_tuning() host ops is called without mmc_host_clk_hold(), card clocks might get turned off (if MMC_CLK_GATING is enabled) while execute_tuning() is in progress. So this patch makes sure that execute_tuning() is called with mmc_host_clk_hold(). 2. If host timing mode is set to HS200 mode, there should not be any communication with the card until execute_tuning() is completed. But there is a chance that CMD6 might be sent to enable set HPI_EN (of HPI_MGMT field in EXT_CSD) before execute_tuning() is called. So this patch moves this operation after execute_tuning() is completed. Signed-off-by: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org> Reviewed-by: girish.shivananjappa@linaro.org Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-03-06 20:29:12 +08:00
/*
* Enable HPI feature (if supported)
*/
if (card->ext_csd.hpi) {
err = mmc_switch(card, EXT_CSD_CMD_SET_NORMAL,
EXT_CSD_HPI_MGMT, 1,
card->ext_csd.generic_cmd6_time);
if (err && err != -EBADMSG)
goto free_card;
if (err) {
mmc: Convert pr_warning to pr_warn Use the much more common pr_warn instead of pr_warning. Other miscellanea: o Coalesce formats o Realign arguments o Remove extra spaces when coalescing formats Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-09-13 05:56:56 +08:00
pr_warn("%s: Enabling HPI failed\n",
mmc_hostname(card->host));
mmc: core: hs200 fixes This patch fixes following issues when HS200 is enabled: 1. If executing_tuning() host ops is called without mmc_host_clk_hold(), card clocks might get turned off (if MMC_CLK_GATING is enabled) while execute_tuning() is in progress. So this patch makes sure that execute_tuning() is called with mmc_host_clk_hold(). 2. If host timing mode is set to HS200 mode, there should not be any communication with the card until execute_tuning() is completed. But there is a chance that CMD6 might be sent to enable set HPI_EN (of HPI_MGMT field in EXT_CSD) before execute_tuning() is called. So this patch moves this operation after execute_tuning() is completed. Signed-off-by: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org> Reviewed-by: girish.shivananjappa@linaro.org Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-03-06 20:29:12 +08:00
err = 0;
} else
card->ext_csd.hpi_en = 1;
}
mmc: core: Add cache control for eMMC4.5 device This patch adds cache feature of eMMC4.5 Spec. If device supports cache capability, host can utilize some specific operations. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-10-14 13:03:21 +08:00
/*
* If cache size is higher than 0, this indicates
* the existence of cache and it can be turned on.
*/
mmc: core: Disable HPI for certain Hynix eMMC cards Certain Hynix eMMC 4.41 cards might get broken when HPI feature is used and hence this patch disables the HPI feature for such buggy cards. As some of the other features like BKOPs/Cache/Sanitize are dependent on HPI feature, those features would also get disabled if HPI is disabled. Signed-off-by: Pratibhasagar V <pratibha@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org> [gdavis: Forward port and cleanup] Signed-off-by: George G. Davis <george_davis@mentor.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-06-10 06:09:31 +08:00
if (!mmc_card_broken_hpi(card) &&
card->ext_csd.cache_size > 0) {
mmc: core: Add cache control for eMMC4.5 device This patch adds cache feature of eMMC4.5 Spec. If device supports cache capability, host can utilize some specific operations. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-10-14 13:03:21 +08:00
err = mmc_switch(card, EXT_CSD_CMD_SET_NORMAL,
mmc: core: Separate the timeout value for cache-ctrl Turning the cache off implies flushing cache which doesn't define maximum timeout unlike cache-on. This patch will apply the generic CMD6 timeout only for cache-on. Additionally the kernel message is added for checking failure case of cache-on. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-12-09 16:47:17 +08:00
EXT_CSD_CACHE_CTRL, 1,
card->ext_csd.generic_cmd6_time);
mmc: core: Add cache control for eMMC4.5 device This patch adds cache feature of eMMC4.5 Spec. If device supports cache capability, host can utilize some specific operations. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-10-14 13:03:21 +08:00
if (err && err != -EBADMSG)
goto free_card;
/*
* Only if no error, cache is turned on successfully.
*/
mmc: core: Separate the timeout value for cache-ctrl Turning the cache off implies flushing cache which doesn't define maximum timeout unlike cache-on. This patch will apply the generic CMD6 timeout only for cache-on. Additionally the kernel message is added for checking failure case of cache-on. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-12-09 16:47:17 +08:00
if (err) {
mmc: Convert pr_warning to pr_warn Use the much more common pr_warn instead of pr_warning. Other miscellanea: o Coalesce formats o Realign arguments o Remove extra spaces when coalescing formats Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2014-09-13 05:56:56 +08:00
pr_warn("%s: Cache is supported, but failed to turn on (%d)\n",
mmc_hostname(card->host), err);
mmc: core: Separate the timeout value for cache-ctrl Turning the cache off implies flushing cache which doesn't define maximum timeout unlike cache-on. This patch will apply the generic CMD6 timeout only for cache-on. Additionally the kernel message is added for checking failure case of cache-on. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-12-09 16:47:17 +08:00
card->ext_csd.cache_ctrl = 0;
err = 0;
} else {
card->ext_csd.cache_ctrl = 1;
}
mmc: core: Add cache control for eMMC4.5 device This patch adds cache feature of eMMC4.5 Spec. If device supports cache capability, host can utilize some specific operations. Signed-off-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-10-14 13:03:21 +08:00
}
mmc: mmc_test: Disable Command Queue while mmc_test is used Normal read and write commands may not be used while the command queue is enabled. Disable the Command Queue when mmc_test is probed and re-enable it when it is removed. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Harjani Ritesh <riteshh@codeaurora.org> Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2017-03-13 20:36:38 +08:00
/*
* In some cases (e.g. RPMB or mmc_test), the Command Queue must be
* disabled for a time, so a flag is needed to indicate to re-enable the
* Command Queue.
*/
card->reenable_cmdq = card->ext_csd.cmdq_en;
mmc: support unsafe resume of cards Since many have the system root on MMC/SD we must allow some foot shooting when it comes to resume. We cannot detect if a card is removed and reinserted during suspend, so the safe approach would be to assume it was, avoiding potential filesystem corruption. This will of course not work if you cannot release the card before suspend. This commit adds a compile time option that makes the MMC layer assume the card wasn't touched if it is redetected upon resume. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:00:02 +08:00
if (!oldcard)
host->card = card;
mmc: remove custom error codes Convert the MMC layer to use standard error codes and not its own, incompatible values. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-07-23 04:18:46 +08:00
return 0;
mmc: support unsafe resume of cards Since many have the system root on MMC/SD we must allow some foot shooting when it comes to resume. We cannot detect if a card is removed and reinserted during suspend, so the safe approach would be to assume it was, avoiding potential filesystem corruption. This will of course not work if you cannot release the card before suspend. This commit adds a compile time option that makes the MMC layer assume the card wasn't touched if it is redetected upon resume. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:00:02 +08:00
free_card:
if (!oldcard)
mmc_remove_card(card);
err:
mmc: improve error code feedback Now that we use "normal" error codes, improve the reporting and response to error codes in the core. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-07-23 05:08:30 +08:00
return err;
mmc: support unsafe resume of cards Since many have the system root on MMC/SD we must allow some foot shooting when it comes to resume. We cannot detect if a card is removed and reinserted during suspend, so the safe approach would be to assume it was, avoiding potential filesystem corruption. This will of course not work if you cannot release the card before suspend. This commit adds a compile time option that makes the MMC layer assume the card wasn't touched if it is redetected upon resume. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:00:02 +08:00
}
mmc: core: Restructure and simplify code for mmc sleep|awake The mmc_card_sleep|awake APIs are not being used since the support is already properly encapsulated within the suspend sequence. Sleep|awake command is also specific for eMMC. We remove the sleep|awake bus_ops, the mmc_card_sleep|awake APIs and move the code into the mmc specific core instead. This also includes the mmc ops function, mmc_sleepawake. All releated functions have then become static and we have got far less code to maintain. Additionally this patch also simplifies the code from mmc_sleepawake, since it is only used to put the card to sleep and not awake. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-04-19 21:12:11 +08:00
static int mmc_can_sleep(struct mmc_card *card)
{
return (card && card->ext_csd.rev >= 3);
}
static int mmc_sleep(struct mmc_host *host)
{
mmc: use empty initializer list to zero-clear structures In the MMC subsystem, we see such initializers that only clears the first member explicitly. For example, struct mmc_request mrq = {NULL}; sets the first member (.sbc) to NULL explicitly. However, this is an unstable form because we may insert a non-pointer member at the top of the struct mmc_request in the future. (if we do so, the compiler will spit warnings.) So, using a designated initializer is preferred coding style. The expression above is equivalent to: struct mmc_request mrq = { .sbc = NULL }; Of course, this does not express our intention. We want to fill all struct members with zeros. Please note struct members are implicitly zero-cleared unless otherwise specified in the initializer. After all, the most reasonable (and stable) form is: struct mmc_request mrq = {}; Do likewise for mmc_command, mmc_data as well. Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com> Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-12-19 19:51:18 +08:00
struct mmc_command cmd = {};
mmc: core: Restructure and simplify code for mmc sleep|awake The mmc_card_sleep|awake APIs are not being used since the support is already properly encapsulated within the suspend sequence. Sleep|awake command is also specific for eMMC. We remove the sleep|awake bus_ops, the mmc_card_sleep|awake APIs and move the code into the mmc specific core instead. This also includes the mmc ops function, mmc_sleepawake. All releated functions have then become static and we have got far less code to maintain. Additionally this patch also simplifies the code from mmc_sleepawake, since it is only used to put the card to sleep and not awake. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-04-19 21:12:11 +08:00
struct mmc_card *card = host->card;
mmc: core: Respect host's max_busy_timeout when sending sleep cmd When sending the sleep command for host drivers supporting MMC_CAP_WAIT_WHILE_BUSY, we need to confirm that max_busy_timeout is big enough comparing to the sleep timeout specified from card's EXT_CSD. If this isn't case, we use a R1 response instead of R1B and fallback to use a delay instead. Do note that a max_busy_timeout set to zero by the host, is interpreted as it can cope with whatever timeout the mmc core provides it with. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-01-15 06:17:36 +08:00
unsigned int timeout_ms = DIV_ROUND_UP(card->ext_csd.sa_timeout, 10000);
mmc: core: Restructure and simplify code for mmc sleep|awake The mmc_card_sleep|awake APIs are not being used since the support is already properly encapsulated within the suspend sequence. Sleep|awake command is also specific for eMMC. We remove the sleep|awake bus_ops, the mmc_card_sleep|awake APIs and move the code into the mmc specific core instead. This also includes the mmc ops function, mmc_sleepawake. All releated functions have then become static and we have got far less code to maintain. Additionally this patch also simplifies the code from mmc_sleepawake, since it is only used to put the card to sleep and not awake. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-04-19 21:12:11 +08:00
int err;
mmc: mmc: Hold re-tuning in mmc_sleep() The sleep command is issued after deselecting the card, but re-tuning won't work on a deselected card so re-tuning must be held. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-05-07 18:10:18 +08:00
/* Re-tuning can't be done once the card is deselected */
mmc_retune_hold(host);
mmc: core: Restructure and simplify code for mmc sleep|awake The mmc_card_sleep|awake APIs are not being used since the support is already properly encapsulated within the suspend sequence. Sleep|awake command is also specific for eMMC. We remove the sleep|awake bus_ops, the mmc_card_sleep|awake APIs and move the code into the mmc specific core instead. This also includes the mmc ops function, mmc_sleepawake. All releated functions have then become static and we have got far less code to maintain. Additionally this patch also simplifies the code from mmc_sleepawake, since it is only used to put the card to sleep and not awake. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-04-19 21:12:11 +08:00
err = mmc_deselect_cards(host);
if (err)
mmc: mmc: Hold re-tuning in mmc_sleep() The sleep command is issued after deselecting the card, but re-tuning won't work on a deselected card so re-tuning must be held. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-05-07 18:10:18 +08:00
goto out_release;
mmc: core: Restructure and simplify code for mmc sleep|awake The mmc_card_sleep|awake APIs are not being used since the support is already properly encapsulated within the suspend sequence. Sleep|awake command is also specific for eMMC. We remove the sleep|awake bus_ops, the mmc_card_sleep|awake APIs and move the code into the mmc specific core instead. This also includes the mmc ops function, mmc_sleepawake. All releated functions have then become static and we have got far less code to maintain. Additionally this patch also simplifies the code from mmc_sleepawake, since it is only used to put the card to sleep and not awake. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-04-19 21:12:11 +08:00
cmd.opcode = MMC_SLEEP_AWAKE;
cmd.arg = card->rca << 16;
cmd.arg |= 1 << 15;
mmc: core: Respect host's max_busy_timeout when sending sleep cmd When sending the sleep command for host drivers supporting MMC_CAP_WAIT_WHILE_BUSY, we need to confirm that max_busy_timeout is big enough comparing to the sleep timeout specified from card's EXT_CSD. If this isn't case, we use a R1 response instead of R1B and fallback to use a delay instead. Do note that a max_busy_timeout set to zero by the host, is interpreted as it can cope with whatever timeout the mmc core provides it with. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-01-15 06:17:36 +08:00
/*
* If the max_busy_timeout of the host is specified, validate it against
* the sleep cmd timeout. A failure means we need to prevent the host
* from doing hw busy detection, which is done by converting to a R1
* response instead of a R1B.
*/
if (host->max_busy_timeout && (timeout_ms > host->max_busy_timeout)) {
cmd.flags = MMC_RSP_R1 | MMC_CMD_AC;
} else {
cmd.flags = MMC_RSP_R1B | MMC_CMD_AC;
cmd.busy_timeout = timeout_ms;
}
mmc: core: Restructure and simplify code for mmc sleep|awake The mmc_card_sleep|awake APIs are not being used since the support is already properly encapsulated within the suspend sequence. Sleep|awake command is also specific for eMMC. We remove the sleep|awake bus_ops, the mmc_card_sleep|awake APIs and move the code into the mmc specific core instead. This also includes the mmc ops function, mmc_sleepawake. All releated functions have then become static and we have got far less code to maintain. Additionally this patch also simplifies the code from mmc_sleepawake, since it is only used to put the card to sleep and not awake. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-04-19 21:12:11 +08:00
err = mmc_wait_for_cmd(host, &cmd, 0);
if (err)
mmc: mmc: Hold re-tuning in mmc_sleep() The sleep command is issued after deselecting the card, but re-tuning won't work on a deselected card so re-tuning must be held. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-05-07 18:10:18 +08:00
goto out_release;
mmc: core: Restructure and simplify code for mmc sleep|awake The mmc_card_sleep|awake APIs are not being used since the support is already properly encapsulated within the suspend sequence. Sleep|awake command is also specific for eMMC. We remove the sleep|awake bus_ops, the mmc_card_sleep|awake APIs and move the code into the mmc specific core instead. This also includes the mmc ops function, mmc_sleepawake. All releated functions have then become static and we have got far less code to maintain. Additionally this patch also simplifies the code from mmc_sleepawake, since it is only used to put the card to sleep and not awake. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-04-19 21:12:11 +08:00
/*
* If the host does not wait while the card signals busy, then we will
* will have to wait the sleep/awake timeout. Note, we cannot use the
* SEND_STATUS command to poll the status because that command (and most
* others) is invalid while the card sleeps.
*/
mmc: core: Respect host's max_busy_timeout when sending sleep cmd When sending the sleep command for host drivers supporting MMC_CAP_WAIT_WHILE_BUSY, we need to confirm that max_busy_timeout is big enough comparing to the sleep timeout specified from card's EXT_CSD. If this isn't case, we use a R1 response instead of R1B and fallback to use a delay instead. Do note that a max_busy_timeout set to zero by the host, is interpreted as it can cope with whatever timeout the mmc core provides it with. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2014-01-15 06:17:36 +08:00
if (!cmd.busy_timeout || !(host->caps & MMC_CAP_WAIT_WHILE_BUSY))
mmc_delay(timeout_ms);
mmc: core: Restructure and simplify code for mmc sleep|awake The mmc_card_sleep|awake APIs are not being used since the support is already properly encapsulated within the suspend sequence. Sleep|awake command is also specific for eMMC. We remove the sleep|awake bus_ops, the mmc_card_sleep|awake APIs and move the code into the mmc specific core instead. This also includes the mmc ops function, mmc_sleepawake. All releated functions have then become static and we have got far less code to maintain. Additionally this patch also simplifies the code from mmc_sleepawake, since it is only used to put the card to sleep and not awake. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-04-19 21:12:11 +08:00
mmc: mmc: Hold re-tuning in mmc_sleep() The sleep command is issued after deselecting the card, but re-tuning won't work on a deselected card so re-tuning must be held. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-05-07 18:10:18 +08:00
out_release:
mmc_retune_release(host);
mmc: core: Restructure and simplify code for mmc sleep|awake The mmc_card_sleep|awake APIs are not being used since the support is already properly encapsulated within the suspend sequence. Sleep|awake command is also specific for eMMC. We remove the sleep|awake bus_ops, the mmc_card_sleep|awake APIs and move the code into the mmc specific core instead. This also includes the mmc ops function, mmc_sleepawake. All releated functions have then become static and we have got far less code to maintain. Additionally this patch also simplifies the code from mmc_sleepawake, since it is only used to put the card to sleep and not awake. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-04-19 21:12:11 +08:00
return err;
}
mmc: core: Fixup broken suspend and eMMC4.5 power off notify This patch fixes up the broken suspend sequence for eMMC with sleep support. Additionally it reworks the eMMC4.5 Power Off Notification feature so it fits together with the existing sleep feature. The CMD0 based re-initialization of the eMMC at resume is re-introduced to maintain compatiblity for devices using sleep. A host shall use MMC_CAP2_POWEROFF_NOTIFY to enable the Power Off Notification feature. We might be able to remove this cap later on, if we think that Power Off Notification always is preferred over sleep, even if the host is not able to cut the eMMC VCCQ power. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Saugata Das <saugata.das@linaro.org> Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-10-06 00:45:39 +08:00
static int mmc_can_poweroff_notify(const struct mmc_card *card)
{
return card &&
mmc_card_mmc(card) &&
(card->ext_csd.power_off_notification == EXT_CSD_POWER_ON);
}
static int mmc_poweroff_notify(struct mmc_card *card, unsigned int notify_type)
{
unsigned int timeout = card->ext_csd.generic_cmd6_time;
int err;
/* Use EXT_CSD_POWER_OFF_SHORT as default notification type. */
if (notify_type == EXT_CSD_POWER_OFF_LONG)
timeout = card->ext_csd.power_off_longtime;
mmc: core: Do not poll for busy with status cmd for all switch cmds Some switch operations like poweroff notify, shall according to the spec not be followed by any other new commands. For these cases and when the host does'nt support MMC_CAP_WAIT_WHILE_BUSY, we must not send status commands to poll for busy detection. Instead wait for the stated timeout from the EXT_CSD before completing the request. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-09-09 17:57:57 +08:00
err = __mmc_switch(card, EXT_CSD_CMD_SET_NORMAL,
EXT_CSD_POWER_OFF_NOTIFICATION,
mmc: core: Enable __mmc_switch() to change bus speed timing for the host In cases when a speed mode change is requested for mmc cards, a CMD6 is sent by calling __mmc_switch() during the card initialization. The CMD6 leads to the card entering a busy period. When that is completed, the host must parse the CMD6 status to find out whether the change of the speed mode succeeded. To enable the mmc core to poll the card by using CMD13 to find out when the busy period is completed, it's reasonable to make sure polling is done by having the mmc host and the mmc card, being configured to operate at the same selected bus speed timing. Therefore, let's extend __mmc_switch() to take yet another parameter, which allow its callers to update the bus speed timing of the mmc host. In this way, __mmc_switch() also becomes capable of reading and validating the CMD6 status by sending a CMD13, in cases when that's desired. If __mmc_switch() encounters a failure, we make sure to restores the old bus speed timing for the mmc host, before propagating the error code. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Tested-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> Acked-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com>
2016-11-10 00:33:36 +08:00
notify_type, timeout, 0, true, false, false);
mmc: core: Fixup broken suspend and eMMC4.5 power off notify This patch fixes up the broken suspend sequence for eMMC with sleep support. Additionally it reworks the eMMC4.5 Power Off Notification feature so it fits together with the existing sleep feature. The CMD0 based re-initialization of the eMMC at resume is re-introduced to maintain compatiblity for devices using sleep. A host shall use MMC_CAP2_POWEROFF_NOTIFY to enable the Power Off Notification feature. We might be able to remove this cap later on, if we think that Power Off Notification always is preferred over sleep, even if the host is not able to cut the eMMC VCCQ power. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Saugata Das <saugata.das@linaro.org> Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-10-06 00:45:39 +08:00
if (err)
pr_err("%s: Power Off Notification timed out, %u\n",
mmc_hostname(card->host), timeout);
/* Disable the power off notification after the switch operation. */
card->ext_csd.power_off_notification = EXT_CSD_NO_POWER_NOTIFICATION;
return err;
}
mmc: support unsafe resume of cards Since many have the system root on MMC/SD we must allow some foot shooting when it comes to resume. We cannot detect if a card is removed and reinserted during suspend, so the safe approach would be to assume it was, avoiding potential filesystem corruption. This will of course not work if you cannot release the card before suspend. This commit adds a compile time option that makes the MMC layer assume the card wasn't touched if it is redetected upon resume. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:00:02 +08:00
/*
* Host is being removed. Free up the current card.
*/
static void mmc_remove(struct mmc_host *host)
{
mmc_remove_card(host->card);
host->card = NULL;
}
mmc: allow upper layers to know immediately if card has been removed Add a function mmc_detect_card_removed() which upper layers can use to determine immediately if a card has been removed. This function should be called after an I/O request fails so that all queued I/O requests can be errored out immediately instead of waiting for the card device to be removed. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Acked-by: Sujit Reddy Thumma <sthumma@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-11-28 22:22:00 +08:00
/*
* Card detection - card is alive.
*/
static int mmc_alive(struct mmc_host *host)
{
return mmc_send_status(host->card, NULL);
}
mmc: support unsafe resume of cards Since many have the system root on MMC/SD we must allow some foot shooting when it comes to resume. We cannot detect if a card is removed and reinserted during suspend, so the safe approach would be to assume it was, avoiding potential filesystem corruption. This will of course not work if you cannot release the card before suspend. This commit adds a compile time option that makes the MMC layer assume the card wasn't touched if it is redetected upon resume. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:00:02 +08:00
/*
* Card detection callback from host.
*/
static void mmc_detect(struct mmc_host *host)
{
int err;
mmc: block: Enable runtime pm for mmc blkdevice Once the mmc blkdevice is being probed, runtime pm will be enabled. By using runtime autosuspend, the power save operations can be done when request inactivity occurs for a certain time. Right now the selected timeout value is set to 3 s. Obviously this value will likely need to be configurable somehow since it needs to be trimmed depending on the power save algorithm. For SD-combo cards, we are still leaving the enablement of runtime PM to the SDIO init sequence since it depends on the capabilities of the SDIO func driver. Moreover, when the blk device is being suspended, we make sure the device will be runtime resumed. The reason for doing this is that we want the host suspend sequence to be unaware of any runtime power save operations done for the card in this phase. Thus it can just handle the suspend as the card is fully powered from a runtime perspective. Finally, this patch prepares to make it possible to move BKOPS handling into the runtime callbacks for the mmc bus_ops. Thus IDLE BKOPS can be accomplished. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-05-02 20:02:38 +08:00
mmc_get_card(host->card);
mmc: support unsafe resume of cards Since many have the system root on MMC/SD we must allow some foot shooting when it comes to resume. We cannot detect if a card is removed and reinserted during suspend, so the safe approach would be to assume it was, avoiding potential filesystem corruption. This will of course not work if you cannot release the card before suspend. This commit adds a compile time option that makes the MMC layer assume the card wasn't touched if it is redetected upon resume. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:00:02 +08:00
/*
* Just check if our card has been removed.
*/
mmc: allow upper layers to know immediately if card has been removed Add a function mmc_detect_card_removed() which upper layers can use to determine immediately if a card has been removed. This function should be called after an I/O request fails so that all queued I/O requests can be errored out immediately instead of waiting for the card device to be removed. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Acked-by: Sujit Reddy Thumma <sthumma@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-11-28 22:22:00 +08:00
err = _mmc_detect_card_removed(host);
mmc: support unsafe resume of cards Since many have the system root on MMC/SD we must allow some foot shooting when it comes to resume. We cannot detect if a card is removed and reinserted during suspend, so the safe approach would be to assume it was, avoiding potential filesystem corruption. This will of course not work if you cannot release the card before suspend. This commit adds a compile time option that makes the MMC layer assume the card wasn't touched if it is redetected upon resume. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:00:02 +08:00
mmc: block: Enable runtime pm for mmc blkdevice Once the mmc blkdevice is being probed, runtime pm will be enabled. By using runtime autosuspend, the power save operations can be done when request inactivity occurs for a certain time. Right now the selected timeout value is set to 3 s. Obviously this value will likely need to be configurable somehow since it needs to be trimmed depending on the power save algorithm. For SD-combo cards, we are still leaving the enablement of runtime PM to the SDIO init sequence since it depends on the capabilities of the SDIO func driver. Moreover, when the blk device is being suspended, we make sure the device will be runtime resumed. The reason for doing this is that we want the host suspend sequence to be unaware of any runtime power save operations done for the card in this phase. Thus it can just handle the suspend as the card is fully powered from a runtime perspective. Finally, this patch prepares to make it possible to move BKOPS handling into the runtime callbacks for the mmc bus_ops. Thus IDLE BKOPS can be accomplished. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-05-02 20:02:38 +08:00
mmc_put_card(host->card);
mmc: support unsafe resume of cards Since many have the system root on MMC/SD we must allow some foot shooting when it comes to resume. We cannot detect if a card is removed and reinserted during suspend, so the safe approach would be to assume it was, avoiding potential filesystem corruption. This will of course not work if you cannot release the card before suspend. This commit adds a compile time option that makes the MMC layer assume the card wasn't touched if it is redetected upon resume. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:00:02 +08:00
mmc: remove custom error codes Convert the MMC layer to use standard error codes and not its own, incompatible values. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-07-23 04:18:46 +08:00
if (err) {
mmc: refactor bus operations Move bus operations to its own file for the sake of clarity. Also delegate sysfs attributes to bus handlers in preparation for other more exotic types. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-19 19:39:01 +08:00
mmc_remove(host);
mmc: support unsafe resume of cards Since many have the system root on MMC/SD we must allow some foot shooting when it comes to resume. We cannot detect if a card is removed and reinserted during suspend, so the safe approach would be to assume it was, avoiding potential filesystem corruption. This will of course not work if you cannot release the card before suspend. This commit adds a compile time option that makes the MMC layer assume the card wasn't touched if it is redetected upon resume. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:00:02 +08:00
mmc_claim_host(host);
mmc_detach_bus(host);
mmc: core: Fix hangs related to insert/remove of cards During a rescan operation mmc_attach(sd|mmc|sdio) functions are called. The error handling in these function can trigger a detach of the bus, which also meant a power off. This is not notified by the rescan operation which then continues to the next attach function. If a power off has been done, the framework must never send any new commands to the host driver, without first doing a new power up. This will most likely trigger any host driver to hang. Moving power off out of detach and instead handle power off separately when it is actually needed, solves the issue. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@stericsson.com> Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> Cc: <stable@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-09-22 02:08:13 +08:00
mmc_power_off(host);
mmc: support unsafe resume of cards Since many have the system root on MMC/SD we must allow some foot shooting when it comes to resume. We cannot detect if a card is removed and reinserted during suspend, so the safe approach would be to assume it was, avoiding potential filesystem corruption. This will of course not work if you cannot release the card before suspend. This commit adds a compile time option that makes the MMC layer assume the card wasn't touched if it is redetected upon resume. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:00:02 +08:00
mmc_release_host(host);
}
}
mmc: core: Handle both poweroff notification types for eMMC Depending on the context of the operation while powering down the card, either POWER_OFF_NOTIFY_SHORT or POWER_OFF_NOTIFY_LONG will be used. In suspend context a short timeout is preferred while a long timeout would be acceptable in a shutdown/hibernation context. We add a new parameter to the mmc_suspend function so we can provide an indication of what notification type to use. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-06-10 23:03:43 +08:00
static int _mmc_suspend(struct mmc_host *host, bool is_suspend)
mmc: support unsafe resume of cards Since many have the system root on MMC/SD we must allow some foot shooting when it comes to resume. We cannot detect if a card is removed and reinserted during suspend, so the safe approach would be to assume it was, avoiding potential filesystem corruption. This will of course not work if you cannot release the card before suspend. This commit adds a compile time option that makes the MMC layer assume the card wasn't touched if it is redetected upon resume. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:00:02 +08:00
{
mmc: core: Put eMMC in Sleep mode before suspend Put MMC to sleep if it supports SLEEP/AWAKE (CMD5) in the mmc suspend so that Vcc (NAND core) can be cut to minimize power consumption. eMMC put into SLEEP can respond to CMD0 or H/W reset or CMD5. Current implemention on resume from suspend relies on CMD0 in mmc_init_card to get out of SLEEP mode. Signed-off-by: Balaji T K <balajitk@ti.com> Acked-by: Venkatraman S <svenkatr@ti.com> Reviewed-by: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org> Acked-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-09-09 00:38:39 +08:00
int err = 0;
mmc: core: Handle both poweroff notification types for eMMC Depending on the context of the operation while powering down the card, either POWER_OFF_NOTIFY_SHORT or POWER_OFF_NOTIFY_LONG will be used. In suspend context a short timeout is preferred while a long timeout would be acceptable in a shutdown/hibernation context. We add a new parameter to the mmc_suspend function so we can provide an indication of what notification type to use. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-06-10 23:03:43 +08:00
unsigned int notify_type = is_suspend ? EXT_CSD_POWER_OFF_SHORT :
EXT_CSD_POWER_OFF_LONG;
mmc: core: Put eMMC in Sleep mode before suspend Put MMC to sleep if it supports SLEEP/AWAKE (CMD5) in the mmc suspend so that Vcc (NAND core) can be cut to minimize power consumption. eMMC put into SLEEP can respond to CMD0 or H/W reset or CMD5. Current implemention on resume from suspend relies on CMD0 in mmc_init_card to get out of SLEEP mode. Signed-off-by: Balaji T K <balajitk@ti.com> Acked-by: Venkatraman S <svenkatr@ti.com> Reviewed-by: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org> Acked-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-09-09 00:38:39 +08:00
mmc: support unsafe resume of cards Since many have the system root on MMC/SD we must allow some foot shooting when it comes to resume. We cannot detect if a card is removed and reinserted during suspend, so the safe approach would be to assume it was, avoiding potential filesystem corruption. This will of course not work if you cannot release the card before suspend. This commit adds a compile time option that makes the MMC layer assume the card wasn't touched if it is redetected upon resume. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:00:02 +08:00
mmc_claim_host(host);
mmc: core: move the cache disabling operation to mmc_suspend Cache control is an eMMC feature and in therefore should be part of MMC's bus resume operations, performed in mmc_suspend, rather than in the generic mmc_suspend_host(). Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <merez@codeaurora.org> Acked-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-01-29 05:44:22 +08:00
mmc: Don't force card to active state when entering suspend/shutdown By adding a card state that records if it is suspended or resumed, we can accept asyncronus suspend/resume requests for the mmc and sd bus_ops. MMC_CAP_AGGRESSIVE_PM, will at request inactivity through the runtime bus_ops callbacks, execute a suspend of the the card. In the state were this has been done, we can receive a suspend request for the mmc bus, which for sd and mmc forced the card to active state by a pm_runtime_get_sync. In other words, the card was resumed and then immediately suspended again, completely unnecessary. Since the suspend/resume bus_ops callbacks for sd and mmc are now capable of handling asynchronous requests, we no longer need to force the card to active state before executing suspend. Evidently preventing the above sequence for MMC_CAP_AGGRESSIVE_PM. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-10-02 23:37:09 +08:00
if (mmc_card_suspended(host->card))
goto out;
mmc: core: Stop bkops for eMMC only from mmc suspend Move mmc suspend specific operations to be executed from the .suspend callback in the mmc bus_ops. This simplifies the mmc_suspend_host function which is supposed to handle nothing but common suspend tasks. Since eMMC can be considered non-removable there are no need to check for ongoing bkops at PM_SUSPEND_PREPARE notification so remove it. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-05-02 20:02:36 +08:00
if (mmc_card_doing_bkops(host->card)) {
err = mmc_stop_bkops(host->card);
if (err)
goto out;
}
mmc: core: Use mmc_flush_cache() during mmc suspend Earlier we disabled the cache during suspend, which meant a flush was internally at the eMMC performed as well. To simplify code we can make use of the mmc_flush_cache(), during mmc suspend, which makes the mmc_cache_ctrl() redundant so then we can remove it. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Acked-by: Seungwon Jeon <tgih.jun@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2013-12-16 23:23:22 +08:00
err = mmc_flush_cache(host->card);
mmc: core: move the cache disabling operation to mmc_suspend Cache control is an eMMC feature and in therefore should be part of MMC's bus resume operations, performed in mmc_suspend, rather than in the generic mmc_suspend_host(). Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <merez@codeaurora.org> Acked-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-01-29 05:44:22 +08:00
if (err)
goto out;
mmc: core: Enable power_off_notify for eMMC shutdown sequence In suspend mode it is important to save power. If the host is able to cut buth vcc and vccq, the MMC_CAP2_POWEROFF_NOTIFY shall be set. It will mean the card will be completely powered down at suspend and the power off notification cmd will be sent prior power down. It seems common not being able to cut both vcc and vccq for a host. In this situation we issue the sleep cmd in favor of the power off notification cmd, to save more power. While maintainng the above policy, we also want to make use of the power off notification in the shutdown sequence, even in the case were the host has not set MMC_CAP2_POWEROFF_NOTIFY, since we know vcc and vccq will regardless be cut. We accomplish this by always enabling the power off notification byte in the EXT_CSD and issue the power off notification when either MMC_CAP2_POWEROFF_NOTIFY is set or we are executing a shutdown. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-06-10 23:03:45 +08:00
if (mmc_can_poweroff_notify(host->card) &&
mmc: core: Invent MMC_CAP2_FULL_PWR_CYCLE MMC_CAP2_FULL_PWR_CYCLE shall be set by host drivers which are able to do a complete power cycle of the card. In the eMMC case that includes both vcc and vccq. This CAP is providing the protocol layer with important information, needed to take optimized decisions during card initialization and in the suspend/resume sequence. MMC_CAP2_POWEROFF_NOTIFY is replaced by MMC_CAP2_FULL_PWR_CYCLE, since it makes sense to use a wider scope for it. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-06-10 23:03:46 +08:00
((host->caps2 & MMC_CAP2_FULL_PWR_CYCLE) || !is_suspend))
mmc: core: Handle both poweroff notification types for eMMC Depending on the context of the operation while powering down the card, either POWER_OFF_NOTIFY_SHORT or POWER_OFF_NOTIFY_LONG will be used. In suspend context a short timeout is preferred while a long timeout would be acceptable in a shutdown/hibernation context. We add a new parameter to the mmc_suspend function so we can provide an indication of what notification type to use. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-06-10 23:03:43 +08:00
err = mmc_poweroff_notify(host->card, notify_type);
mmc: core: Restructure and simplify code for mmc sleep|awake The mmc_card_sleep|awake APIs are not being used since the support is already properly encapsulated within the suspend sequence. Sleep|awake command is also specific for eMMC. We remove the sleep|awake bus_ops, the mmc_card_sleep|awake APIs and move the code into the mmc specific core instead. This also includes the mmc ops function, mmc_sleepawake. All releated functions have then become static and we have got far less code to maintain. Additionally this patch also simplifies the code from mmc_sleepawake, since it is only used to put the card to sleep and not awake. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-04-19 21:12:11 +08:00
else if (mmc_can_sleep(host->card))
err = mmc_sleep(host);
mmc: core: Fixup broken suspend and eMMC4.5 power off notify This patch fixes up the broken suspend sequence for eMMC with sleep support. Additionally it reworks the eMMC4.5 Power Off Notification feature so it fits together with the existing sleep feature. The CMD0 based re-initialization of the eMMC at resume is re-introduced to maintain compatiblity for devices using sleep. A host shall use MMC_CAP2_POWEROFF_NOTIFY to enable the Power Off Notification feature. We might be able to remove this cap later on, if we think that Power Off Notification always is preferred over sleep, even if the host is not able to cut the eMMC VCCQ power. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Saugata Das <saugata.das@linaro.org> Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-10-06 00:45:39 +08:00
else if (!mmc_host_is_spi(host))
mmc: core: return an error on suspend if mmc_deselect_cards fails When mmc_host is not spi mode, mmc/sd is doing mmc_deselect_cards(). mmc_deselect_cards could be returned error. If returned error, we can know something wrong when enter suspend. Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Acked-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2012-05-31 19:31:47 +08:00
err = mmc_deselect_cards(host);
mmc: propagate error codes back from bus drivers' suspend/resume methods Especially for SDIO drivers which may have special conditions/errors to report, it is a good thing to relay the returned error code back to upper layers. This also allows for the rationalization of the resume path where code to "remove" a no-longer-existing or replaced card was duplicated into the MMC, SD and SDIO bus drivers. In the SDIO case, if a function suspend method returns an error, then all previously suspended functions are resumed and the error returned. An exception is made for -ENOSYS which the core interprets as "we don't support suspend so just kick the card out for suspend and return success". When resuming SDIO cards, the core code only validates the manufacturer and product IDs to make sure the same kind of card is still present before invoking functions resume methods. It's the function driver's responsibility to perform further tests to confirm that the actual same card is present (same MAC address, etc.) and return an error otherwise. Signed-off-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Cc: <linux-mmc@vger.kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2009-09-23 07:45:29 +08:00
mmc: Don't force card to active state when entering suspend/shutdown By adding a card state that records if it is suspended or resumed, we can accept asyncronus suspend/resume requests for the mmc and sd bus_ops. MMC_CAP_AGGRESSIVE_PM, will at request inactivity through the runtime bus_ops callbacks, execute a suspend of the the card. In the state were this has been done, we can receive a suspend request for the mmc bus, which for sd and mmc forced the card to active state by a pm_runtime_get_sync. In other words, the card was resumed and then immediately suspended again, completely unnecessary. Since the suspend/resume bus_ops callbacks for sd and mmc are now capable of handling asynchronous requests, we no longer need to force the card to active state before executing suspend. Evidently preventing the above sequence for MMC_CAP_AGGRESSIVE_PM. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-10-02 23:37:09 +08:00
if (!err) {
mmc: core: Push common suspend|resume code into each bus_ops By moving code from the mmc_suspend|resume_host down into each .suspend|resume bus_ops callback, we get a more flexible solution. Some nice side effects are that we get a better understanding of each bus_ops suspend|resume sequence and the common code don't have to take care of specific corner cases, especially for the SDIO case. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-06-10 23:03:38 +08:00
mmc_power_off(host);
mmc: Don't force card to active state when entering suspend/shutdown By adding a card state that records if it is suspended or resumed, we can accept asyncronus suspend/resume requests for the mmc and sd bus_ops. MMC_CAP_AGGRESSIVE_PM, will at request inactivity through the runtime bus_ops callbacks, execute a suspend of the the card. In the state were this has been done, we can receive a suspend request for the mmc bus, which for sd and mmc forced the card to active state by a pm_runtime_get_sync. In other words, the card was resumed and then immediately suspended again, completely unnecessary. Since the suspend/resume bus_ops callbacks for sd and mmc are now capable of handling asynchronous requests, we no longer need to force the card to active state before executing suspend. Evidently preventing the above sequence for MMC_CAP_AGGRESSIVE_PM. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-10-02 23:37:09 +08:00
mmc_card_set_suspended(host->card);
}
mmc: core: move the cache disabling operation to mmc_suspend Cache control is an eMMC feature and in therefore should be part of MMC's bus resume operations, performed in mmc_suspend, rather than in the generic mmc_suspend_host(). Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <merez@codeaurora.org> Acked-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-01-29 05:44:22 +08:00
out:
mmc_release_host(host);
mmc: core: Put eMMC in Sleep mode before suspend Put MMC to sleep if it supports SLEEP/AWAKE (CMD5) in the mmc suspend so that Vcc (NAND core) can be cut to minimize power consumption. eMMC put into SLEEP can respond to CMD0 or H/W reset or CMD5. Current implemention on resume from suspend relies on CMD0 in mmc_init_card to get out of SLEEP mode. Signed-off-by: Balaji T K <balajitk@ti.com> Acked-by: Venkatraman S <svenkatr@ti.com> Reviewed-by: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org> Acked-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-09-09 00:38:39 +08:00
return err;
mmc: support unsafe resume of cards Since many have the system root on MMC/SD we must allow some foot shooting when it comes to resume. We cannot detect if a card is removed and reinserted during suspend, so the safe approach would be to assume it was, avoiding potential filesystem corruption. This will of course not work if you cannot release the card before suspend. This commit adds a compile time option that makes the MMC layer assume the card wasn't touched if it is redetected upon resume. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:00:02 +08:00
}
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
mmc: core: Handle both poweroff notification types for eMMC Depending on the context of the operation while powering down the card, either POWER_OFF_NOTIFY_SHORT or POWER_OFF_NOTIFY_LONG will be used. In suspend context a short timeout is preferred while a long timeout would be acceptable in a shutdown/hibernation context. We add a new parameter to the mmc_suspend function so we can provide an indication of what notification type to use. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-06-10 23:03:43 +08:00
/*
mmc: core: Improve runtime PM support during suspend/resume for sd/mmc The card device is considered as in-active after it has been suspended. To prevent any further runtime PM requests in suspend state, we then disable runtime PM. After the card device has been resumed, we shall consider it as active, like we also do after a probe sequence. When resumed, we can safely enable runtime PM again. This will make sure the PM core can request the card device to go to in-active state after a resume has been completed. Previously we had to wait for new pm_runtime_get->pm_runtime_put cycle to be executed. Additionally, once a resume has been carried out, update the last busy mark. At the moment this will have no effect but if the PM core will respect autosuspend enabled devices, when it directly triggers a runtime_suspend from a runtime_idle, it will mean the card device will be scheduled for a delayed runtime_suspend instead of done immediately. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-10-10 20:20:05 +08:00
* Suspend callback
mmc: core: Handle both poweroff notification types for eMMC Depending on the context of the operation while powering down the card, either POWER_OFF_NOTIFY_SHORT or POWER_OFF_NOTIFY_LONG will be used. In suspend context a short timeout is preferred while a long timeout would be acceptable in a shutdown/hibernation context. We add a new parameter to the mmc_suspend function so we can provide an indication of what notification type to use. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-06-10 23:03:43 +08:00
*/
static int mmc_suspend(struct mmc_host *host)
{
mmc: core: Improve runtime PM support during suspend/resume for sd/mmc The card device is considered as in-active after it has been suspended. To prevent any further runtime PM requests in suspend state, we then disable runtime PM. After the card device has been resumed, we shall consider it as active, like we also do after a probe sequence. When resumed, we can safely enable runtime PM again. This will make sure the PM core can request the card device to go to in-active state after a resume has been completed. Previously we had to wait for new pm_runtime_get->pm_runtime_put cycle to be executed. Additionally, once a resume has been carried out, update the last busy mark. At the moment this will have no effect but if the PM core will respect autosuspend enabled devices, when it directly triggers a runtime_suspend from a runtime_idle, it will mean the card device will be scheduled for a delayed runtime_suspend instead of done immediately. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-10-10 20:20:05 +08:00
int err;
err = _mmc_suspend(host, true);
if (!err) {
pm_runtime_disable(&host->card->dev);
pm_runtime_set_suspended(&host->card->dev);
}
return err;
mmc: core: Handle both poweroff notification types for eMMC Depending on the context of the operation while powering down the card, either POWER_OFF_NOTIFY_SHORT or POWER_OFF_NOTIFY_LONG will be used. In suspend context a short timeout is preferred while a long timeout would be acceptable in a shutdown/hibernation context. We add a new parameter to the mmc_suspend function so we can provide an indication of what notification type to use. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-06-10 23:03:43 +08:00
}
mmc: support unsafe resume of cards Since many have the system root on MMC/SD we must allow some foot shooting when it comes to resume. We cannot detect if a card is removed and reinserted during suspend, so the safe approach would be to assume it was, avoiding potential filesystem corruption. This will of course not work if you cannot release the card before suspend. This commit adds a compile time option that makes the MMC layer assume the card wasn't touched if it is redetected upon resume. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:00:02 +08:00
/*
* This function tries to determine if the same card is still present
* and, if so, restore all state to it.
*/
mmc: core: Improve runtime PM support during suspend/resume for sd/mmc The card device is considered as in-active after it has been suspended. To prevent any further runtime PM requests in suspend state, we then disable runtime PM. After the card device has been resumed, we shall consider it as active, like we also do after a probe sequence. When resumed, we can safely enable runtime PM again. This will make sure the PM core can request the card device to go to in-active state after a resume has been completed. Previously we had to wait for new pm_runtime_get->pm_runtime_put cycle to be executed. Additionally, once a resume has been carried out, update the last busy mark. At the moment this will have no effect but if the PM core will respect autosuspend enabled devices, when it directly triggers a runtime_suspend from a runtime_idle, it will mean the card device will be scheduled for a delayed runtime_suspend instead of done immediately. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-10-10 20:20:05 +08:00
static int _mmc_resume(struct mmc_host *host)
mmc: support unsafe resume of cards Since many have the system root on MMC/SD we must allow some foot shooting when it comes to resume. We cannot detect if a card is removed and reinserted during suspend, so the safe approach would be to assume it was, avoiding potential filesystem corruption. This will of course not work if you cannot release the card before suspend. This commit adds a compile time option that makes the MMC layer assume the card wasn't touched if it is redetected upon resume. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:00:02 +08:00
{
mmc: Don't force card to active state when entering suspend/shutdown By adding a card state that records if it is suspended or resumed, we can accept asyncronus suspend/resume requests for the mmc and sd bus_ops. MMC_CAP_AGGRESSIVE_PM, will at request inactivity through the runtime bus_ops callbacks, execute a suspend of the the card. In the state were this has been done, we can receive a suspend request for the mmc bus, which for sd and mmc forced the card to active state by a pm_runtime_get_sync. In other words, the card was resumed and then immediately suspended again, completely unnecessary. Since the suspend/resume bus_ops callbacks for sd and mmc are now capable of handling asynchronous requests, we no longer need to force the card to active state before executing suspend. Evidently preventing the above sequence for MMC_CAP_AGGRESSIVE_PM. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-10-02 23:37:09 +08:00
int err = 0;
mmc: support unsafe resume of cards Since many have the system root on MMC/SD we must allow some foot shooting when it comes to resume. We cannot detect if a card is removed and reinserted during suspend, so the safe approach would be to assume it was, avoiding potential filesystem corruption. This will of course not work if you cannot release the card before suspend. This commit adds a compile time option that makes the MMC layer assume the card wasn't touched if it is redetected upon resume. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:00:02 +08:00
mmc_claim_host(host);
mmc: Don't force card to active state when entering suspend/shutdown By adding a card state that records if it is suspended or resumed, we can accept asyncronus suspend/resume requests for the mmc and sd bus_ops. MMC_CAP_AGGRESSIVE_PM, will at request inactivity through the runtime bus_ops callbacks, execute a suspend of the the card. In the state were this has been done, we can receive a suspend request for the mmc bus, which for sd and mmc forced the card to active state by a pm_runtime_get_sync. In other words, the card was resumed and then immediately suspended again, completely unnecessary. Since the suspend/resume bus_ops callbacks for sd and mmc are now capable of handling asynchronous requests, we no longer need to force the card to active state before executing suspend. Evidently preventing the above sequence for MMC_CAP_AGGRESSIVE_PM. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-10-02 23:37:09 +08:00
if (!mmc_card_suspended(host->card))
goto out;
mmc: core: Move cached value of the negotiated ocr mask to card struct The negotiated ocr mask is directly related to the card. Once a card gets removed, the mask shall be dropped. By moving the cache of the ocr mask from the host struct to the card struct we have accomplished this. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-09-13 17:31:33 +08:00
mmc_power_up(host, host->card->ocr);
err = mmc_init_card(host, host->card->ocr, host->card);
mmc: Don't force card to active state when entering suspend/shutdown By adding a card state that records if it is suspended or resumed, we can accept asyncronus suspend/resume requests for the mmc and sd bus_ops. MMC_CAP_AGGRESSIVE_PM, will at request inactivity through the runtime bus_ops callbacks, execute a suspend of the the card. In the state were this has been done, we can receive a suspend request for the mmc bus, which for sd and mmc forced the card to active state by a pm_runtime_get_sync. In other words, the card was resumed and then immediately suspended again, completely unnecessary. Since the suspend/resume bus_ops callbacks for sd and mmc are now capable of handling asynchronous requests, we no longer need to force the card to active state before executing suspend. Evidently preventing the above sequence for MMC_CAP_AGGRESSIVE_PM. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-10-02 23:37:09 +08:00
mmc_card_clr_suspended(host->card);
mmc: Don't hold lock when releasing an added card When the card has been added to the device model, it might be bound to a card driver. Therefore, we have to release the host lock when trying to remove it as we otherwise might deadlock with the driver. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-07-22 23:52:06 +08:00
mmc: Don't force card to active state when entering suspend/shutdown By adding a card state that records if it is suspended or resumed, we can accept asyncronus suspend/resume requests for the mmc and sd bus_ops. MMC_CAP_AGGRESSIVE_PM, will at request inactivity through the runtime bus_ops callbacks, execute a suspend of the the card. In the state were this has been done, we can receive a suspend request for the mmc bus, which for sd and mmc forced the card to active state by a pm_runtime_get_sync. In other words, the card was resumed and then immediately suspended again, completely unnecessary. Since the suspend/resume bus_ops callbacks for sd and mmc are now capable of handling asynchronous requests, we no longer need to force the card to active state before executing suspend. Evidently preventing the above sequence for MMC_CAP_AGGRESSIVE_PM. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-10-02 23:37:09 +08:00
out:
mmc_release_host(host);
mmc: propagate error codes back from bus drivers' suspend/resume methods Especially for SDIO drivers which may have special conditions/errors to report, it is a good thing to relay the returned error code back to upper layers. This also allows for the rationalization of the resume path where code to "remove" a no-longer-existing or replaced card was duplicated into the MMC, SD and SDIO bus drivers. In the SDIO case, if a function suspend method returns an error, then all previously suspended functions are resumed and the error returned. An exception is made for -ENOSYS which the core interprets as "we don't support suspend so just kick the card out for suspend and return success". When resuming SDIO cards, the core code only validates the manufacturer and product IDs to make sure the same kind of card is still present before invoking functions resume methods. It's the function driver's responsibility to perform further tests to confirm that the actual same card is present (same MAC address, etc.) and return an error otherwise. Signed-off-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Cc: <linux-mmc@vger.kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2009-09-23 07:45:29 +08:00
return err;
mmc: support unsafe resume of cards Since many have the system root on MMC/SD we must allow some foot shooting when it comes to resume. We cannot detect if a card is removed and reinserted during suspend, so the safe approach would be to assume it was, avoiding potential filesystem corruption. This will of course not work if you cannot release the card before suspend. This commit adds a compile time option that makes the MMC layer assume the card wasn't touched if it is redetected upon resume. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:00:02 +08:00
}
mmc: Don't force card to active state when entering suspend/shutdown By adding a card state that records if it is suspended or resumed, we can accept asyncronus suspend/resume requests for the mmc and sd bus_ops. MMC_CAP_AGGRESSIVE_PM, will at request inactivity through the runtime bus_ops callbacks, execute a suspend of the the card. In the state were this has been done, we can receive a suspend request for the mmc bus, which for sd and mmc forced the card to active state by a pm_runtime_get_sync. In other words, the card was resumed and then immediately suspended again, completely unnecessary. Since the suspend/resume bus_ops callbacks for sd and mmc are now capable of handling asynchronous requests, we no longer need to force the card to active state before executing suspend. Evidently preventing the above sequence for MMC_CAP_AGGRESSIVE_PM. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-10-02 23:37:09 +08:00
/*
* Shutdown callback
*/
static int mmc_shutdown(struct mmc_host *host)
{
int err = 0;
/*
* In a specific case for poweroff notify, we need to resume the card
* before we can shutdown it properly.
*/
if (mmc_can_poweroff_notify(host->card) &&
!(host->caps2 & MMC_CAP2_FULL_PWR_CYCLE))
mmc: core: Improve runtime PM support during suspend/resume for sd/mmc The card device is considered as in-active after it has been suspended. To prevent any further runtime PM requests in suspend state, we then disable runtime PM. After the card device has been resumed, we shall consider it as active, like we also do after a probe sequence. When resumed, we can safely enable runtime PM again. This will make sure the PM core can request the card device to go to in-active state after a resume has been completed. Previously we had to wait for new pm_runtime_get->pm_runtime_put cycle to be executed. Additionally, once a resume has been carried out, update the last busy mark. At the moment this will have no effect but if the PM core will respect autosuspend enabled devices, when it directly triggers a runtime_suspend from a runtime_idle, it will mean the card device will be scheduled for a delayed runtime_suspend instead of done immediately. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-10-10 20:20:05 +08:00
err = _mmc_resume(host);
mmc: Don't force card to active state when entering suspend/shutdown By adding a card state that records if it is suspended or resumed, we can accept asyncronus suspend/resume requests for the mmc and sd bus_ops. MMC_CAP_AGGRESSIVE_PM, will at request inactivity through the runtime bus_ops callbacks, execute a suspend of the the card. In the state were this has been done, we can receive a suspend request for the mmc bus, which for sd and mmc forced the card to active state by a pm_runtime_get_sync. In other words, the card was resumed and then immediately suspended again, completely unnecessary. Since the suspend/resume bus_ops callbacks for sd and mmc are now capable of handling asynchronous requests, we no longer need to force the card to active state before executing suspend. Evidently preventing the above sequence for MMC_CAP_AGGRESSIVE_PM. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-10-02 23:37:09 +08:00
if (!err)
err = _mmc_suspend(host, false);
return err;
}
mmc: core: Support aggressive power management for (e)MMC/SD Aggressive power management is suitable when saving power is essential. At request inactivity timeout, aka pm runtime autosuspend timeout, the card will be suspended. Once a new request arrives, the card will be re-initalized and thus the first request will suffer from a latency. This latency is card-specific, experiments has shown in general that SD-cards has quite poor initialization time, around 300ms-1100ms. eMMC is not surprisingly far better but still a couple of hundreds of ms has been observed. Except for the request latency, it is important to know that suspending the card will also prevent the card from executing internal house-keeping operations in idle mode. This could mean degradation in performance. To use this feature make sure the request inactivity timeout is chosen carefully. This has not been done as a part of this patch. Enable this feature by using host cap MMC_CAP_AGGRESSIVE_PM and by setting CONFIG_MMC_UNSAFE_RESUME. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-05-02 20:02:39 +08:00
mmc: core: Improve runtime PM support during suspend/resume for sd/mmc The card device is considered as in-active after it has been suspended. To prevent any further runtime PM requests in suspend state, we then disable runtime PM. After the card device has been resumed, we shall consider it as active, like we also do after a probe sequence. When resumed, we can safely enable runtime PM again. This will make sure the PM core can request the card device to go to in-active state after a resume has been completed. Previously we had to wait for new pm_runtime_get->pm_runtime_put cycle to be executed. Additionally, once a resume has been carried out, update the last busy mark. At the moment this will have no effect but if the PM core will respect autosuspend enabled devices, when it directly triggers a runtime_suspend from a runtime_idle, it will mean the card device will be scheduled for a delayed runtime_suspend instead of done immediately. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-10-10 20:20:05 +08:00
/*
* Callback for resume.
*/
static int mmc_resume(struct mmc_host *host)
{
pm_runtime_enable(&host->card->dev);
mmc: core: Make runtime resume default behavior for MMC/SD MMC_CAP_RUNTIME_RESUME was invented to decrease system PM resume time for systems that particularly needs this. As the feature has matured let's make it the default behavior for MMC/SD. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-11-05 23:01:32 +08:00
return 0;
mmc: core: Improve runtime PM support during suspend/resume for sd/mmc The card device is considered as in-active after it has been suspended. To prevent any further runtime PM requests in suspend state, we then disable runtime PM. After the card device has been resumed, we shall consider it as active, like we also do after a probe sequence. When resumed, we can safely enable runtime PM again. This will make sure the PM core can request the card device to go to in-active state after a resume has been completed. Previously we had to wait for new pm_runtime_get->pm_runtime_put cycle to be executed. Additionally, once a resume has been carried out, update the last busy mark. At the moment this will have no effect but if the PM core will respect autosuspend enabled devices, when it directly triggers a runtime_suspend from a runtime_idle, it will mean the card device will be scheduled for a delayed runtime_suspend instead of done immediately. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-10-10 20:20:05 +08:00
}
mmc: core: Support aggressive power management for (e)MMC/SD Aggressive power management is suitable when saving power is essential. At request inactivity timeout, aka pm runtime autosuspend timeout, the card will be suspended. Once a new request arrives, the card will be re-initalized and thus the first request will suffer from a latency. This latency is card-specific, experiments has shown in general that SD-cards has quite poor initialization time, around 300ms-1100ms. eMMC is not surprisingly far better but still a couple of hundreds of ms has been observed. Except for the request latency, it is important to know that suspending the card will also prevent the card from executing internal house-keeping operations in idle mode. This could mean degradation in performance. To use this feature make sure the request inactivity timeout is chosen carefully. This has not been done as a part of this patch. Enable this feature by using host cap MMC_CAP_AGGRESSIVE_PM and by setting CONFIG_MMC_UNSAFE_RESUME. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-05-02 20:02:39 +08:00
/*
* Callback for runtime_suspend.
*/
static int mmc_runtime_suspend(struct mmc_host *host)
{
int err;
if (!(host->caps & MMC_CAP_AGGRESSIVE_PM))
return 0;
mmc: core: Improve runtime PM support during suspend/resume for sd/mmc The card device is considered as in-active after it has been suspended. To prevent any further runtime PM requests in suspend state, we then disable runtime PM. After the card device has been resumed, we shall consider it as active, like we also do after a probe sequence. When resumed, we can safely enable runtime PM again. This will make sure the PM core can request the card device to go to in-active state after a resume has been completed. Previously we had to wait for new pm_runtime_get->pm_runtime_put cycle to be executed. Additionally, once a resume has been carried out, update the last busy mark. At the moment this will have no effect but if the PM core will respect autosuspend enabled devices, when it directly triggers a runtime_suspend from a runtime_idle, it will mean the card device will be scheduled for a delayed runtime_suspend instead of done immediately. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-10-10 20:20:05 +08:00
err = _mmc_suspend(host, true);
mmc: core: Remove redundant mmc_power_up|off at runtime callbacks Commit "mmc: core: Push common suspend|resume code into each bus_ops" moved the responsibility for doing mmc_power_up|off into each suspend/resume bus_ops. When using MMC_CAP_AGGRESSIVE_PM, through the runtime callbacks, calls to mmc_power_up|off became redundant. When removing them, we are also able to remove the calls to mmc_claim|release_host, thus simplifing code a bit more. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-10-03 17:24:44 +08:00
if (err)
treewide: Fix typo in printk messages This patch fix spelling typo in printk messages. Signed-off-by: Masanari Iida <standby24x7@gmail.com> Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
2015-02-24 22:11:26 +08:00
pr_err("%s: error %d doing aggressive suspend\n",
mmc: core: Support aggressive power management for (e)MMC/SD Aggressive power management is suitable when saving power is essential. At request inactivity timeout, aka pm runtime autosuspend timeout, the card will be suspended. Once a new request arrives, the card will be re-initalized and thus the first request will suffer from a latency. This latency is card-specific, experiments has shown in general that SD-cards has quite poor initialization time, around 300ms-1100ms. eMMC is not surprisingly far better but still a couple of hundreds of ms has been observed. Except for the request latency, it is important to know that suspending the card will also prevent the card from executing internal house-keeping operations in idle mode. This could mean degradation in performance. To use this feature make sure the request inactivity timeout is chosen carefully. This has not been done as a part of this patch. Enable this feature by using host cap MMC_CAP_AGGRESSIVE_PM and by setting CONFIG_MMC_UNSAFE_RESUME. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-05-02 20:02:39 +08:00
mmc_hostname(host), err);
return err;
}
/*
* Callback for runtime_resume.
*/
static int mmc_runtime_resume(struct mmc_host *host)
{
int err;
mmc: core: Improve runtime PM support during suspend/resume for sd/mmc The card device is considered as in-active after it has been suspended. To prevent any further runtime PM requests in suspend state, we then disable runtime PM. After the card device has been resumed, we shall consider it as active, like we also do after a probe sequence. When resumed, we can safely enable runtime PM again. This will make sure the PM core can request the card device to go to in-active state after a resume has been completed. Previously we had to wait for new pm_runtime_get->pm_runtime_put cycle to be executed. Additionally, once a resume has been carried out, update the last busy mark. At the moment this will have no effect but if the PM core will respect autosuspend enabled devices, when it directly triggers a runtime_suspend from a runtime_idle, it will mean the card device will be scheduled for a delayed runtime_suspend instead of done immediately. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-10-10 20:20:05 +08:00
err = _mmc_resume(host);
mmc: It is not an error for the card to be removed while suspended A card can be removed while it is runtime suspended. Do not print an error message. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-12-14 21:51:27 +08:00
if (err && err != -ENOMEDIUM)
mmc: core: Make runtime resume default behavior for MMC/SD MMC_CAP_RUNTIME_RESUME was invented to decrease system PM resume time for systems that particularly needs this. As the feature has matured let's make it the default behavior for MMC/SD. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-11-05 23:01:32 +08:00
pr_err("%s: error %d doing runtime resume\n",
mmc: core: Support aggressive power management for (e)MMC/SD Aggressive power management is suitable when saving power is essential. At request inactivity timeout, aka pm runtime autosuspend timeout, the card will be suspended. Once a new request arrives, the card will be re-initalized and thus the first request will suffer from a latency. This latency is card-specific, experiments has shown in general that SD-cards has quite poor initialization time, around 300ms-1100ms. eMMC is not surprisingly far better but still a couple of hundreds of ms has been observed. Except for the request latency, it is important to know that suspending the card will also prevent the card from executing internal house-keeping operations in idle mode. This could mean degradation in performance. To use this feature make sure the request inactivity timeout is chosen carefully. This has not been done as a part of this patch. Enable this feature by using host cap MMC_CAP_AGGRESSIVE_PM and by setting CONFIG_MMC_UNSAFE_RESUME. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-05-02 20:02:39 +08:00
mmc_hostname(host), err);
return 0;
}
mmc: core: Make mmc_can_reset() static Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> Reviewed-by: Shawn Lin <shawn.lin@rock-chips.com>
2017-06-08 21:27:41 +08:00
static int mmc_can_reset(struct mmc_card *card)
mmc: core: refactor the hw_reset routines Move the (e)MMC specific hw_reset code from core.c into mmc.c. Call the code from the new bus_ops member "reset". This also allows for adding a SD card specific reset procedure. Signed-off-by: Johan Rudholm <johanru@axis.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-01-12 22:38:05 +08:00
{
u8 rst_n_function;
rst_n_function = card->ext_csd.rst_n_function;
if ((rst_n_function & EXT_CSD_RST_N_EN_MASK) != EXT_CSD_RST_N_ENABLED)
return 0;
return 1;
}
static int mmc_reset(struct mmc_host *host)
{
struct mmc_card *card = host->card;
mmc: mmc: Attempt to flush cache before reset CMD0 or hardware reset may invalidate the cache, so it needs to be flushed before reset. In the case of recovery, we can't expect flushing the cache to work always, but have a go and ignore errors. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-05-04 15:38:21 +08:00
/*
* In the case of recovery, we can't expect flushing the cache to work
* always, but we have a go and ignore errors.
*/
mmc_flush_cache(host->card);
mmc: core: Do regular power cycle when lacking eMMC HW reset support The eMMC HW reset may be implemented either via the host ops ->hw_reset() callback or through DT and the eMMC pwrseq. Additionally some eMMC cards don't support HW reset. To allow a reset to be done for the different combinations of mmc hosts and eMMC/MMC cards, let's implement a fallback via trying a regular power cycle. This improves the mmc block layer retry mechanism of failing I/O requests. Signed-off-by: Gwendal Grignou <gwendal@chromium.org> [Ulf: Rewrote changelog] Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-04-02 07:04:22 +08:00
if ((host->caps & MMC_CAP_HW_RESET) && host->ops->hw_reset &&
mmc_can_reset(card)) {
/* If the card accept RST_n signal, send it. */
mmc_set_clock(host, host->f_init);
host->ops->hw_reset(host);
/* Set initial state and call mmc_set_ios */
mmc_set_initial_state(host);
} else {
/* Do a brute force power cycle */
mmc_power_cycle(host, card->ocr);
mmc: core: Don't do eMMC HW reset when resuming the eMMC card In case if a pwrseq-emmc has been bound to the host, a call to mmc_power_up() triggers an eMMC HW reset via the pwrseq_emmc's ->post_power_on() callback. This isn't really what we want, as mmc_power_up() is called each time when resuming the card. As a matter of fact, the current approach may also violate the eMMC spec, as the involved delays managed in pwrseq_emmc assumes both VCC and VCCQ has been turned on, which isn't the case for VCCQ, unless the regulator is always on. Fix this behaviour by aligning to the same procedure used when the mmc host implements the ->hw_reset() callback and has the MMC_CAP_HW_RESET flag set. In this way the eMMC HW reset is issued at card detection scan, to cope with bogus bootloaders and in the error recovery path via the mmc specific bus_ops->reset() callback. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Tested-by: Marek Szyprowski <m.szyprowski@samsung.com>
2017-05-09 05:52:04 +08:00
mmc_pwrseq_reset(host);
mmc: core: Do regular power cycle when lacking eMMC HW reset support The eMMC HW reset may be implemented either via the host ops ->hw_reset() callback or through DT and the eMMC pwrseq. Additionally some eMMC cards don't support HW reset. To allow a reset to be done for the different combinations of mmc hosts and eMMC/MMC cards, let's implement a fallback via trying a regular power cycle. This improves the mmc block layer retry mechanism of failing I/O requests. Signed-off-by: Gwendal Grignou <gwendal@chromium.org> [Ulf: Rewrote changelog] Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2016-04-02 07:04:22 +08:00
}
mmc: core: Remove redundant ->power_restore() callback for MMC Since the ->reset() callback is implemented for MMC, the ->power_restore() callback has become redundant, let's remove it. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-06-01 17:14:57 +08:00
return mmc_init_card(host, card->ocr, card);
mmc: core: refactor the hw_reset routines Move the (e)MMC specific hw_reset code from core.c into mmc.c. Call the code from the new bus_ops member "reset". This also allows for adding a SD card specific reset procedure. Signed-off-by: Johan Rudholm <johanru@axis.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-01-12 22:38:05 +08:00
}
mmc: support unsafe resume of cards Since many have the system root on MMC/SD we must allow some foot shooting when it comes to resume. We cannot detect if a card is removed and reinserted during suspend, so the safe approach would be to assume it was, avoiding potential filesystem corruption. This will of course not work if you cannot release the card before suspend. This commit adds a compile time option that makes the MMC layer assume the card wasn't touched if it is redetected upon resume. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:00:02 +08:00
static const struct mmc_bus_ops mmc_ops = {
.remove = mmc_remove,
.detect = mmc_detect,
.suspend = mmc_suspend,
.resume = mmc_resume,
mmc: core: Support aggressive power management for (e)MMC/SD Aggressive power management is suitable when saving power is essential. At request inactivity timeout, aka pm runtime autosuspend timeout, the card will be suspended. Once a new request arrives, the card will be re-initalized and thus the first request will suffer from a latency. This latency is card-specific, experiments has shown in general that SD-cards has quite poor initialization time, around 300ms-1100ms. eMMC is not surprisingly far better but still a couple of hundreds of ms has been observed. Except for the request latency, it is important to know that suspending the card will also prevent the card from executing internal house-keeping operations in idle mode. This could mean degradation in performance. To use this feature make sure the request inactivity timeout is chosen carefully. This has not been done as a part of this patch. Enable this feature by using host cap MMC_CAP_AGGRESSIVE_PM and by setting CONFIG_MMC_UNSAFE_RESUME. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-05-02 20:02:39 +08:00
.runtime_suspend = mmc_runtime_suspend,
.runtime_resume = mmc_runtime_resume,
mmc: allow upper layers to know immediately if card has been removed Add a function mmc_detect_card_removed() which upper layers can use to determine immediately if a card has been removed. This function should be called after an I/O request fails so that all queued I/O requests can be errored out immediately instead of waiting for the card device to be removed. Signed-off-by: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com> Acked-by: Sujit Reddy Thumma <sthumma@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-11-28 22:22:00 +08:00
.alive = mmc_alive,
mmc: core: Add shutdown callback for (e)MMC bus_ops The shutdown sequence of an (e)MMC is very similar to a suspend. We re-use the suspend function and tell it we are not in suspend context. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-06-10 23:03:44 +08:00
.shutdown = mmc_shutdown,
mmc: core: refactor the hw_reset routines Move the (e)MMC specific hw_reset code from core.c into mmc.c. Call the code from the new bus_ops member "reset". This also allows for adding a SD card specific reset procedure. Signed-off-by: Johan Rudholm <johanru@axis.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-01-12 22:38:05 +08:00
.reset = mmc_reset,
mmc: support unsafe resume of cards Since many have the system root on MMC/SD we must allow some foot shooting when it comes to resume. We cannot detect if a card is removed and reinserted during suspend, so the safe approach would be to assume it was, avoiding potential filesystem corruption. This will of course not work if you cannot release the card before suspend. This commit adds a compile time option that makes the MMC layer assume the card wasn't touched if it is redetected upon resume. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:00:02 +08:00
};
/*
* Starting point for MMC card init.
*/
mmc: Fix sd/sdio/mmc initialization frequency retries Rewrite and clean up mmc_rescan() to properly retry frequencies lower than 400kHz. Failures can happen both in sd_send_* calls and mmc_attach_*. Break out "mmc_rescan_try_freq" from the frequency selection loop. Symmetrize claim/release logic in mmc_attach_* API, and move the sd_send_* calls there to make mmc_rescan easier to read. Signed-off-by: Andy Ross <andy.ross@windriver.com> Reviewed-and-Tested-by: Hein Tibosch <hein_tibosch@yahoo.es> Reviewed-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-01-04 02:36:56 +08:00
int mmc_attach_mmc(struct mmc_host *host)
mmc: support unsafe resume of cards Since many have the system root on MMC/SD we must allow some foot shooting when it comes to resume. We cannot detect if a card is removed and reinserted during suspend, so the safe approach would be to assume it was, avoiding potential filesystem corruption. This will of course not work if you cannot release the card before suspend. This commit adds a compile time option that makes the MMC layer assume the card wasn't touched if it is redetected upon resume. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:00:02 +08:00
{
int err;
mmc: core: Move cached value of the negotiated ocr mask to card struct The negotiated ocr mask is directly related to the card. Once a card gets removed, the mask shall be dropped. By moving the cache of the ocr mask from the host struct to the card struct we have accomplished this. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-09-13 17:31:33 +08:00
u32 ocr, rocr;
mmc: support unsafe resume of cards Since many have the system root on MMC/SD we must allow some foot shooting when it comes to resume. We cannot detect if a card is removed and reinserted during suspend, so the safe approach would be to assume it was, avoiding potential filesystem corruption. This will of course not work if you cannot release the card before suspend. This commit adds a compile time option that makes the MMC layer assume the card wasn't touched if it is redetected upon resume. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:00:02 +08:00
mmc: replace BUG_ON with WARN_ON Replace all cases of BUG_ON with WARN_ON where there is a chance (with varying degrees of slim) that the kernel can continue without incidence. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-08-09 19:23:56 +08:00
WARN_ON(!host->claimed);
mmc: support unsafe resume of cards Since many have the system root on MMC/SD we must allow some foot shooting when it comes to resume. We cannot detect if a card is removed and reinserted during suspend, so the safe approach would be to assume it was, avoiding potential filesystem corruption. This will of course not work if you cannot release the card before suspend. This commit adds a compile time option that makes the MMC layer assume the card wasn't touched if it is redetected upon resume. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:00:02 +08:00
mmc: core: Set correct bus mode before card init Earlier all cards where initiated with bus mode set as OPENDRAIN, and then later switched to PUSHPULL. According to the MMC/SD/SDIO specifications only MMC cards use OPENDRAIN during init. For both SD and SDIO the bus mode shall be PUSHPULL before attempting to init the card. The consequence of having incorrect bus mode can lead to not being able to detect the card. Therefore the default behavior have now been changed to PUSHPULL in mmc_power_up, and will only be temporarily switched when trying to attach or init a MMC card. Signed-off-by: Stefan Nilsson XK <stefan.xk.nilsson@stericsson.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf HANSSON <ulf.hansson@stericsson.com> Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-09-15 23:50:38 +08:00
/* Set correct bus mode for MMC before attempting attach */
if (!mmc_host_is_spi(host))
mmc_set_bus_mode(host, MMC_BUSMODE_OPENDRAIN);
mmc: Fix sd/sdio/mmc initialization frequency retries Rewrite and clean up mmc_rescan() to properly retry frequencies lower than 400kHz. Failures can happen both in sd_send_* calls and mmc_attach_*. Break out "mmc_rescan_try_freq" from the frequency selection loop. Symmetrize claim/release logic in mmc_attach_* API, and move the sd_send_* calls there to make mmc_rescan easier to read. Signed-off-by: Andy Ross <andy.ross@windriver.com> Reviewed-and-Tested-by: Hein Tibosch <hein_tibosch@yahoo.es> Reviewed-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-01-04 02:36:56 +08:00
err = mmc_send_op_cond(host, 0, &ocr);
if (err)
return err;
mmc: core: Use MMC_UNSAFE_RESUME as default behavior Invoking system suspend or shutdown without using the Kconfig option MMC_UNSAFE_RESUME, did trigger an ungraceful power cut of the card. To improve the situation, change the behavior to always make use of the available bus_ops callbacks that handles system suspend and shutdown properly. By changing the behavior MMC_UNSAFE_RESUME becomes redundant, so lets's remove it. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <chris@printf.net>
2013-10-30 08:00:18 +08:00
mmc_attach_bus(host, &mmc_ops);
mmc: Add support for JMicron 388 SD/MMC controller JMicron 388 SD/MMC combo controller supports the 1.8V low-voltage for SD, but MMC doesn't work with the low-voltage, resulting in an error at probing. This patch adds the support for multiple voltage mask per device type, so that SD works with 1.8V while MMC forces 3.3V. Here new ocr_avail_* fields for each device are introduced, so that the actual OCR mask is switched dynamically. Also, the restriction of low-voltage in core/sd.c is removed when the bit is allowed explicitly via ocr_avail_sd mask. This patch was rewritten from scratch based on Aries' original code. Signed-off-by: Aries Lee <arieslee@jmicron.com> Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de> Reviewed-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2010-12-08 17:04:30 +08:00
if (host->ocr_avail_mmc)
host->ocr_avail = host->ocr_avail_mmc;
mmc: support unsafe resume of cards Since many have the system root on MMC/SD we must allow some foot shooting when it comes to resume. We cannot detect if a card is removed and reinserted during suspend, so the safe approach would be to assume it was, avoiding potential filesystem corruption. This will of course not work if you cannot release the card before suspend. This commit adds a compile time option that makes the MMC layer assume the card wasn't touched if it is redetected upon resume. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:00:02 +08:00
MMC core learns about SPI Teach the MMC/SD/SDIO core about using SPI mode. - Use mmc_host_is_spi() so enumeration works through SPI signaling and protocols, not just the native versions. - Provide the SPI response type flags with each request issued, including requests from the new lock/unlock code. - Understand that cmd->resp[0] and mmc_get_status() results for SPI return different values than for "native" MMC/SD protocol; this affects resetting, checking card lock status, and some others. - Understand that some commands act a bit differently ... notably: * OP_COND command doesn't return the OCR * APP_CMD status doesn't have an R1_APP_CMD analogue Those changes required some new and updated primitives: - Provide utilities to access two SPI-only requests, and one request that wasn't previously needed: * mmc_spi_read_ocr() ... SPI only * mmc_spi_set_crc() ... SPI only (override by module parm) * mmc_send_cid() ... for use without broadcast mode - Updated internal routines: * Previous mmc_send_csd() modified into mmc_send_cxd_native(); it uses native "R2" responses, which include 16 bytes of data. * Previous mmc_send_ext_csd() becomes new mmc_send_cxd_data() helper for command-and-data access * Bugfix to that mmc_send_cxd_data() code: dma-to-stack is unsafe/nonportable, so kmalloc a bounce buffer instead. - Modified mmc_send_ext_csd() now uses mmc_send_cxd_data() helper - Modified mmc_send_csd(), and new mmc_spi_send_cid(), routines use those helper routines based on whether they're native or SPI The newest categories of cards supported by the MMC stack aren't expected to work yet with SPI: MMC or SD cards with over 4GB data, and SDIO. All those cards support SPI mode, so eventually they should work too. Signed-off-by: David Brownell <dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net> Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-08-09 00:11:32 +08:00
/*
* We need to get OCR a different way for SPI.
*/
if (mmc_host_is_spi(host)) {
err = mmc_spi_read_ocr(host, 1, &ocr);
if (err)
goto err;
}
mmc: core: Move cached value of the negotiated ocr mask to card struct The negotiated ocr mask is directly related to the card. Once a card gets removed, the mask shall be dropped. By moving the cache of the ocr mask from the host struct to the card struct we have accomplished this. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-09-13 17:31:33 +08:00
rocr = mmc_select_voltage(host, ocr);
mmc: support unsafe resume of cards Since many have the system root on MMC/SD we must allow some foot shooting when it comes to resume. We cannot detect if a card is removed and reinserted during suspend, so the safe approach would be to assume it was, avoiding potential filesystem corruption. This will of course not work if you cannot release the card before suspend. This commit adds a compile time option that makes the MMC layer assume the card wasn't touched if it is redetected upon resume. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:00:02 +08:00
/*
* Can we support the voltage of the card?
*/
mmc: core: Move cached value of the negotiated ocr mask to card struct The negotiated ocr mask is directly related to the card. Once a card gets removed, the mask shall be dropped. By moving the cache of the ocr mask from the host struct to the card struct we have accomplished this. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-09-13 17:31:33 +08:00
if (!rocr) {
mmc: be more verbose about card insertions/removal Let the user know that the kernel actually detected the card by printing some basic information in dmesg. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-07-23 06:12:10 +08:00
err = -EINVAL;
mmc: support unsafe resume of cards Since many have the system root on MMC/SD we must allow some foot shooting when it comes to resume. We cannot detect if a card is removed and reinserted during suspend, so the safe approach would be to assume it was, avoiding potential filesystem corruption. This will of course not work if you cannot release the card before suspend. This commit adds a compile time option that makes the MMC layer assume the card wasn't touched if it is redetected upon resume. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:00:02 +08:00
goto err;
mmc: be more verbose about card insertions/removal Let the user know that the kernel actually detected the card by printing some basic information in dmesg. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-07-23 06:12:10 +08:00
}
mmc: support unsafe resume of cards Since many have the system root on MMC/SD we must allow some foot shooting when it comes to resume. We cannot detect if a card is removed and reinserted during suspend, so the safe approach would be to assume it was, avoiding potential filesystem corruption. This will of course not work if you cannot release the card before suspend. This commit adds a compile time option that makes the MMC layer assume the card wasn't touched if it is redetected upon resume. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:00:02 +08:00
/*
* Detect and init the card.
*/
mmc: core: Move cached value of the negotiated ocr mask to card struct The negotiated ocr mask is directly related to the card. Once a card gets removed, the mask shall be dropped. By moving the cache of the ocr mask from the host struct to the card struct we have accomplished this. Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2013-09-13 17:31:33 +08:00
err = mmc_init_card(host, rocr, NULL);
mmc: remove custom error codes Convert the MMC layer to use standard error codes and not its own, incompatible values. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-07-23 04:18:46 +08:00
if (err)
mmc: support unsafe resume of cards Since many have the system root on MMC/SD we must allow some foot shooting when it comes to resume. We cannot detect if a card is removed and reinserted during suspend, so the safe approach would be to assume it was, avoiding potential filesystem corruption. This will of course not work if you cannot release the card before suspend. This commit adds a compile time option that makes the MMC layer assume the card wasn't touched if it is redetected upon resume. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:00:02 +08:00
goto err;
mmc_release_host(host);
mmc: refactor bus operations Move bus operations to its own file for the sake of clarity. Also delegate sysfs attributes to bus handlers in preparation for other more exotic types. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-19 19:39:01 +08:00
err = mmc_add_card(host->card);
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
if (err)
mmc: Don't hold lock when releasing an added card When the card has been added to the device model, it might be bound to a card driver. Therefore, we have to release the host lock when trying to remove it as we otherwise might deadlock with the driver. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-07-22 23:52:06 +08:00
goto remove_card;
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
mmc: skip reclaiming host on mmc_add_card() error There's little sense in releasing the host on mmc_add_card() error immediately after reclaiming it, so reclaim the host only in case of success. Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com> Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
2015-10-15 04:53:03 +08:00
mmc_claim_host(host);
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
return 0;
mmc: Don't hold lock when releasing an added card When the card has been added to the device model, it might be bound to a card driver. Therefore, we have to release the host lock when trying to remove it as we otherwise might deadlock with the driver. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-07-22 23:52:06 +08:00
remove_card:
mmc: support unsafe resume of cards Since many have the system root on MMC/SD we must allow some foot shooting when it comes to resume. We cannot detect if a card is removed and reinserted during suspend, so the safe approach would be to assume it was, avoiding potential filesystem corruption. This will of course not work if you cannot release the card before suspend. This commit adds a compile time option that makes the MMC layer assume the card wasn't touched if it is redetected upon resume. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-05-01 22:00:02 +08:00
mmc_remove_card(host->card);
mmc: Don't hold lock when releasing an added card When the card has been added to the device model, it might be bound to a card driver. Therefore, we have to release the host lock when trying to remove it as we otherwise might deadlock with the driver. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-07-22 23:52:06 +08:00
mmc_claim_host(host);
mmc: Fix sd/sdio/mmc initialization frequency retries Rewrite and clean up mmc_rescan() to properly retry frequencies lower than 400kHz. Failures can happen both in sd_send_* calls and mmc_attach_*. Break out "mmc_rescan_try_freq" from the frequency selection loop. Symmetrize claim/release logic in mmc_attach_* API, and move the sd_send_* calls there to make mmc_rescan easier to read. Signed-off-by: Andy Ross <andy.ross@windriver.com> Reviewed-and-Tested-by: Hein Tibosch <hein_tibosch@yahoo.es> Reviewed-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-01-04 02:36:56 +08:00
host->card = NULL;
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
err:
mmc_detach_bus(host);
mmc: replace printk with appropriate display macro All the files using printk function for displaying kernel messages in the mmc driver have been replaced with corresponding macro. Signed-off-by: Girish K S <girish.shivananjappa@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-10-11 14:14:09 +08:00
pr_err("%s: error %d whilst initialising MMC card\n",
mmc: be more verbose about card insertions/removal Let the user know that the kernel actually detected the card by printing some basic information in dmesg. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-07-23 06:12:10 +08:00
mmc_hostname(host), err);
mmc: improve error code feedback Now that we use "normal" error codes, improve the reporting and response to error codes in the core. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2007-07-23 05:08:30 +08:00
return err;
mmc: add bus handler Delegate protocol handling to "bus handlers". This allows the core to just handle the task of arbitrating the bus. Initialisation and pampering of cards is now done by the different bus handlers. This design also allows MMC and SD (and later SDIO) to be more cleanly separated, allowing easier maintenance. Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
2006-12-31 07:11:32 +08:00
}